construction environmental management process

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROCESS Croom Regional Sporting Complex Reconfiguration

MARCH 2018

CRSC Reconfiguration Construction Environmental Management Process i

Document control File name 20180322 CRSC Reconfiguration - CEMPr.docx

Report name Croom Regional Sporting Complex Reconfiguration Construction Environmental Management Process

Plan reviewed by: Plan reviewed by: Plan endorsed by:

Nicole Moore Peter Hawkins Toby Hobbs

22/3/2018 22/3/2018

Roads and Maritime Senior Environment Officer

Roads and Maritime Representative

Environmental Representative

Revision history Revision Date Description

0 22/3/2018 Issued for ER endorsement

1

2

26/3/2018

CRSC Reconfiguration Construction Environmental Management Process ii

Contacts

Position Name Contact details

Emergency services NA 000

EPA pollution hotline NA 131 555

*24 hour community information line NA 1800 708 727

Project email [email protected]

Contractor Environmental Manager Mark Hammond M

E

*Contractor Project Manager Tapp Lautasi M

E

*Contractor Superintendent Joel Carter M

E

Environmental Representative Toby Hobbs M

E

Roads and Maritime Representative Matt Dawson 1800 708 727

E [email protected]


Nicole Moore 1800 708 727

E [email protected]

* to be contactable by EPA on a 24-hour basis

CRSC Reconfiguration Construction Environmental Management Process iii

Contents 1. Introduction .............................................................................................................................. 1

1.1 Background .................................................................................................................... 1 1.2 Purpose of this CEMPr ................................................................................................... 1 1.3 Consultation ................................................................................................................... 5 1.4 Certification endorsement ............................................................................................... 6 1.5 Distribution ..................................................................................................................... 7 1.6 Revision ......................................................................................................................... 7

2. Project description ................................................................................................................... 8 2.1 General features ............................................................................................................ 8 2.2 Construction activities and sequence .............................................................................. 8 2.3 Ancillary sites ............................................................................................................... 12 2.4 Utility works .................................................................................................................. 12

3. Planning .................................................................................................................................. 15 3.1 Project environmental obligations ................................................................................. 15 3.2 Legal and other requirements ....................................................................................... 15 3.3 Approvals, permits and licensing .................................................................................. 15 3.4 Environmental aspects and impacts ............................................................................. 15 3.5 Environmental policy .................................................................................................... 16 3.6 Objectives and targets .................................................................................................. 16 3.7 Project refinements ...................................................................................................... 17 3.8 Working hours .............................................................................................................. 19 3.9 Special events .............................................................................................................. 20

4. Implementation and operation ............................................................................................... 21 4.1 Environmental management system documentation ..................................................... 22 4.2 Resources, roles, responsibilities and authority............................................................. 24 4.3 Sub-contractor management ........................................................................................ 29 4.4 CEMPr availability ........................................................................................................ 29

5. Competence, training and awareness ................................................................................... 30 5.1 Environmental induction ............................................................................................... 30 5.2 Toolbox talks, training and awareness .......................................................................... 30 5.3 Daily pre-start meetings ................................................................................................ 31

6. Communication ...................................................................................................................... 32 6.1 Internal communication ................................................................................................ 32 6.2 External and government authority consultation ............................................................ 32 6.3 Stakeholder and community communication ................................................................. 32

7. Incidents and emergencies .................................................................................................... 35

8. Inspections and auditing ........................................................................................................ 37 8.1 Environmental inspections ............................................................................................ 37 8.2 Auditing ........................................................................................................................ 37

CRSC Reconfiguration Construction Environmental Management Process iv

8.3 Reporting ..................................................................................................................... 38 8.4 Non-conformity, corrective and preventative actions ..................................................... 39

9. Review and improvement ....................................................................................................... 41

10. Documentation ....................................................................................................................... 43 10.1 Environmental records.................................................................................................. 43 10.2 Document control ......................................................................................................... 43

Tables Table 1-1 Conditions applicable to the CEMPr................................................................ 2

Table 1-2 CRSC related EMMs ...................................................................................... 3

Table 1-3 CRSC related utility works safeguards ............................................................ 4

Table 2-1 Construction activities ..................................................................................... 8

Table 2-2 Indicative construction program .................................................................... 11

Table 3-1 Environmental objectives and targets ........................................................... 16

Table 8-1 Audit requirements........................................................................................ 38

Table 8-2 Reporting requirements ................................................................................ 38

Figures Figure 2-1 Croom Regional Sporting Complex Reconfiguration master plan .................. 10

Figure 2-2 CRSC ancillary site (AS10) ........................................................................... 12

Figure 4-1 Environmental management system structure .............................................. 21

Appendices Appendix A1 Legal and other requirements Appendix A2 Environmental aspects and impacts Appendix A3 Roads and Maritime environmental policy Appendix A4 Document register Appendix A5 Sensitive area plans Appendix A6 Environmental incident classification and reporting Appendix A7 Consultation Sub-plans Appendix B1 Construction flora and fauna management sub plan Appendix B2 Construction waste and energy management sub plan Appendix B3 Construction noise and vibration management sub plan Appendix B4 Construction soil and water quality management sub plan Appendix B5 Construction heritage management sub plan Appendix B6 Construction air quality management sub plan

CRSC Reconfiguration Construction Environmental Management Process v

Glossary / Abbreviations APRb Albion Park Rail bypass

ASS Acid sulfate soils

CEMPr Construction environmental management process

CoA The Planning Minister’s conditions of approval

Compliance audit Verification of how implementation is proceeding with respect to a CEMPr (which incorporates the relevant approval conditions)

CRSC Croom Regional Sporting Complex

DP&E Department of Planning and Environment

DPI Department of Primary Industries

Ecological sustainable development

Using, conserving and enhancing the community’s resources so that the ecological processes on which life depends are maintained and the total quality of life now and in the future, can be increased (Council of Australian Governments, 1992)

EIS Environmental Impact Statement

EPA NSW Environment Protection Authority

ER Independent Environmental Representative nominated by Roads and Maritime and approved by DP&E

ERG Environmental Review Group – comprising representatives of Roads and Maritime, Environmental Representative, Project delivery team, relevant regulatory authorities and Shellharbour City Council. The ERG will be maintained for the duration of the Project and will meet regularly and undertake environmental inspections. The role the ERG is to provide proactive advice on environmental management issues and review the environmental performance of the Project

EMS Environmental management system

Environmental aspect Defined by AS/NZS ISO 14001:2016 as an element of an organisation’s activities or products or services that interacts or can interact with the environment

Environmental impact Defined by AS/NZS ISO 14001:2016 as any change to the environment, whether adverse or beneficial, wholly or partially resulting from an organisation’s environmental aspects

Environmental incident An unexpected event that has, or has the potential to, cause harm to the environment and requires some action to minimise the impact or restore the environment

Environmental objective Defined by AS/NZS ISO 14001:2016 as a result to be achieved, set by the organisation, consistent with its environmental policy

Environmental policy Defined by AS/NZS ISO 14001:2016 as intentions and direction of an organization related to environmental performance, as formally expressed by its top management

Environmental target A detailed performance requirement, applicable to the organisation or parts thereof, that arises from the environmental objectives and that needs to be set and met in order to achieve those objectives

EP&A Act Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979

EPL Environment Protection Licence

Minister, the Minister for Planning

CRSC Reconfiguration Construction Environmental Management Process vi

Non-compliance Failure to comply with the requirements of the Project approval or any applicable license, permit or legal requirements

Non-conformance Failure to conform to the requirements of Project system documentation including this CEMPr or supporting documentation

OEH Office of Environment and Heritage

POEO Act Protection of the Environment Operations Act 1997

Project, the Croom Regional Sporting Complex Reconfiguration

REF Albion Park Rail bypass - Utility works review of environmental factors and associated addendums

REMMs Revised Environmental Management Measures

Roads and Maritime Roads and Maritime Services

Secretary Secretary of DP&E

SPIR Submissions and Preferred Infrastructure Report

CRSC Reconfiguration Construction Environmental Management Process vii

THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK

CRSC Reconfiguration Construction Environmental Management Process 1

1. Introduction 1.1 Background Reconfiguration of the Croom Regional Sporting Complex (CRSC) (the Project) is required as the Albion Park Rail bypass (APRb) alignment will directly impact existing infrastructure at the facility. As described in the APRb Staging Report, the CRSC reconfiguration works comprise Stage 1 of the APRb project.

An Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) (2015) and a Submissions and Preferred Infrastructure Report (SPIR) (2017) have been prepared for the APRb project and were submitted to the NSW Department of Planning and Environment (DP&E) in accordance with Part 5.1 of the Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979 (EP&A Act). The reconfiguration of the CRSC was assessed in the EIS and SPIR. The APRb project, incorporating the CRSC reconfiguration, was granted approval by the NSW Minister for Planning on 30 January 2018.

This Construction Environmental Management Process (CEMPr) has been prepared in accordance with the requirements of Condition of Approval (CoA) A11(b) of the APRb Infrastructure approval SSI 6878.

Utility work was subject to a separate assessment under Division 5.1 of the EP&A Act in the APRb Utility Works Review of Environmental Factors (REF) (Roads and Maritime, 2016) and Addendum REF (Roads and Maritime, 2018). This CEMPr also addresses the requirements of the Utility Works REF and Addendum REF relevant to the CRSC reconfiguration.

A separate Construction Environmental Management Plan will be prepared for Stages 2 and 3 of the APRb project to satisfy the requirements of CoA C1 to CoA C8.

1.2 Purpose of this CEMPr The purpose of this CEMPr is to provide a structured approach to the management of environmental issues during construction of the Project. Implementing this CEMPr will ensure that the Project team meets regulatory and policy requirements in a systematic manner and continually improves its performance. The CEMPr helps to ensure that the Project is constructed in accordance with the relevant requirements of the Infrastructure approval, the EIS as amended by the SPIR, and the REF.

In particular, this CEMPr: • describes the project in detail including activities to be

undertaken and relative timing Section 2

• provides specific mitigation measures and controls that can be applied on-site to avoid or minimise negative environmental impacts

Sub plans

• provides specific mechanisms for compliance with applicable policies, approvals, licences, permits, consultation agreements and legislation

Section 3 Appendix A1

• describes the environmental management related roles and responsibilities of personnel

Section 4.2

• states objectives and targets for issues that are important to the environmental performance of the project

Sub plans

• outlines a monitoring regime to check the adequacy of controls as they are implemented during construction.

Section 8 Sub plans


The CEMPr has been prepared in accordance with Roads and Maritime QA Specification G36 and the Guideline for the Preparation of Environmental Management Plans (DIPNR, 2004). It has been prepared to be consistent with AS/NZS ISO 14001.

This CEMPr is the overarching document in the environmental management system for the Project that includes a number of management documents. These are described in Section 4.1. It is applicable to all staff and sub-contractors associated with the construction of the Project.

The requirements of the CoA which apply to the CEMPr are listed in Table 1-1 below, together with the cross-reference to where the requirements are addressed in this CEMPr.

Table 1-1 Conditions applicable to the CEMPr

CoA Requirement Reference

Croom Regional Sporting Complex

A11 The relocation of sporting facilities and associated components of the Croom Regional Sporting Complex are not subject to Part C and Part D of this approval, subject to:

Noted

(a) no works be undertaken in Precinct 7 as identified in the EIS Section 2.1

(b) the preparation of a Construction Environmental Management Process (Plan), in consultation with relevant government agencies and Shellharbour City Council, and endorsed by the ER under Condition A24(d). The Plan must detail how the performance outcomes, commitments, mitigation and monitoring measures specified in the EIS as amended by the SPIR will be implemented and achieved during construction

This document

Section 1.3

Section 1.2

Issue specific plans

(c) the implementation of the approved CEMPr. This document

Ancillary facilities

A16 Ancillary facilities that are not identified by description and location in the EIS as amended by the SPIR must meet the criteria identified in the Infrastructure approval, unless otherwise approved by the Secretary

Section 3.7.2

A18 Minor ancillary facilities comprising lunch sheds, office sheds, and portable toilet facilities, that are not identified in the EIS as amended by the SPIR and which do not satisfy the criteria set out in Condition A16 l must satisfy the criteria identified in the Infrastructure approval.

Section 3.7.2

A21 Ancillary facility AS10 must only be used for works associated with the CRSC, and must be rehabilitated on the completion of those works. The construction access road near Swansea Farm House must be rehabilitated to its pre-construction condition, unless otherwise agreed with Shellharbour City Council.

Section 2.3

Section 3.7.2

Incident Notification

A38 The Secretary must be notified as soon as possible and in any event within 24 hours of any incident associated with the delivery of the SSI.

Section 7


CoA Requirement Reference

A39 Notification of an incident under Condition A38 of the approval must include the time and date of the incident, details of the incident and must identify any non-compliance with this approval.

Section 7

Appendix A6

A40 Any requirements of the Secretary or relevant government authority (as determined by the Secretary) to address the cause or impact of an incident reported in accordance with Condition A38 of the approval, must be met within the timeframe determined by the Secretary or relevant government authority.

Section 7

Appendix A6

A41 If statutory notification is given to the EPA as required under the POEO Act in relation to the SSI, such notification must also be provided to the Secretary within 24 hours after the notification was given to the EPA.

Section 7

Appendix A6

This CEMPr details how the performance outcomes, commitments, mitigation and monitoring measures related to the CRSC reconfiguration works specified in the EIS and SPIR will be implemented and achieved during construction.

Outcomes

The main beneficial performance outcome identified in the EIS and SPIR relating to the CRSC is the provision of new and improved facilities for several clubs within the CRSC, including new amenities buildings, formalised car parking and new sporting fields. Further details of the proposed facilities are provided in Section 2 below.

Commitments

During construction, works will result in direct impact on the CRSC. To address this impact, Roads and Maritime has made the following commitments in respect of the CRSC: • all sporting facilities and associated amenities directly impacted by the project will be

replaced with similar facilities • improved internal access and parking will be provided via provision of sealed roads and

formal parking areas • any impacts to sports competitions will be minimised.

These commitments have been addressed by the masterplan for the reconfiguration of the CRSC, included as Figure 2-1 in this CEMPr.

Mitigation and monitoring measures

The SPIR identify a range of revised environmental management measures (REMMs) which must be implemented during the reconfiguration works. Specific CRSC related REMMs in the SPIR are listed in Table 1-2.

Table 1-2 CRSC related REMMs

Issue ID EMM Resp Timing

CRSC SE03 The construction planning for the reconfiguration of the CRSC will be developed in consultation with Shellharbour City Council and the CRSC user groups so as to minimise impacts on the ongoing use of the CRSC during construction.

Roads and Maritime

Construction


Issue ID EMM Resp Timing

Landscaping and urban design

LC06 Landscaping and design of the CRSC will be in accordance with the CRSC concept design, and will consider the visual impact of the reconfiguration of the complex.

Contractor Construction

The Addendum REF also identifies a range of safeguards which must be implemented during the utility works required for the CRSC. Overarching safeguards relating to the CEMPr in the Addendum REF are listed in Table 1-3. Issue specific REF safeguards are included in the sub-plans as appropriate.

Table 1-3 CRSC related utility works REF safeguards

Impact Environmental safeguard Resp Timing

2 General All environmental safeguards must be incorporated within the following: • Contractor’s EMPs • environmental management sub-plans including:

- waste management - noise and vibration

• Environmental Work Method Statements

Roads and Maritime Project Manager

Contractor

Pre-construction

3 General • A risk assessment must be carried out on the proposal in accordance with the Roads and Maritime Services Project Pack and PMS risk assessment procedures to determine an audit and inspection program for the works. The recommendations of the risk assessment are to be implemented.

• A review of the risk assessment must be undertaken after the initial audit or inspection to evaluate if the level of risk chosen for the project is appropriate.

• Any works as covered by the REF may be subject to environmental audit(s) and/or inspection(s) at any time during their duration.


Senior Environment Officer

Pre-construction

After first audit

6 General All businesses and residences likely to be affected by the proposed works must be notified at least five working days prior to the commencement of the proposed activities.


Pre-construction

7 General Environmental awareness training must be provided, by the contractor, to all field personnel and subcontractors.

Contractor Pre-construction and during construction as required

8 General Once the locations of compound sites and stockpile sites have been determined, the Roads and Maritime Environment Officer would review the sites to determine if additional assessments are required.

Roads and Maritime Environment Officer

Pre-construction and during construction


Impact Environmental safeguard Resp Timing

10 Specific high risk activities

Environmental Work Method Statements must be prepared for high risk activities


29 Environmentally sensitive areas

Environmentally sensitive areas (e.g. areas outside the project boundary, sensitive receivers, threatened ecological communities, Aboriginal heritage sites, non-Aboriginal heritage sites) must be delineated on sensitive areas maps and included in the CEMP. These areas must be fenced, unless agreed otherwise with Roads and Maritime, to ensure they are not subject to disturbance during construction.

Roads and Maritime and Contractor

Detailed design

Pre-construction

Construction

43 Consultation A stakeholder consultation program will be prepared and implemented to ensure that stakeholders are informed about the construction program and activities. This will separate out residential stakeholders from business and government stakeholders, addressing their specific concerns.


Construction

44 CRSC The construction planning for the reconfiguration of the CRSC will be developed in consultation with Shellharbour City Council and the CRSC user groups so as to minimise impacts on the ongoing use of and special events at the CRSC during construction.


Construction

During construction possible adverse impacts may include: • noise and vibration, including potential night time disturbance associated with extended

work hours and out of hours work • dust • construction plant and vehicle emissions • traffic and access impacts • soil erosion and impacts on water quality.

Further details on the issue specific related impacts identified in the EIS, SPIR, REF and Addendum REF are provided in the sub plans appended to this CEMPr. EMMs to address these impacts are also identified in the sub plans.

The approach adopted to inspections and auditing under the CEMPr is described in Section 8.

1.3 Consultation

1.3.1 Consultation during development of the CRSC masterplan

Relevant stakeholders, including government authorities, community groups and sporting groups, were consulted extensively in the development of the CRSC masterplan. The stakeholders consulted included: • Illawarra Churches Soccer Association • White Eagles Football Club

• Model Car Club • Shellharbour City Stadium

• Camp Quality Convoy • South Coast Equestrian


• Albion Park Soccer Club (Juniors) • Athletics Club

• Horsepitality Trail Riders • Illawarra Trail Riding Club

• Stony Grange Pony Club • The Rail Cricket Club

• BMX • Hockey Association

• Junior and Senior Rugby League Football Clubs

• Croom Regional Sporting Complex netball clubs

• Illawarra Kareelah Orienteering • Junior AFL Club

• Commonwealth Department of the Environment and Energy

• Office of Environment and Heritage (OEH)

• Shellharbour City Council • NSW Office of Water (now DPI Water)

• Department of Primary Industries (DPI) • DP&E

• Illawarra Local Aboriginal Land Council • Environment Protection Authority (EPA).

Further details of the consultation process for the development of the masterplan are provided in the CRSC Community Communication Strategy (CCS).

1.3.2 Consultation for the Utilities Works REF and Addendum REF

Consultation for the REF and Addendum REF was undertaken with the following utility providers: • TransGrid • Jemena • Endeavour Energy • Energy Australia • Shellharbour City Council • Sydney Water.

The issues raised by the utility providers related to potential impacts on their assets. The proposed preferred utility works have been designed in consultation with the utility providers.

1.3.3 CEMPr Consultation

The draft CEMPr was provided to OEH, EPA, DPI Water and Shellharbour City Council in January 2018 for consultation purposes. A summary of the comments received is provided in Appendix A7, together with a response as to how the comment has been addressed in the CEMPr. Further details of comments relating to sub plans have been included in the relevant sub plan.

1.3.4 Consultation during construction

Consultation with directly affected residents and other stakeholders will be ongoing during construction in accordance with the CCS. Further information relating to stakeholder and community communications is also provided in Section 6.3 of the CEMPr.

1.4 Certification endorsement This CEMPr has been prepared by Roads and Maritime and endorsed by the Environmental Representative (ER).


1.5 Distribution This CEMPr is available to all personnel and sub-contractors via the Project document control management system.

The document is uncontrolled when printed. One controlled hard copy of the CEMPr and supporting documentation will be maintained by the Quality Manager at the Project site office, on commencement of work.

Registered copies will be distributed to: • Environmental Representative • Contractor Project Manager • Contractor Construction Manager • Contractor Environment Manager • Contractor Community Relations Manager • Roads and Maritime Representative • Roads and Maritime Senior Environment Manager.

1.6 Revision A document review process ensures that environmental documentation including this CEMPr is updated as appropriate for the specific works that are occurring on-site. This includes the management review process described in Section 9.

Should the document review process identify any issues or items within the documents that are either redundant or in need of updating, it is the responsibility of the Contractor Environmental Manager and Contractor Project Manager to prepare the revised documents.

The revised document will be provided to the Roads and Maritime Representative for review. Roads and Maritime will send the updated CEMPr to the ER for endorsement.

Revised versions of the CEMPr will be made available through the processes described in Section 1.5.


2. Project description 2.1 General features The main features of the Project are to: • construct a temporary access road to the complex off Croome Road to the south of the

existing access • construct a new combined AFL/cricket oval and cricket pitch with associated irrigation,

drainage and earthworks • construct new practice cricket nets • construct six new grass practise netball courts • reconfigure the junior rugby league fields to the south of the present location • construct roads, carparks and pedestrian/cycle paths and associated earthworks and

supporting infrastructure including stormwater drains • reconfigure existing equestrian area to cater for Pony Club and public usage • construct amenities buildings for the AFL/cricket club, and, for the junior rugby league

club • undertake utility adjustments and the installation of a sewer raising main to connect the

complex to the existing sewer network • landscape and establish playing field surfaces • utility works including electrical, sewer, water and telecommunications works (as

described in Section 2.4 below).

The masterplan for the CRSC reconfiguration is shown in Figure 2-1. Separate landscape management plans have been prepared for the Project.

This CEMPr does not include work in Precinct 7 (Croom Reserve and Frazers Creek Revegetation), as identified in Technical Paper 10 (Landscape character and visual amenity) of the EIS.

2.2 Construction activities and sequence Reconfiguration of the CRSC will include the activities described in Table 2-1. The expected sequencing of these activities is shown in Table 2-2.

Table 2-1 Construction activities

Activity Description of work

Site establishment and initial environmental works

Installing fencing, access tracks, construction facilities, environmental controls and carrying out pre-clearing vegetation fauna surveys

Utility adjustments Clearing and decommission existing bioswale. Trenching for installation of new sewer rising main, and other utility adjustments.

Netball courts Removal of topsoil, cut and/or fill earthworks, placement of base materials, placement and establishment of turf playing surfaces and landscaping to surrounding area. Installation of concrete pedestrian path between existing courts, adjustments to existing fencing and installation of goal posts.


Activity Description of work

Cricket field Removal of topsoil. Bulk earthworks part cut and part fill. Construction of embankment for oval, amenities building and practice courts., drainage and irrigation, installation of underground rainwater tank, base material, landscaping and turf

Carparks Earthworks as required cut or fill, grading to level, construction of drainage, pavement and footpaths and installation of linemarking, fencing, road furniture and landscaping.

Cricket field amenities and practice nets

Earthworks for ground slabs, forming and placing concrete ground slabs. Installation of steel frames for buildings, construction of brick walls and roof. Fitout of change rooms, toilets, canteen and storage areas. Drainage and landscaping. Installation of base for cricket nets, soil, turf and artificial turf. Construction of fencing for cricket nets

Internal roads Earthworks as required cut or fill, grading to levels, installation of drainage, construction of pavement, footpaths and roadside parking areas, installation of fencing, road furniture and linemarking

Junior rugby league fields Removal of topsoil, filling to match existing surface levels, drainage, base layer, topsoil and turf, relocation of furniture and utilities (including lights, PA system, taps)

Junior rugby league amenities

Earthworks for ground slabs, forming and placing concrete ground slabs. Installation of steel frames for buildings, construction of brick walls and roof. Fitout of change rooms, toilets, canteen and storage areas. Drainage and Landscaping.


Figure 2-1 Croom Regional Sporting Complex Reconfiguration masterplan


Table 2-2 Indicative construction program

Activity 2018 2019

Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb

Site establishment and initial environmental works

Internal road no. 3

New sewer line

Netball courts

Cricket field

Cricket field carpark

Cricket field amenities

Internal road no. 2

Hockey field carpark

Netball courts carpark

Internal road no. 1

Centenary fields

Centenary fields carpark

Centenary fields amenities


2.3 Ancillary sites An ancillary site (AS10) will be utilised to support construction of the Project, as shown in Figure 2-2. The site will include: • office accommodation • staff amenities • light vehicle parking • equipment, material and chemical storage.

Figure 2-2 CRSC ancillary site (AS10)

Ancillary facility AS10 is not located adjacent to any sensitive receivers. Fencing that incorporates screening will be erected around AS10 for the duration of construction. The screening will minimise visual and air quality impacts.

Ancillary facility AS10 will only be used for works associated with the CRSC and will be rehabilitated on completion of the Project. The construction access road near Swansea Farmhouse will be rehabilitated to its pre-construction condition and be maintained as a permanent facility, as agreed with Shellharbour City Council, on completion of the Project.

2.4 Utility works The proposed utility works are documented in the REF and Addendum REF. A summary of the works to be undertaken within the CRSC is provided below and the location of the proposed works shown on Figure 2-3 and Figure 2-4.


Electrical works

Near chainage 22,300 in the CRSC, the existing underground 11 kV line will be decommissioned and around 420 metres of new underground cable installed. The trench will be around 1.5 metres wide. Construction is expected to be carried out over about two months moving progressively along the route.

The dual 33 kV overhead transmission lines and an 11 kV line on the same pole will be decommissioned. Construction of around 1,000 metres of underground lines is required adjacent to the proposed internal road system of the CRSC. The underground lines are proposed to extend from the south-eastern area towards Croome Road, then follow Croome Road to the north and underbored beneath the proposed corridor alignment, before connecting to the existing overhead lines to the east of Croome Road. The trenches will be around two to three metres wide. Construction is expected be carried out over around five months, moving progressively along the route. The dual 33 kV and single 11 kV lines will connect from the existing two poles immediately to the west of Frazers Creek and cross overhead to three separate underground to overhead transition poles to the east of Frazers Creek (refer Figure 2-3).

Water

The existing water mains connection to the CRSC consists of two small connections to the main supply meter. The water pressure supplied by these two small connections is too low to adequately supply the CRSC. The water supply mains network within the complex has a larger diameter supply pipe. To increase water pressure within the CRSC, it is proposed to upgrade the existing water main connection to a single larger diameter pipe. This connection will cross Croome Road into an access track on the western side of the road and be about 25 metres long. The trench required to install the new connection will be around two metres wide and two metres deep. Construction is expected to take around two weeks.

Sewer

The CRSC is not currently connected to sewer mains. Sewage is processed on site via two enviro-cycle septic systems. The southernmost system requires decommissioning as part of the APRb project. This system currently services the rugby league amenities, hockey amenities and Shellharbour City Stadium Amenities. Replacement sewer connections are required for these buildings as well as new connections to the two new amenities buildings.

To connect the existing and new buildings to the sewer mains a new sewer network is proposed. Gravity fed sewer piping will be installed within the CRSC connecting amenities to a sewer main to the west of the proposed cricket pitch. The main will then be constructed in a north- easterly direction, past the netball courts and stadium, and towards the roundabout on the existing Croome Road alignment. The main then continues in a north-east direction avoiding any remnant vegetation and known Aboriginal heritage items to the intersection of Grevillea Street and Oak Street, where it follows the western side of Croome Road, east into Cedar Street and then north into Laurel Street where it will join the existing Sydney Water sewer infrastructure (refer to Figure 2-3).

Telecommunications

Existing telecommunication conduits at around Chainage 22300, Chainage 22700 and Chainage 23000 within the CRSC will be decommissioned. At Chainage 22300, 420 metres of underground conduit will be constructed through the complex and at Chainage 23000 520 metres of underground conduit will be constructed along the existing Croome Road. Vegetation clearing will be required along the route. The trench will be up to 1.5 metres wide. Some partial lane closures may be required along the Croome Road route and at the entry to the CRSC. Works are expected to take 10-20 days over a four month period progressively along the routes.


Figure 2-3: CRSC Utility works (Addendum REF)


3. Planning 3.1 Project environmental obligations All construction personnel working on the Project have the following general obligations: • minimise pollution of land, air and water • use pollution control equipment and keep it in proper working order • preserve the natural and cultural heritage environment • give notice to the Roads and Maritime and relevant authorities of a non-Aboriginal or

Aboriginal heritage discovery • minimise the occurrence of offensive noise • be a good neighbour to surrounding land users • keep the community informed of Project milestones, upcoming activities and duration of

relevant aspects of the works • use equipment with noise control features where available and ensure that it is properly

maintained • take all feasible and reasonable steps to ensure compliance with the requirements of

this CEMPr.

3.2 Legal and other requirements A register of legal and other requirements for the Project is contained in Appendix A1. This register is maintained as a checklist. This register will be reviewed at regular intervals, for example during management reviews, and updated with any applicable changes. Any changes made to the legal requirements register will be communicated to the wider team where necessary through toolbox talks, specific training and other methods detailed in Chapter 5.

3.3 Approvals, permits and licensing A number of approvals, permits and licenses have been obtained for the Project. Appendix A1 contains a register of all relevant environmental approvals, permits and licenses. The register will be maintained by the Contractor’s Environmental Manager and will be reviewed prior to the commencement of each stage of construction and at least annually as part of the management review.

The following approvals, licences and consents have been obtained for the Project: • approval under Part 5.1 of the EP&A Act (excludes utility works) by the Minister for

Planning on 30/1/2018 • approval under Division 5.1 of the EP&A Act (utility works) • environment protection licence (EPL) 20996 under the Protection of the Environment

Operations Act 1997 (POEO Act).

All necessary licences, permits and approvals required for the development of the Project will be obtained and maintained as required throughout the life of the Project.

3.4 Environmental aspects and impacts A risk management approach will be used to determine the severity and likelihood of an activity’s impact on the environment and to prioritise its significance. This process considers potential regulatory and legal risks as well as taking into consideration the concerns of community and other key stakeholders.


The objectives of risk assessment are to: • identify activities, events or outcomes that have the potential to adversely affect the

local environment and/or human health/property • qualitatively evaluate and categorise each risk item • assess whether risk issues can be managed by environmental protection measures • qualitatively evaluate residual risk with implementation of measures.

Risk assessments for the Project are based on AS/NZS 4360:1999, the Australian standard for risk assessments.

Appendix A2 includes a list of activities associated with the Project, related aspects and corresponding risks. Measures to minimise the identified environmental risks are also provided.

3.5 Environmental policy The environmental policy describes Roads and Maritime’s commitment to continual improvement in environmental performance and compliance with applicable legal requirements. Roads and Maritime’s environmental policy is provided in Appendix A3.

The Roads and Maritime environmental policy and the contractor’s environmental policy will be displayed at the contractor’s site office and communicated to staff and other interested parties via inductions and ongoing awareness programs.

3.6 Objectives and targets Environmental objectives and targets have been established as a means of assessing environmental performance during construction of the Project. These objectives and targets have been developed with consideration of key issues identified through the environmental assessment and risk assessment process. The objectives and targets are consistent with the Project environmental policy and will assist in monitoring whether the commitments of the policy are being met.

Environmental objectives and targets for the Project are provided in Table 3-1. Issue specific targets are identified in the relevant environmental management sub plans.

The performance of the Project against the objectives and targets will be documented in the Project construction compliance reports on a six monthly basis and reviewed regularly as part of the management review.

Table 3-1 Environmental objectives and targets

Objective Target Measurement tool

Construct the Project in accordance with environmental approvals and EPL

Full compliance with statutory approvals Audits, construction compliance reporting, management view

Compliance with all legal requirements

No regulatory infringements

No formal regulatory warning

Audits, construction compliance reporting, management view


Objective Target Measurement tool

Implement a rigorous and comprehensive EMS that meets the requirements of AS/NZS ISO 14001

Address non-conformances and corrective actions within specific timeframes

Audits, management reviews

Engage with the affected and broader community, minimise complaints and respond to any complaints within a suitable timeframe

Disseminate regular Project updates and other information through the Project website and other tools identified in the CCS

Record and response to complaints within the timeframe specified in the CMS

Review complaints register, construction compliance report, audits

Continuously improve environmental performance

Develop and maintain a program of ongoing environmental training.

Capture lessons learnt from environmental incidents to minimise repeat issues.

Encourage and reward innovation and effort throughout the works force.

Construction compliance report, management review

3.7 Project refinements

3.7.1 General changes

Any proposed design changes or changes in scope of works to that described in Chapter 2 of this CEMPr will be communicated to the Roads and Maritime Representative. The contractor will submit a consistency review to support the proposed changes for Roads and Maritime approval. Roads and Maritime Representative will determine if additional environmental assessment is required. No proposed changes will be implemented without written approval from the Roads and Maritime Representative.

The party proposing the change will be responsible for the assessment of the proposed change, including all relevant supporting information to enable a consistency assessment to be determined or a project modification made. The party proposing the change will also be responsible for incorporating any new environmental impacts and/or new statutory approval requirements into the appropriate environmental management documentation.

Roads and Maritime will seek formal approval from the Minister for any Project modifications and will assess refinements to determine consistency with the approved Project.

3.7.2 Ancillary sites

As described in Section 2.3, ancillary site (AS10) will be utilised to support the CRSC reconfiguration works.

Any proposed changes to this site or requirements for additional ancillary sites not identified in the EIS and SPIR will be communicated to the Roads and Maritime Representative by the Contractor.

Ancillary facilities not identified in the EIS and SPIR must meet the following criteria, unless otherwise approved by the Secretary: • the facility must be development of a type that would, if it were not for the purpose of

the SSI, otherwise be exempt or complying development or


• the facility must be located as follows: - at least 50 metres from any waterway unless an erosion and sediment control

plan is prepared and implemented so as not to affect water quality in the waterway in accordance with Managing Urban Stormwater series

- within or adjacent to land upon which the SSI is being carried out unless it can be demonstrated that performance criteria established in this approval can be met and that there will be a reduction in impact at other sites and a reduction in the construction program

- with ready access to a road network - to prevent heavy vehicles travelling on local streets or through residential areas in

order to access the facility, except as identified in the EIS as amended by the SPIR

- so as to be in accordance with the Interim Construction Noise Guideline (DECC 2009) or as otherwise agreed in writing with affected landowners and occupiers

- so as not to require vegetation clearing beyond the extent of clearing approved under other terms of this approval except as approved by the ER as minor clearing (as defined in the EIS and SPIR)

- so as not to have any impact on heritage items (including areas of archaeological sensitivity) beyond the impacts identified, assessed and approved under other terms of the approval

- so as not to unreasonably interfere with lawful uses of adjacent properties that are being carried out at the date upon which construction or establishment of the facility is to commence

- to enable operation of the ancillary facility during flood events and to avoid or minimise, to the greatest extent practicable, adverse flood impacts on the surrounding environment and other properties and infrastructure and

- so as to have sufficient area for the storage of raw materials to minimise, to the greatest extent practicable, the number of deliveries required outside standard construction hours.

Ancillary facilities that are not identified by description and location in the EIS as amended by the SPIR and that do not meet the criteria above may require a modification of the Minister’s approval in accordance with section 115ZI of the EP&A Act.

Ancillary sites that differ from what is outlined in the EIS, as amended by the SPIR, and meet the above criteria will require an Ancillary Facilities Management Plan to be prepared by the Contractor and submitted to Roads and Maritime.

Minor ancillary facilities comprising lunch sheds, office sheds, and portable toilet facilities, that are not identified in the EIS and SPIR and which do not satisfy the above criteria must satisfy the following criteria: • have no greater environmental and amenity impacts than those that can be managed

through the implementation of environmental measures detailed in the CEMPr and • have been assessed by the ER to have:

- minimal amenity impacts to surrounding residences and businesses, after consideration of matters such as compliance with the Interim Construction Noise Guideline (DECC 2009), traffic and access impacts, dust and odour impacts, and visual (including light spill) impacts

- minimal environmental impact with respect to waste management and flooding, and

- no impacts on biodiversity, soil and water, and heritage items beyond those already approved under other terms of the approval.


Any proposed changes to ancillary sites will be communicated to the Roads and Maritime Representative by the Contractor. The Contractor will submit a consistency review, an Ancillary Facilities Management Plan or information to support a modification for the proposed changes for Roads and Maritime approval. Roads and Maritime Representative will determine if additional environmental assessment is required. No proposed changes are to be implemented without written approval from the Roads and Maritime Representative.

3.8 Working hours

3.8.1 Standard construction hours

Standard construction hours for the CRSC Reconfiguration are: (a) 7:00am to 6:00pm Mondays to Fridays, inclusive (may be extended to 7:00pm with

the approval of the Roads and Maritime Representative) (b) 8:00am to 5:00pm Saturdays and (c) at no time on Sundays or public holidays.

Except as permitted by an EPL, activities resulting in impulsive or tonal noise emissions will only be undertaken:

(a) between the hours of 8:00 am to 6:00 pm Monday to Friday (b) between the hours of 8:00 am to 1:00 pm Saturday and (c) in continuous blocks not exceeding three hours each with a minimum respite from

those activities and works of not less than one hour between each block.

'Continuous' includes any period during which there is less than a one hour respite between ceasing and recommencing any of the work the subject of this condition.

3.8.2 Out of hours work

Work outside of the standard construction hours (out of hours work) may be undertaken in the following circumstances:

(a) for the delivery of materials required by the NSW Police Force or other authority for safety reasons; or

(b) where it is required in an emergency to avoid injury or the loss of life, to avoid damage or loss of property or to prevent environmental harm; or

(c) where it causes LAeq(15 minute) noise levels: - no more than 5 dB(A) above the rating background level at any residence in

accordance with the Interim Construction Noise Guideline (DECC, 2009), and - no more than the noise management levels specified in Table 3 of the Interim

Construction Noise Guideline (DECC, 2009) at other sensitive land uses, and - continuous or impulsive vibration values, measured at the most affected

residence are no more than those for human exposure to vibration, specified in Table 2.2 of Assessing Vibration: a technical guideline (DEC, 2006), and

- intermittent vibration values measured at the most affected residence are no more than those for human exposure to vibration, specified in Table 2.4 of Assessing Vibration: a technical guideline (DEC, 2006); or

(d) no more than 15 dBA above the night time rating background level at any residence during the night time period, when measured using the LAeq(1 minute) noise descriptor; or;

(e) where different hours are permitted or required under an EPL in force in respect of the works, in which case those hours must be complied with.


On becoming aware of the need for emergency works in accordance with the above criteria, the contractor must notify the Roads and Maritime Representative, the ER and the EPA of the need for those works. The Contractor will use its best endeavours to notify all affected sensitive receivers of the likely impact and duration of those works.

Other out of hours work must comply with the EPL and the Roads and Maritime Construction Noise and Vibration Guideline (2016).

3.9 Special events The Illawarra Convoy is a one day event held annually on the third Sunday in November and attracts over 7000 people to the CRSC. In 2018, the event will be held on 18 November. It requires a total of two weeks occupancy of the complex comprising of one week for establishment and setup and one week for demobilisation.

The Wings Over Illawarra Air Show is generally held annually on the first weekend of May at the Illawarra Regional Airport. The event requires the full operation of runway 16/34 of the airport for the duration of the Air Show.

Prior consultation will be carried out by the Contractor with the event organisers to minimise disruption to these events and any other events likely to be impacted by the Project. The Contractor will consult with Shellharbour City Council at least two weeks prior to the Air Show.


4. Implementation and operation This CEMPr is the overarching management plan for a suite of Project environmental management documents. It provides a structured and systematic approach environmental management.

The primary purpose of the system of documentation is to: • help ensure compliance with all applicable environmental laws, obligations and

approvals and • to minimise environmental impacts.

The structure of the environmental management system (EMS) for the Project is shown in Figure 4-1

Figure 4-1 Environmental management system structure


4.1 Environmental management system documentation

4.1.1 Construction environmental management process

This CEMPr provides the system to manage and control the environmental aspects of the Project during pre-construction and construction. It identifies all requirements applicable to activities described in Chapter 2. It also provides the overall framework for the system and procedures to ensure environmental impacts are minimised and legislative and other requirements are fulfilled. The strategies defined in this CEMPr have been developed with consideration of the Project approval requirements, environmental management measures presented in the environmental assessments and approval documents. This CEMPr establishes the system for implementation, monitoring and continuous improvement to minimise impacts from the Project on the environment.

This CEMPr is consistent with: • Guideline for the preparation of Environmental Management Plans (DIPNR, 2004). • AS/NZS ISO14001: 2016, ‘Environmental Management Systems - requirements with

guidance for use’. • Roads and Maritime QA Specification G36.

4.1.2 Environmental management sub-plans

A number of environmental management sub-plans support the CEMPr. These documents have been prepared to identify requirements and processes applicable to specific impacts or aspects of the activities described in Chapter 2. They address requirements of the Infrastructure Approval, the EIS as amended by the SPIR, revised environmental management measures (REMMs), the REF and Addendum REF and other measures identified in the environment assessment documentation.

Environmental strategies may also be developed as required throughout the Project. These will guide environmental management of potential impacts on-site.

The following construction sub-plans have been prepared for the Project and are appended to this CEMPr: • Appendix B1- Flora and Fauna Management • Appendix B2 - Waste and Energy Management • Appendix B3 - Noise and Vibration Management • Appendix B4 - Soil and Water Quality Management • Appendix B5 - Heritage Management • Appendix B6 - Air Quality Management.

These documents have been reviewed by Roads and Maritime, endorsed by the ER and will be implemented by the Contractor for the CRSC reconfiguration works.

4.1.3 Environmental work method statements

Environmental work method statements (EWMS) will be prepared to manage and control all activities that have the potential to negatively impact on the environment. EWMS will be prepared prior to the commencement of relevant construction activities on site and will incorporate relevant mitigation measures and controls from management sub plans. They will also identify key procedures to be used concurrently with the EWMS. EWMS will be specifically designed to communicate requirements, actions, processes and controls to construction personnel using plans, diagrams and simply written instructions.


EWMS will be prepared progressively by the Contractor in the lead up to and throughout construction in consultation with relevant members from the Project team and reviewed by the Roads and Maritime Senior Environment Officer.

High risk activities for which EWMS are required include: • site compound establishment • working near environmentally sensitive areas • clearing and grubbing • sediment basin construction and management • dewatering • trenching • underboring (directional drilling).

All construction personnel and sub-contractors undertaking a task governed by an EWMS will participate in training on the EWMS, and acknowledge that they have read and understood their obligations prior to commencing work.

Regular monitoring, inspections and auditing against compliance with the EWMS will be undertaken by Project management, quality, and environmental personnel to ensure that all controls are being followed and that any non-conformances are recorded and corrective actions implemented.

A register of EWMS will be maintained in Appendix A4.

4.1.4 Progressive erosion and sediment control plans

Progressive Erosion and Sediment Control Plans (PESCPs) are planning documents that show the site layout and location of erosion and sediment control structures. PESCPs cover all construction stages from initial vegetation clearing through to rehabilitation when erosion and sediment control are no longer required and are removed. PESCPs will be developed and implemented where there is a risk of erosion and sediment loss. PESCPs will be developed for all work areas prior to commencing activities.

PESCPs may be produced in conjunction with EWMS to provide more detailed site-specific environmental mitigation measures.

PESCPs will be developed by the Contractor’s environment staff in consultation with the Superintendent, site engineers, Foreman and other relevant site personnel, as required. They will be modified to reflect site conditions at the time of construction. Roads and Maritime’s Senior Environment Officer will review PESCPs prior to commencement of the relevant activity. Subsequent minor changes will be approved by the Contractor Environmental Manager in consultation with the Roads and Maritime Senior Environment Officer, as required.

4.1.5 Sensitive area plans

The Project is located near several environmental and socially sensitive areas. These site constraints are consolidated on map-based sensitive area plans that cover the Project area and surrounds. The plans are provided in Appendix A5 and include the locations and extents of: • residential noise sensitive receivers and noise catchment areas • threatened species habitat, ecological communities and vegetation to be retained • Aboriginal and non-Aboriginal heritage sites • watercourses and dams.


The sensitive area plans are a working element of the CEMPr and will be revised throughout construction to reflect current conditions and the most up-to-date information available on sensitive sites. The sensitive area plans will be used in conjunction with EWMS to help identify key risk areas and to promote ongoing communication to construction personnel during the reconfiguration works.

4.1.6 System procedures, forms and other documents

The Project EMS procedures, forms and other documents provide instructions and records related to both environmental and non-environmental activities throughout the Project.

Project specific procedures will be developed in accordance with the requirements for the Project. Where applicable, existing contractor procedures and work instructions will be applied or amended for use on the Project.

A register of relevant environmental procedures and forms is maintained in Appendix A4.

4.2 Resources, roles, responsibilities and authority The key environmental management roles and responsibilities for the construction phase of the Project are described below. These roles may be adjusted to suit the construction activities with one resource responsible for multiple roles.

4.2.1 Roads and Maritime Senior Environment Officer

The responsibilities of the Roads and Maritime Senior Environment Officer include (but are not limited to): • review any environmental management plans and related documents prepared for the

project • review minor Project refinements that are consistent with the EIS, SPIR and approval

documentation and recommend they be approved to the Roads and Maritime management team

• monitor the environmental performance of the Project in relation to Roads and Maritime requirements.

4.2.2 Roads and Maritime Representative

The environmental responsibilities of the Roads and Maritime Representative include (but are not limited to): • evaluate and advise on compliance with Roads and Maritime environmental

requirements • review any environmental management plans for the Project or related activities that

are not required to be approved by DP&E.

4.2.3 Environmental Representative

Tony Hobbs is the suitably qualified and experienced ER who is independent of the design and construction personnel who has been nominated by Roads and Maritime and approved by the Secretary of DP&E. He has been engaged for the duration of construction of the Project. From commencement of work until the completion of construction, the environmental responsibilities of the ER include the following: • receive and respond to communications from the Secretary in relation to the

environmental performance of the Project


• consider and inform the Secretary on matters specified in the terms of the Project’s approval

• consider and recommend any improvements that may be made to work practices to avoid or minimise adverse impact to the environment and to the community

• review all work and construction related documents required to be prepared under the Project’s approval, ensure they address any requirements in or under the approval and if so, endorse them prior to submission to the Secretary (if required to be submitted to the Secretary) or prior to implementation (if not required to be submitted to the Secretary)

• regularly monitor the implementation of all work and construction related documents required by the terms of the Project approval for implementation in accordance with what is stated in the document and the terms of the approval

• as may be requested by the Secretary, help plan, attend or undertake DP&E audits of the Project, briefings, and site visits

• if conflict arises between Roads and Maritime or the Contractor and the community in relation to the environmental performance of the Project, follow the procedure in the Community Communication Strategy approved under CoA B2 to attempt to resolve the conflict, and if it cannot be resolved, notify the Secretary

• review any draft consistency assessment that may be carried out by Roads and Maritime or the Contractor, and provide advice on any additional mitigation measures required to minimise the impact of the work

• consider any minor amendments to be made to the CEMPr, CEMPr sub-plans and monitoring programs that comprise updating or are of an administrative nature, and are consistent with the terms of the Project approval and the CEMPr, CEMPr sub-plans and monitoring programs approved by the Secretary and, if satisfied such amendment is necessary, approve the amendment. This does not include any modifications to the terms of the Infrastructure Approval

• assess the impacts of minor ancillary facilities as required by CoA A18 • prepare and submit to the Secretary and other relevant regulatory agencies, for

information, a monthly ER Report detailing the ER's actions and decisions on matters for which the ER was responsible in the preceding month (or other timeframe agreed with the Secretary). The ER Report will be submitted within seven days following the end of each month for the duration of the delivery of the SSI, or as otherwise agreed with the Secretary.

4.2.4 Contractor Project Manager

The environmental responsibilities of the Contractor’s Project Manager include (but are not limited to): • ensure all works comply with relevant regulatory and Project requirements • ensure the requirements of this CEMPr are fully implemented, and in particular, that

environmental requirements are not secondary to other construction requirements • endorse and support the Project environmental policy attached at Appendix A3 • liaise with Roads and Maritime, ER and other government authorities as required • participate and provide guidance in the regular review of this CEMPr and supporting

documentation • provide adequate resources (personnel, financial and technological) to ensure effective

development, implementation and maintenance of this CEMPr • ensure that all personnel receive appropriate induction training, including details of the

environmental and community requirements • ensure that complaints are investigated to ensure effective resolution


• stop work immediately if an unacceptable impact on the environment is likely to occur.

4.2.5 Contractor Construction Manager

The environmental responsibilities of the Contractor’s Construction Manager include (but are not limited to): • plan construction works in a manner that avoids or minimises impact to environment • ensure the requirements of this CEMPr are fully implemented • ensure construction personnel manage construction works in accordance with statutory

and approval requirements • ensure environmental management procedures and protection measures are

implemented • ensure all Project personnel attend an induction prior to commencing works • liaise with Roads and Maritime, ER and other government authorities as required • stop work immediately if an unacceptable impact on the environment is likely to occur.

4.2.6 Contractor Superintendent

The environmental responsibilities of the superintendent include (but are not limited to): • communicate with all personnel and sub-contractors regarding compliance with the

CEMPr and site-specific environmental issues • ensure all site workers attend an environmental induction prior to the commencement

of works • co-ordinate the implementation of the CEMPr • co-ordinate the implementation and maintenance of pollution control measures • identify resources required for implementation of the CEMPr • report any activity that has resulted, or has the potential to result, in an environmental

incident immediately to the Contractor Environmental Manager and Roads and Maritime Environmental Manager

• co-ordinate action in emergency situations and allocate required resources • stop activities where there is an actual or immediate risk of harm to the environment

and advise the Contractor’s Project Manager, Construction Manager and Environmental Manager.

4.2.7 Contractor Environmental Manager

The environmental responsibilities of the Contractor Environmental Manager include (but are not limited to): • overall responsibility for the implementation of environmental matters on the Project • development, implementation, monitoring and updating of the CEMPr and sub plans in

accordance with ISO14001 • report to Project Manager and other senior managers on the performance and

implementation of the CEMPr • ensure management reviews of the CEMPr are undertaken annually, documented and

actions implemented • ensure environmental risks of the Project are identified and appropriate mitigation

measures implemented • identify where environmental measures are not meeting the targets set and where

improvement can be achieved • ensure environmental protocols are in place and managed


• ensure environmental compliance • obtain and update all environmental licences, approvals and permits as required • lead liaison with ER and approval authorities • manage environmental document control, reporting, inductions and training • manage environmental reporting within the Project team and to the Roads and

Maritime and regulatory authorities • preparing reports on a monthly basis outlining the Project works undertaken and the

achievements that have been met, as well as identifying those areas where improvements were made

• oversee site monitoring, inspections and audits • manage all subcontractors and consultants with regards to environmental matters,

including assessing their environmental capabilities and overseeing the submission of their environmental documents

• prepare and/or distribute environment awareness notes • review and approve PESCP • develop and facilitate induction, toolbox talks and other training programs regarding

environmental requirements for all site personnel • notify Roads and Maritime and relevant authorities in the event of an environmental

incident and manage close-out of these • stop activities where there is an actual or immediate risk of harm to the environment, or

to prevent environmental non-conformities, and advise the Project Manager, Construction Manager and Superintendent

• assist the Communications Manager to resolve environment-related complaints.

4.2.8 Contractor Environment Officer

The environmental responsibilities of the Environmental Site Representative include (but are not limited to): • assist in preparing the CEMPr (including any future revisions) in accordance with all

relevant requirements • develop PESCP in consultation with the superintendent, site engineers, foreman and

other relevant site personnel, as required • undertake site inspections, carry out monitoring activities and complete site checklists • ensure monitoring records are appropriately maintained, reviewed and any non-

compliance issues addressed • manage the day-to-day environmental elements of construction • record and provide written reports to the ER and the Roads and Maritime

Representative of non-conformances or corrective actions with the CEMPr. This may include the need to implement additional, or revise existing, mitigation measures

• assist in identifying environmental risks • advise the ER, the Roads and Maritime Representative and Construction Manager of

the need to stop work immediately if an unacceptable impact on the environment is likely to occur or to require other reasonable steps to be taken by the Construction Manager or site construction staff to avoid or minimise impacts

• provide reports to the ER and the Roads and Maritime Representative on any major issues resulting from the Project

• assist all site staff with issues concerning Project environmental matters


• assist in developing training programs regarding environmental requirements and deliver where required, including delivery of the environmental component of toolbox talks

• stop activities where there is an actual or immediate risk of harm to the environment and advise the Project Manager, Construction Manager, Superintendent and Contractor Environmental Manager.

4.2.9 Contractor Community Relations Manager

The environmental responsibilities of the Community Relations Manager (CRM) include (but are not limited to): • ensure that all community consultation activities are carried out in accordance with the

CCS • report any environmental issues to the Contractor Environmental Manager raised by

stakeholders or members of the community • communicate general Project progress, performance and issues to stakeholders

including the community in accordance with the CCS.

Further details of the CRM’s roles and responsibilities in regards to community consultation for the Project are provided in the CCS.

4.2.10 Contractor Project/Site Engineers

The environmental responsibilities of the Site / Project Engineers include (but are not limited to): • provide input into the preparation of environmental planning documents as required • ensure that instructions are issued and adequate information provided to employees

that relate to environmental risks on-site • ensure that the works are carried out in accordance with the requirements of the

CEMPr and supporting documentation, including the implementation of all environmental controls

• identify any environmental risks • identify resource needs for implementation of CEMPr requirements and related

documents • ensure that complaints are investigated to ensure effective resolution • take action in the event of an emergency and allocate the required resources to

minimise the environmental impact • report any activity that has resulted, or has the potential to result, in an environmental

incident immediately to the Superintendent, ER and the Roads and Maritime Representative.

4.2.11 Contractor Foreman

The environmental responsibilities of the foreman include (but are not limited to): • undertake any environmental duties as defined by the superintendent or project/site

engineer • control field works and implement/maintain effective environmental controls • where required, undertake environmental risk assessment of works prior to

commencement • ensure site activities comply with EWMS and relevant records are kept • ensure all site workers are site inducted prior to commencement of works


• attend to any spills or environmental incidents that may occur on-site • report any activity that has resulted, or has the potential to result, in an environmental

incident immediately to the Superintendent • stop activities where there is an actual or immediate risk of harm to the environment

and advise the Project Manager, Construction Manager, Superintendent, and Contractor Environmental Manager.

4.2.12 Wider Project Team (including sub-contractors)

The environmental responsibilities of the wider project team, including sub-contractors include (but are not limited to): • comply with the relevant requirements of the CEMPr, or other environmental

management guidance as instructed by a member of the Project’s management • participate in the mandatory Project/site induction program • report any environmental incidents to the foreman immediately or as soon as

practicable if reasonable steps can be adopted to control the incident • undertake remedial action as required to ensure environmental controls are maintained

in good working order • stop activities where there is an actual or immediate risk of harm to the environment

and advise the Project Manager, Construction Manager, Superintendent and Contractor Environmental Manager.

4.3 Sub-contractor management All sub-contractors will be required to work in accordance with the endorsed CEMPr.

All sub-contractors will be required to attend Project and/or site inductions where the requirements and obligations of the CEMPr are communicated. A record of all sub-contractors inducted will be maintained by the Contractor as part of the Project induction and training register.

The Contractor will develop a standard monitoring form that will be used to assess: • the sub-contractor’s general work practices • the effectiveness of the sub-contractor’s environmental protection measures • the sub-contractor’s compliance with the requirements of this CEMPr • the maintenance of environmental measures.

4.4 CEMPr availability This CEMPr will be made available for public inspection on request. Confidential information, which may include the location of threatened species, Aboriginal objects or places and personnel contact details, will be removed from all documents provided or made available to the public.


5. Competence, training and awareness To ensure that this CEMPr is effectively implemented, each level of management will be responsible for ensuring that all personnel reporting to them are aware of the requirements of this CEMPr. The Contractor Environmental Manager will coordinate the environmental training in conjunction with other training and development activities.

5.1 Environmental induction All personnel (including sub-contractors) are required to attend a compulsory site induction that includes an environmental component prior to commencement on-site. This is done to ensure all personnel involved in the Project are aware of the requirements of the CEMPr and to ensure the implementation of environmental management measures.

Short-term visitors to site for purposes such as deliveries will be required to be accompanied by inducted personnel at all times.

The Contractor Environmental Manager will conduct the environmental component of the site inductions. The environmental component will include, but not limited to, an overview of: • relevant details of the CEMPr including purpose and objectives • key environmental issues, including environmentally sensitive areas • conditions of environmental licences, permits and approvals • specific environmental management requirements and responsibilities • mitigation measures for the control of environmental issues • incident response and reporting requirements • information relating to the location of environmental constraints.

A record of all environment inductions will be maintained and kept on-site. The Environmental Manager may authorise amendments to the induction. Possible reasons for changes to the induction may be Project modifications, legislative changes or amendments to this CEMPr or related documentation.

The ER will review the induction program prior to implementation.

5.2 Toolbox talks, training and awareness Toolbox talks will be used to raise awareness and educate personnel on environmental issues related to construction. Toolbox talks will be used to ensure environmental awareness continues throughout construction. Toolbox talks will be tailored to specific environmental issues relevant to upcoming works and will include details of EWMS for relevant personnel.

Relevant environmental issues may include (but are not limited to): • erosion and sedimentation control • hours of work • emergency and spill response • Aboriginal and non-Aboriginal heritage • threatened species and ecological communities, clearing controls and vegetation

protection • weed management • dust control.

Toolbox attendance will be mandatory and attendees of toolbox talks will be required to sign an attendance form and the records maintained.


Targeted environmental awareness training will be provided to individuals or groups of workers with a specific authority or responsibility for environmental management or those undertaking an activity with a high risk of environmental impact. Topics covered may include those detailed above or others deemed necessary in the lead up to or during construction.

Another way to inform construction personnel will be through the development and distribution of awareness notes. These will typically take the form of a poster, booklet, or similar and will be distributed to engineers, leading hands, foreman and others with a responsibility for managing specific work locations or activities. This documentation will be use to inform the broader workforce through either daily pre-starts meeting (see Section 5.3) or provision in worker crib sheds / break facilities.

The ER will review and approve the training program and monitor implementation.

5.3 Daily pre-start meetings The pre-start meeting is a tool for informing the workforce of the day’s activities, safe work practices, environmental protection practices, work area restrictions, activities that may affect the works, coordination issues with other trades, hazards and other information that may be relevant to the day’s work.

The Foreman will conduct a daily pre-start meeting with the site workforce before the commencement of work each day (or shift) or where changes occur during a shift. Daily pre-start meetings are generally succinct in nature and take approximately 10 to 15 minutes.

The environmental component of pre-starts will be determined by relevant foreman and environmental personnel and will include any environmental issues that could potentially be impacted by, or impact on, the day’s activities. All attendees will be required to sign on to the pre-start and acknowledge their understanding of the issues explained.

Pre-start topics, dates delivered and a register of attendees will be recorded.


6. Communication 6.1 Internal communication Clear lines of communication throughout all levels and functions (eg management, staff and sub-contractors) will be key to minimising environmental impacts and achieving continual improvements in environmental performance during the Project.

The Contractor’s environmental team will meet regularly to discuss any issues with environmental management on-site, any amendments to plans that might be required or any new / changes to construction activities.

Regular meetings may also be scheduled with the ER and relevant Roads and Maritime environmental staff to communicate ongoing environmental performance and to identify any issues to be addressed.

In addition, environment team members will participate in toolbox talks on at least a weekly basis. This forum will provide an opportunity for the environment team members to communicate on environmental performance, to advise on any upcoming sensitive environmental matters for future work areas and to receive feedback from on-site personnel.

Further internal communications regarding environmental issues and aspects will be through awareness training as described in Section 5.2.

6.2 External and government authority consultation The Contractor Environmental Manager will be the main point of contact regarding specific environmental issues. The Contractor Environmental Manager has the responsibility for reporting the ongoing environmental performance of the Project to Roads and Maritime, the ER and EPA. The Contractor Environmental Manager will report regularly to Roads and Maritime on progress and any key environmental matters and to the EPA through monthly EPL reports.

6.3 Stakeholder and community communication

6.3.1 Community Communications Strategy

The CRSC CCS has been developed to provide a consistent approach to stakeholder and community communications for the Project. The CCS has been prepared to facilitate communication between the Project and the community, including Shellharbour City Council and CRSC users. The CCS: • identifies the organisations, including CRSC user groups, to be consulted during the

delivery of the Project • sets out procedures and mechanisms for the regular distribution of accessible

information about the CRSC works • identifies opportunities to provide accessible information regarding regularly updated

site activities, schedules and milestones • identifies opportunities for the community to visit the CRSC work sites (taking into

consideration workplace health and safety requirements) • involves construction personnel in engaging with the local community and CRSC user

groups • provides for the formation of issue or location-based community forums that focus on

key environmental management issues of concern to the relevant community(ies) for the Project


• sets out procedures and mechanisms: - through which the community can discuss or provide feedback to Roads and

Maritime and the Contractor - through which the Roads and Maritime and the Contractor will respond to

enquiries or feedback from the community - to resolve any issues and mediate any disputes that may arise in relation to the

environmental management and delivery of the Project.

The CRSC CCS was approved by the Secretary prior to the commencement of the CRSC works. The approved CCS will be implemented for the duration of the CRSC works and for 12 months following the completion of the works.

6.3.2 Complaints Management System

The CRSC Complaints Management System (CMS) was prepared and submitted to the Secretary for information prior to the commencement of work on the Project. It will be implemented and maintained for the duration of the Project and for a minimum for 12 months following completion of construction of the Project.

The CMS includes a Complaints Register which records information on all Project related complaints received during the construction of the Project and for a minimum of 12 months following the completion of construction.

The Complaints Register records: • the number of complaints received • the number of people affected in relation to a complaint and • the nature of the complaint and means by which the complaint was addressed and

whether resolution was reached, with or without mediation.

The Complaints Register will be provided to the Secretary upon request, within the timeframe stated in the request.

The following facilities have been available since October 2015 when the EIS for the project was on display and will be available for the duration of the works and for 12 months following the completion of the CRSC reconfiguration works:

• a 24 hour telephone number for the registration of complaints and enquiries about the Project

1800 708 727 (toll free)

• a postal address to which written complaints and enquiries may be sent

Albion Park Rail bypass PO Box 477 Wollongong NSW 2520

• an email address to which electronic complaints and enquiries may be transmitted; and

[email protected]

• a mediation system for complaints unable to be resolved.

The telephone number, postal address and email address will be published in a newspaper circulating in the local area (Illawarra Mercury and Advertiser Lake Times) prior to the commencement of works. These contact details are also provided on the Project website (www.rms.nsw.gov.au/apr).


6.3.3 Provision of electronic information

A website providing information in relation to the Project has been established and will be maintained during the delivery of the Project and for a minimum of 12 months following the completion of construction. The following up-to-date information (excluding confidential, private and commercial information) is published and maintained on the website: • information on the current implementation status of the Project • a copy of the documents listed in CoA A1 and documentation relating to modifications

made to the Project or the Infrastructure approval • a copy of the Project approval and copies of approvals granted by the Minister to

modifications of the Project approval • a copy of each statutory approval, licence or permit required and obtained in relation to

the Project • a current copy of each document required under the Infrastructure Approval and any

endorsements, approvals or requirements from the ER and Secretary.


7. Incidents and emergencies In the event of an environmental incident, Roads and Maritime’s Environmental Incident Classification and Reporting Procedure (2017) will be implemented. The procedure is provided in Appendix A6.

The procedure provides references to: • types of incidents • criteria for classifying of environmental incidents • processes for systematically responding to and managing emergency situations • processes, and legal requirements (eg Acts, Regulations, EPL), for reporting and

notification of an environmental incident.

The procedure covers the management of events such as, but not limited to: • spills of fuels, oils, chemicals and other hazardous materials • unauthorised discharge from sediment basins or other containment devices • unauthorised clearing or clearing beyond the extent of the Project boundary or

premises • inadequate installation and subsequent failure of temporary erosion and sediment

controls • unauthorised damage or interference to threatened species, endangered ecological

communities or critical habitat • unauthorised harm or desecration to Aboriginal objects and Aboriginal places • unauthorised damage or destruction to any State or locally significant relic or Heritage

item • unauthorised damage to marine vegetation and mangroves • unauthorised dredging or reclamation works within a watercourse • potential contamination of waterways or land • accidental starting of a fire or a fire breaking out of containment • any potential breach of legislation, including a potential breach of a condition of EPL

20996; CoA; REF or any permit condition • works undertaken without appropriate approval or assessment under the EP&A Act • works undertaken that are not in accordance with a Project assessment • unauthorised dumping of waste.

Environmental incidents will be notified verbally immediately and in writing within one hour of any incident occurring to the Roads and Maritime Representative and the ER. Incident reports will be provided to Roads and Maritime Representative and the ER within 24 hours of the incident occurring, including lessons learnt from each environmental incident and proposed measures to prevent the occurrence of a similar incident. All efforts will be undertaken immediately to avoid and reduce impacts of incidents and suitable controls put in place. Incidents will be closed out as quickly as possible, taking all required action to resolve each environmental incident.

Notification will be provided by Roads and Maritime to the Secretary of DP&E as soon as possible and in any event within 24 hours of any incident associated with the delivery of the Project. The notification will include the time and date of the incident, details of the incident and any non-compliance with the Project approval. Any requirements of the Secretary or relevant government authority (as determined by the Secretary) to address the cause or


impact of a reported incident must be met within the timeframe determined by the Secretary or relevant government authority.

The EPA will be notified of any environmental incidents or pollution incidents on or around the site via the EPA Environment Line (telephone 131 555) in accordance with Part 5.7 of the Protection of the Environment Operations Act 1997 (NSW) (POEO Act). The circumstances where this will take place include: • if the actual or potential harm to the health or safety of human beings or ecosystems is

not trivial. • if actual or potential loss or property damage (including clean-up costs) associated with

an environmental incident exceeds $10,000.

If statutory notification is given to the EPA as required under the POEO Act, such notification will also be provided to Roads and Maritime who will notify the Secretary within 24 hours after the notification was given to the EPA.

Where an incident involves an Aboriginal site, Registered Aboriginal Parties will be notified and their input sought in closing out the incident.

The Contractor will develop a 'Pollution Incident Response Management Plan' (PIRMP) under Section 153A of the POEO Act as required by EPL 20996. The PIRMP will be prepared in accordance with the requirements of the EPL.


8. Inspections and auditing 8.1 Environmental inspections

8.1.1 Weekly and post rainfall site inspections

The Contractor Environmental Manager will undertake weekly and post rainfall inspections of the work sites to evaluate the effectiveness of environmental controls. The Contractor Environmental Manager will record inspection findings on an inspection checklist form.

If any maintenance and/or deficiencies in environmental controls or in the standard of environmental performance are observed, they will be recorded on the checklist form. Records will also include details of any maintenance required, the nature of the deficiency, any actions required and an implementation priority.

8.1.2 Environmental Representative and Roads and Maritime inspections

The ER and Roads and Maritime staff will undertake regular inspections of works sites and critical activities throughout construction of the Project. Inspections will typically occur on a weekly or fortnightly basis depending on the complexity and anticipated risks associated with the stage of construction. Deficiencies and required actions will be analysed and prioritised at the completion of the inspection and timeframes for implementation of corrective actions agreed.

8.1.3 Pre-work inspections

Prior to the commencement of works on each shift, an inspection will be carried out by the Foreman of relevant environmental controls and resources required to ensure effective operation and maintenance. Works are not to commence unless inspections are found to be satisfactory.

8.2 Auditing Internal auditing will be undertaken by the Contractor throughout the Project to verify compliance with: • this CEMPr and sub plans • approval requirements (eg CoA, REMMs, REF) • any relevant legal and other requirements (eg licenses, permits, regulations, Roads and

Maritime contract documentation).

The Contractor will develop an audit checklist and amend as necessary to reflect changes to this CEMPr, subsequent approvals and changes to Acts, regulations or guidelines. The audit checklist will include the aspects in the risk assessment provided in Appendix A2.

A summary of the internal auditing requirements applicable to the Project is provided in Table 8-1.


Table 8-1 Audit requirements

Requirement Timing Responsibility Recipient

Verify compliance with approval and legal requirements, Roads and Maritime specifications and construction documentation

First audit within three months of the commencement of construction and then at six monthly intervals thereafter. Final audit submitted within five working days of contract completion date.

Contractor Environmental Manager

Project Manager, Roads and Maritime Representative, ER

8.3 Reporting Prior to, during and following construction, various reports will be prepared to fulfil internal Roads and Maritime and contractor reporting needs and requirements under the Infrastructure Approval. Table 8-2 sets out the reporting requirement applicable to the Project, timing of the reporting, who is responsible for managing preparation of the reports and the intended recipient(s). Should additional reporting be required as the works progress, Table 8-2 will be amended to reflect these changes.

Table 8-2 Reporting requirements

Report Requirement Timing Responsibility Recipient

Monthly environmental report

For incorporation in Project Monthly Reports including environmental statistics (ie incidents, regulatory action, complaints on environmental issues), regulatory and authority considerations, monitoring program performance and key environmental issues

Monthly Contractor Environmental Manager


EPL monthly report

Details of all non-compliances with conditions of EPL, measures taken to prevent recurrence, and details of discharges from sediment basins where water quality results exceed EPL conditions.

Within 10 working days of the end of each calendar month.

Contractor Environmental manager

EPA, Roads and Maritime Representative

EPL annual returns

Report on compliance with EPL.

Within 60 days of the anniversary of the EPL.

Contractor Environmental Manager

EPA, Roads and Maritime Representative

EPL monitoring data

The holder of EPL 20996 may be required to publicly report monitoring data under S66(6) of the POEO Act

As required Contractor Environmental Manager

EPA


Report Requirement Timing Responsibility Recipient

ER Report in accordance with CoA A24(k)

Report detailing the ER’s actions and decisions on matters for which the ER was responsible in the preceding month.

Monthly ER Roads and Maritime Representative, DP&E

Environmental risk assessment

Conducted for each construction stage, Project changes and significant issues.

Prior to construction during development of CEMPr and as required thereafter.

Contractor Environmental Manager, Construction Manager


Monitoring results

Report on monitoring data recorded and potential exceedances against criteria.

As required Contractor Environmental Manager


Roads and Maritime and/or EPA environmental inspection reports

Response to matter raised in Roads and Maritime and/or EPA site inspections.

As required. Typically every two weeks for Roads and Maritime inspection reports and monthly for EPA inspection reports.

Roads and Maritime Environmental Manager, EPA

ER, Contractor Environmental Manager

8.4 Non-conformity, corrective and preventative actions Any member of the Project team may raise a non-conformance or improvement opportunity. The Contractor’s Quality Plan describes the process for managing non-conforming work practises and initiating corrective/preventative actions or system improvements.

The ER, Roads and Maritime Representative or public authority may also raise a non-conformance or improvement opportunity using the same process.

A non-conformance is the failure or refusal to comply with the requirements of this CEMPr and supporting documentation.

For each non-conformance identified a corrective/preventative action (or actions) must be implemented. In addition any environmental management improvement opportunities can be initiated as a result of incidents or emergencies, monitoring and measurement, audit findings or other reviews. Improvement opportunities may also result in the implementation of corrective/preventative actions.

Corrective/preventative actions and improvement opportunities will be entered into the contractor’s quality system database and include detail of the issue, action required and timing and responsibilities. The record will be updated with date of close out and any necessary notes. The database will be reviewed regularly to ensure actions are closed out as required.


Non-conforming activities will be stopped where there is an actual or immediate risk of harm to the environment. The works will not commence until an appropriate corrective / preventative action has been implemented. In such circumstances a non-conformance report must be prepared in accordance with the Quality Plan.

Procedures for rectifying any non-compliance identified during environmental auditing, review of compliance or incident management are also documented in the Compliance Tracking Program.


9. Review and improvement The CEMPr will be reviewed and updated as necessary on an annual basis or as required to ensure that the system is conforming to the environmental objectives and legal requirements. Reviews will be undertaken as a result of any of the following: • when there is a change in the scope of the Project that requires a change in

environmental controls • when there is a need to improve performance in an area of environmental impact • at the completion of environmental audits as required • as a result of changes in environmental legislation applicable and relevant to the

Project.

Reasons for the review will be documented in the CEMPr. Details of any changes made to the CEMPr and sub-plans will be supplied to the ER and Roads and Maritime.

Management reviews will be undertaken as part of the continual improvement process. The management review can consist of group reviews, or executive reviews.

A group review will be initiated by the Contractor Environmental Manager and includes relevant Project team members and stakeholders. The environment team will meet at least quarterly, or at other pre-determined periods, to review environmental management issues for the Project. The environment team meeting may be run in conjunction with a wider group meeting if the Contractor Environmental Manager deems it appropriate.

The environment group meetings will include: • a review of the aspects and impacts register, legal register and environmental induction • consideration of monitoring, inspection and audit results • consideration of incidents and any lessons learnt • consideration of any new regulatory issues • a review of the effectiveness of erosion and sediment controls • consideration of community and CRSC user group issues • consideration of changes in operational needs such as resourcing • feedback from management reviews.

An executive review will involve the management team. This review will be held every 12 months and will include a review of: • effectiveness of environmental management documentation implementation • management effectiveness • potential improvements to the environmental management documentation • adequacy of resources • findings of audits • environmental objectives and targets • environmental performance • compliance with legal and other requirements • critical non-conformance or repeated non-conformances • organisation changes • effectiveness of training and inductions.


The outcomes of the group and executive reviews may include amendments to this CEMPr and related documentation, revision to the Project’s environmental management system, risk assessment review, re-evaluation of the Project objectives and targets as well as feeding into other Project documents.


10. Documentation 10.1 Environmental records The Contractor Environmental Manager is responsible for maintaining all environmental management documents as current at the point of use. Types of records include: • all monitoring, inspection and compliance reports/records • correspondence with public authorities • induction and training records • reports on environmental incidents, other environmental non-conformances, complaints

and follow-up action • community engagement information • minutes of CEMPr and construction EMS review meetings and evidence of any action

taken.

All environmental management documents will be subject to ongoing review and continual improvement. This includes times of change to scheduled activities or to legislative or licensing requirements.

Only the Contractor Environmental Manager, or delegate, has the authority to change any of the environmental management documentation.

10.2 Document control The Contractor, or Roads and Maritime where relevant, will coordinate the preparation, review and distribution of the environmental documents listed above. During the Project, the environmental documents will be stored at the main site compound.

The Contractor will implement a document control procedure to control the flow of documents internally and between Roads and Maritime, stakeholders and subcontractors.

The procedure will also ensure that documentation is: • developed, reviewed and approved prior to issue • issued for use • controlled and stored for the legally required timeframe • removed from use when superseded or obsolete • archived.

A register and distribution list will identify the current revision of particular documents or data.

CRSC Reconfiguration Construction Environmental Management Process



Appendix A1 - Legal and other requirements Relevant legislation

Legislation Relevance

Protection of the Environment Operations Act 1997

EPL 20996 will apply to the CRSC reconfiguration works

Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 (Commonwealth)

The work does not comprise a controlled action.

Illawarra and south coast lowland forest and woodland critically endangered ecological community has been identified adjacent to the project footprint.

National Parks and Wildlife Act 1974

Some Aboriginal heritage sites will be impacted by the work. In accordance with section 115Z(d) of the Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979 an Aboriginal heritage impact permit (AHIP) under section 90 of the National Parks and Wildlife Act 1974 is not required for the approved SSI.

Fisheries Management Act 1994

Freshwater wetlands and key fish habitats have been identified near the project footprint

Threatened Species Conservation Act 1995

The Biodiversity Conservation Act 2016 replaced the Threatened Species Conservation Act 1995 on 26 August 2017. The Project was assessed under the Threatened Species Conservation Act 1995 in accordance the Secretary’s environmental assessment requirements.

Biodiversity Conservation Act 2016

Illawarra Lowlands Grassy Woodland and Freshwater Wetland threatened ecological communities have been identified near the project footprint.

Environmentally Hazardous Chemicals Act 1985

This Act provides the Environment Protection Authority with the authority to declare chemicals as chemical waste, and to make a Chemical Control Order to appropriately manage the potential risk associated with any such waste to human and environmental health.

Contaminated Land Management Act 1997

Fill has been used in parts of the CRSC to level the playing fields. Where the origin of imported fill cannot be reliably identified, the material has the potential to include contaminants.

Filled parts of the site are therefore considered to represent areas of potential environmental concern until such time as the composition or source of the fill materials can be determined as suitable for the proposed land use.

Septic spray sites have also been identified within the footprint, related to the amenities buildings that will be demolished.


Legislation Relevance

Noxious Weeds Act 1993 Five species of noxious weeds, recognized by the Illawarra District Weeds Authority (including Shellharbour City Council and Wollongong City Council), were noted during investigations: Lantana, Large-leaved Privet, Small-leaved Privet, Blackberry, and Fireweed.

All of these invasive exotic species are Class 4 (Locally Controlled) weeds, for which “the growth of the plant must be managed in a manner that reduces its numbers, spread and incidence and continuously inhibits its flowering and reproduction”.

The plant disease phytophthora is recognised as a threat to the Southern Rivers Catchment Management Authority region and there are some known outbreaks in the Illawarra region. While it is not known if phytophthora occurs within the study area there is potential for the fungus to be introduced into the area via vehicles, plant and machinery if appropriate hygiene protocols are not observed.

Waste Avoidance and Resource Recovery Act 2001

The Waste Avoidance and Resource Recovery Act 2001 promotes waste avoidance and resource recovery, and establishes a waste management hierarchy as follows:

• reduce: minimise the potential for waste generation by avoiding unnecessary consumption of materials and materials that have excessive packaging

• recovery: re-use, reprocess or recycle waste products to minimise the amount of waste requiring disposal

• disposal: as a last resort, dispose of resources that cannot be recovered.

Protection of the Environment Operations (Waste) Regulation 2014

The Waste Regulation sets out the provisions related to the following:

• storage and transportation of waste • reporting and record-keeping requirements for waste facilities

State Environmental Planning Policy No 55 – Remediation of Land

Aims to provide for a coordinated State-wide planning approach for the remediation of contaminated land. The objective of the policy is to promote the remediation of contaminated land so as to reduce the risk of harm to human health or other aspects of the environment.

State Environmental Planning Policy (Rural Lands) 2008

Aims to facilitate the orderly economic use of rural lands, including the subdivision, development and protection of rural lands. It applies to the Wollongong local government area but not the Shellharbour local government area

State Environmental Planning Policy No. 14 – Coastal Wetlands

Aims to ensure that coastal wetlands are preserved and protected in the environmental and economic interests of the State. SEPP 14 wetlands are located downstream within the surface water catchment of the project area.

Illawarra Regional Environmental Plan No. 1

Applies to land within the Shellharbour, Shoalhaven, Wollongong and Kiama local government areas. This plan aims to maximise the opportunities for the region’s population to meet individual, community and social needs.


Statutory approvals

Approval/License Relevant Legislation

Part 5.1 Project Approval (Albion Park Rail bypass) SSI 6878 approved by the Minister for Planning on 30/1/2018

Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979

Division 5.1 Determination (Utility works) Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979

Environment Protection Licence 20996 Protection of the Environment Operations Act 1997


Appendix A2 - Environmental aspects and impacts

Cause, trigger or issue Risk, hazard or opportunity Potential consequences

Like

lihoo

d

Con

sequ

ence

Orig

inal

risk

Proposed risk treatment

Traffic

Changed traffic conditions, detours and increased heavy vehicle movements

Congestion Irrational Motorists Pedestrians and cyclist routes impacted

Crash Fatality Injury Reputation Loss

H L M

Implement measures to address safety risks as part of the Traffic Management Plan.

Implement measures (signage, controllers) as part of the Traffic Management Plan to ensure impacts are minimised.

Construction traffic and speed zone changes

Temporary disruptions and delays Congestion Irrational Motorists

Crash Fatality Injury Reputation Loss Political pressure

H L M Implement measures to manage construction-related delays as part of the Traffic Management Plan.

Biodiversity

Clearing of vegetation at the commencement of construction Presence of weeds in stockpiled material Spreading of weeds H M H Implement a weed management strategy.

Heritage

Works near Aboriginal cultural heritage sites

Disturbance or destruction of previously unidentified artefacts within the project boundary. Destruction of identified sites

Destruction of identified sites Community backlash Reputation impact Political pressure

H M H Prepare and implement an Aboriginal Heritage Management Plan.

Develop and implement procedure for unexpected finds.



Like

lihoo

d

Con

sequ

ence

Orig

inal

risk


Noise and Vibration

Ancillary sites utilised for works Noise from construction activities and ancillary sites.

Community backlash Reputation impact Complaints

H H E Prepare Noise and Vibration Management Plan. Implement reasonable and feasible measures to address construction noise.

Out of hours work High levels of noise

Community backlash Reputation impact Complaints Political pressure

M M M

Where reasonable and feasible work practices will be applied to reduce potential noise impacts and where noise would remain more than five dB above the noise management level, affected residents would be consulted to determine the schedule for work or respite would be provided to occupants where sleep disturbance is likely to occur.

Activities during extended working hours will be limited to quieter activities.

Vibration from plant Building damage

Community backlash Reputation impact Complaints Political pressure Increased costs

M L L

Prepare Noise and Vibration Management Plan. Implement reasonable and feasible measures to address vibration. Undertake inspection of buildings that may be impacted by vibration.

CRSC specific

CRSC changes Impacts upon sporting groups and Camp Quality Convoy

Community backlash Reputation impact Complaints Political pressure

H H E

Replacement of directly impacted sporting fields and amenities prior to the demolition of existing fields and amenities in accordance with masterplan. All sports competitions will be maintained during the reconfigurations works

Consultation with Convoy promoters. Ensure Camp Quality Convoy dates are noted in CEMPr and allowed for.



Like

lihoo

d

Con

sequ

ence

Orig

inal

risk


Soil and Water Quality

Changed flow conditions and stormwater runoff from the project

Scour or erosion of bed or banks of watercourses

Community backlash Reputation impact Complaints Political pressure Increased costs EPA fines

H M H

Prepare a Soil and Water Management Plan, to include an Erosion and Sediment Control Plan. Develop an emergency spill response procedure. Undertake progressive rehabilitation of the site.

Implement operational phase stormwater treatment strategy including water quality basins, longitudinal basins, vegetated swales and spill containment.

Sediment movement or spills during construction Damage to local ecosystem/EEC's

Community backlash Reputation impact Complaints Political pressure Increased costs EPA fines

M E E

Prepare a Soil and Water Management Plan, to include an Erosion and Sediment Control Plan. Develop an emergency spill response procedure. Undertake progressive rehabilitation of the site.

Implement operational phase stormwater treatment strategy including water quality basins, longitudinal basins, vegetated swales and spill containment.

Unidentified contaminated sites Exposure to contaminated material Delays Injuries/Health concerns M H H Induct construction personnel in the identification and

management of previously unidentified contaminated sites.

Air Quality & Waste

General construction Dust production

Community backlash Reputation impact Complaints Political pressure EPA fines

H M H Prepare and implement an air quality management strategy to minimise dust generation.

General construction Waste generation / Incorrect disposal Increased costs Community backlash EPA fines

H M H Preparation of a waste management strategy to identify measures to avoid, minimise, reduce and reuse waste materials during construction.


Appendix A3 – Roads and Maritime environmental policy

Environment Policy Statement

October 2016

Roads and Maritime Services commits to undertaking its activities in a safe and environmentally responsible manner while effectively managing any risks that may lead to an impact on the environment. Our benchmark is best practice, cost effective environmental performance for our road and maritime network.

We are accountable We take personal and collective accountability for addressing and minimising the environmental impacts of our activities and deliver our projects to satisfy the expectations and legislative requirements of the NSW and Federal governments and the NSW community.

We provide solutions We lead the management of environmental risks and incorporate innovative solutions to ensure that all our activities are undertaken to minimise our environmental footprint.

We collaborate We deliver our projects within a whole-of-government framework, by working in collaboration with our industry partners and regulatory stakeholders to achieve enhanced environmental outcomes and encourage a culture of environmental responsibility.

We listen and respond We communicate openly, responsively and empathetically with our customers, partners and stakeholders on environmental matters.

We improve We deliver continual improvement in environmental performance in all our activities.

1


Appendix A4 - Document register

Document Name

CRSC Reconfiguration Construction Environmental Management Process (CEMPr)

Appendix A1 Legal and other requirements

Appendix A2 Environmental aspects and impacts

Appendix A3 Roads and Maritime environmental policy

Appendix A4 Document register

Appendix A5 Sensitive area plans

Appendix A6 Environmental incident classification and reporting

Appendix B1 Construction flora and fauna management sub plan

Appendix B2 Construction waste and energy management sub plan

Appendix B3 Construction noise and vibration management sub plan

Appendix B4 Construction soil and water quality management sub plan

Appendix B5 Construction heritage management sub plan

Appendix B6 Construction air quality management sub plan

EWMS: (to be prepared by the Contractor)

• site compound establishment • working near environmentally sensitive areas • clearing and grubbing • sediment basin construction and management • dewatering • trenching • underboring (directional drilling).


Appendix A5 - Sensitive area plans

FRAZERS CREEK

Swansea FarmhouseSwansea Dairy Site, fig tree and silo

Albion Park Rail Cemetery

°

\\10.10.25.28\Data\L-GIS\A_Current\B_Maps\Discipline\EN_Environmental\EN_119_APRB_G_01_Croom_ESL.mxd

0 80 16040Metres

ALBION PARK RAIL BYPASSNSW ROADS AND MARITIME SERVICES

ENVIRONMENTALLY SENSITIVE LANDS

1:3,000 @ A4

COORDINATE SYSTEM:GDA 1994 MGA ZONE 56REVISION NUMBER: 01

AUTHOR: CLDATE: MARCH 16, 2018

LEGENDCroom EPL boundary

!.Aboriginal heritage -artefactWildlife corridorMajor WatercoursePAEC1 - southernenvirocycleExisting damAboriginal heritage -artefact scatterExisting vegetation to beretainedIllawarra and SouthCoast Lowland Forestand WoodlandLocal non-indigenousheritage

Threatened species habitatIllawarra greenhoodorchid and curved rice-flowerFauna habitat

Note: Map extent consists of acid sulfate soils class 5 (DPE, 2015)Note: Aboriginal heritagesite locations redacted from public version

##################

####

####################

####

####

####

##

##

##

##########

##########

#########

########

###

######

##

####

##

#

###

###########

####

####

###

####

###

###

####

####

#####

#####

#####

#

#############

####

########

######

#############

###################

#

##

########### ################

##

######

########

#######

#

######

######

#######

##

###

###

###

#

######

######

##

#

##

#####

## #

# # ###

#

# ####

#

# ####

##

##

#####

##

#

#

#

###

#####

####

# # #######

## #

## ####

######

## ## ### #

###

#

#

###

# #

#########

#########

### #

###

##

####

##

###

####

##

##

###

##

#######

###

#

###

#

####

### ####

####

####

##

####

## ### # # #

#

####

####

###

####

###

#

#####

###

###

##

##

##

#####

####

# ##########

#

#########

###

####

#######

#######

####

###########

#####

##

##########

#########

####

#####

#

###

###

#

#####

###

##

#

####

##

####

######

# ### #######

##

####

##

##

####

##

###

##

####

###

#

######

#

#

####

### ##

###

#######

#

!

Unoccupied heritage houses

°

\\10.10.25.28\Data\L-GIS\A_Current\B_Maps\Discipline\EN_Environmental\EN_120_APRB_G_01_Croom_NCA.mxd

0 100 20050

Metres

ALBION PARK RAIL BYPASSNSW ROADS AND MARITIME SERVICES

NOISE CATCHMENT AREAS

1:3,000 @ A4

COORDINATE SYSTEM:GDA 1994 MGA ZONE 56REVISION NUMBER: 01

AUTHOR: CL

DATE: NOVEMBER 30, 2017

LEGEND

# Residential noisereceiver

Watercourse

Noise catchment area


Appendix A6 - Environmental Incident Classification and Reporting

Environmental Incident Classification and Reporting Procedure

September 2017

THIS PAGE IS LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK


Page 3

About this release

Title Environmental Incident Classification and Reporting Procedure

Approval

Prepared by Environment Manager Performance Improvement Scott Machar

Reviewed by Director Environment Operations Sally Durham

Approved by Director Environment Michael Crowley

Document Control

Version 5.0 Release date September 2017

Publication Number RMS 17.374 ISBN 978-1-925659-57-3


Page 4

Contents About this release ......................................................................................................................................... 3

Acronyms and definitions .............................................................................................................................. 5

1. Introduction............................................................................................................................................ 6

1.1 Aim ................................................................................................................................................. 6

1.2 Objectives ...................................................................................................................................... 6

1.3 Scope and coverage....................................................................................................................... 6

2. Environmental incident classification ..................................................................................................... 7

3. Environmental incident response ......................................................................................................... 10

3.1 Considerations and steps for environmental incident response .................................................... 10

3.2 Critical incidents ........................................................................................................................... 13

4. Environmental incident reporting ......................................................................................................... 14

4.1 Environmental incident report form ............................................................................................... 14

4.2 Completing the incident report form .............................................................................................. 14

4.3 Submitting the incident report form ............................................................................................... 14

4.4 Roads and Maritime contacts ....................................................................................................... 15

5. Regulatory agency notification ............................................................................................................. 15

5.1 Notification of Material Harm pollution incidents ........................................................................... 15

5.1.1 Definition of Material Harm pollution incidents ....................................................................... 15

5.1.2 Determining if an incident should be considered Material Harm ............................................ 15

5.1.3 Relevant authorities to notify ................................................................................................. 16

5.1.4 The relevant information to provide ....................................................................................... 17

5.2 Summary of other regulatory agency notification requirements .................................................... 17

5.3 Requests for written reports from regulatory authorities (activities delivered internally by Roads and Maritime) .......................................................................................................................................... 18


Page 5

Acronyms and definitions Acronym Definition DE (Roads and Maritime Services) Director Environment

DEO (Roads and Maritime Services) Director Environment Operations

DPE Department of Planning and Environment

Environmental harm Any act that degrades or pollutes the environment

EPA NSW Environment Protection Authority


EPBC Act Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999



REF Review of Environmental Factors

Roads and Maritime NSW Roads and Maritime Services

SEQC (Roads and Maritime Services) Safety Environment and Quality Co-ordinator

SEQO (Roads and Maritime Services) Safety Environment and Quality Officer


Page 6

1. Introduction

1.1 Aim The Environmental Incident Classification and Reporting Procedure (the Procedure) aims to ensure Roads and Maritime Services workers and contractors understand how to classify, respond to and report environmental incidents that occur as a result of Roads and Maritime managed activities.

1.2 Objectives The objectives of the Procedure are to:

Ensure all relevant Roads and Maritime workers, managers and contractors are made aware of environmental incidents promptly and can respond accordingly

Ensure site workers understand the immediate environmental incident reporting requirements

Ensure all workers understand reporting timeframes, including statutory requirements

Ensure incidents are reported to enable monitoring, sharing of lessons learnt and response to emerging environmental incident trends

Comply with statutory obligations to report certain environmental incidents to regulators and other relevant government agencies (see section 5.1).

1.3 Scope and coverage This Procedure is applicable to all Roads and Maritime activities where environmental incidents may occur. This includes (but is not limited to):

Temporary activities, such as preliminary investigations (e.g. geotechnical and environmental surveys) and the construction and maintenance of Roads and Maritime assets

Activities at Roads and Maritime properties and facilities

Vessels operated by Maritime division

Activities undertaken by contractors on behalf of Roads and Maritime.

The requirements of this Procedure must be communicated to all Roads and Maritime workers and contractors (e.g. during inductions) who are undertaking activities where incidents may occur.

The Procedure is for internal reporting processes, except where incidents are identified that need to be notified to regulators, and other relevant authorities (see section 5.1).

The procedure does NOT cover environmental incidents caused by:

Operational road and traffic activities of the general public (e.g. vehicle accidents, fires caused by discarded cigarette butts)

Boating accidents (except those involving Roads and Maritime vessels)

Dumping of materials by members of the public on Roads and Maritime roadsides or land (except where hazardous materials are unexpectedly found during road construction or maintenance activities). Illegal dumping should be reported to the NSW Environment Protection Authority (EPA)

Marine oil and chemical spills covered by the National Plan for Maritime Environmental Emergencies (Australian Maritime Safety Authority, 2014).

http://www.epa.nsw.gov.au/illegaldumping/reporting.htm

http://amsa.gov.au/forms-and-publications/Publications/national_plan.pdf


Page 7

2. Environmental incident classification

There are three categories of environmental incidents, as detailed in Table 2.

Table 2: Environmental incident classification

Category Description Examples

Category 1

Potential breaches of legislation or failures of process that result in actual off-site environmental harm, or residual on-site environmental harm or Works undertaken outside approved areas, without required approval or without environmental assessment or Any Material Harm pollution incident as defined by Part 5.7 of the Protection of

the Environment Operations Act 1997 (POEO Act).

Pollution Incidents

Discharge of waters from site not in accordance with any approval requirements (e.g. discharge criteria in an Review of Environmental Factors (REF) safeguard or Environment Protection Licence (EPL) condition)

Pollution, or potential pollution, of waters

Unmanaged vehicle tracking of materials or emissions of dust, offensive odours or noise beyond the site boundary that are not managed in accordance with approval requirements and/or might impact on nearby land users

Pollution incidents that threaten harm to the health or safety of people (e.g. odours)

Unauthorised or illegal disposal or transport of waste

A spill or other incident that causes pollution to land

Conservation Breaches

Unauthorised harm or damage to native flora and fauna (terrestrial or aquatic/marine)

Unauthorised dredging or reclamation works within a watercourse

A fire caused by Roads and Maritime activities that travels beyond the boundary causing or potentially causing harm to the environment or community

Heritage Breaches

Unauthorised harm to Aboriginal objects and Aboriginal places

Unauthorised damage to any State or locally significant relic or Heritage item, or item listed on the Roads and Maritime Section 170 register

http://www.legislation.nsw.gov.au/#/view/act/1997/156/chap5/part5.7

http://www.legislation.nsw.gov.au/#/view/act/1997/156/chap5/part5.7

http://www.rms.nsw.gov.au/about/environment/protecting-heritage/heritage-conserv-reg/index.html


Page 8


Category Description Examples

Planning and compliance breaches

Failure to comply with the requirements of:

The Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1997 (EP&A Act), including exempt activities, Part 5 determinations and Part 5.1 approvals

An Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 (EPBC Act) approval

An EPL

A CEMP or environmental work method statement

A permit from a regulator (e.g. under the Fisheries Management Act 1994)

Category 2

Failures of process or events that do not result in off-site environmental harm, or residual on-site environmental harm. These incidents may result in temporary on-site environmental harm that can be rectified to pre-existing conditions.

A procedural, administrative or technical breach of environmental requirements, including: Failure to prepare or submit required documents, reports or other correspondence Failure to comply with the requirements of:

o The Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1997 (EP&A Act), including exempt activities, Part 5 determinations and Part 5.1 approvals

o An Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 (EPBC Act) approval o An EPL o A CEMP or environmental work method statement o A permit from a regulator (e.g. under the Fisheries Management Act 1994).

Spills and discharges that do not leave a site boundary and are cleaned up without residual on-site environmental harm, and the area of temporary impact can be restored to pre-existing conditions

A fire that is contained on site and does not cause or potentially cause adverse impact to the environment or community

Reportable Event

An event or unexpected find that occurs outside the scope of reasonable environmental controls and mitigation measures

Sediment or site water travelling beyond a site boundary, and where it can be demonstrated that: Erosion and sediment controls were installed and maintained in accordance with an erosion and

sediment control plan, and The cause of the incident was reasonably unforeseen or the weather (rain, wind etc) event exceeded the

design capacity of controls. Note these events are considered to have occurred (and the response should commence in accordance with Section 3) when sediment or site water first travels beyond the site boundary (e.g. when an appropriately sized and maintained sediment basin commences overtopping)

An unexpected archaeological find that is being managed in accordance with the "Roads and Maritime


Page 9


Category Description Examples Standard Management Procedure - Unexpected Archaeological Finds”

An unexpected threatened species find that is being managed in accordance with the “Roads and Maritime Biodiversity Guidelines – unexpected threatened species finds procedure”

An unexpected find of contaminated soils, asbestos or other potentially hazardous substances during construction or maintenance works. Note that once a particular contaminant is identified or found for the first time (either during project planning or construction phases) it is then reasonably expected to be found, so additional finds need not be reported in this category.

Regulatory Action

Formal regulatory action from an environmental regulator (that has not already been reported in conjunction with another incident)

Formal regulatory action from an environmental regulator includes, but is not limited to: Penalty infringement notices (PINs) Clean up notices Prevention notices Official cautions / warnings EPA show cause notifications.

Note: For any incident where there is associated formal regulatory action from an environmental regulator, copies of this correspondence must be forwarded to [email protected] in addition to the Environmental Incident Report (see section 4).

mailto:[email protected]


Page 10

3. Environmental incident response

3.1 Considerations and steps for environmental incident response The step-by-step response for Category 1 incidents, Category 2 incidents and Reportable Events is detailed in Table 3.1a (activities undertaken by contractors) and Table 3.1b (activities undertaken by Roads and Maritime Regional Maintenance). However, some key points apply throughout all stages of the response to any environmental incident:

If in doubt, treat all incidents as Category 1 to ensure reporting timeframes can be met

Strong consideration should be given to notifying:

o Roads and Maritime Corporate Communications for any incidents that have potential for community or media attention (see section 4.4)

o Roads and Maritime Work Health and Safety Branch for any incidents that involve actual or potential risks to worker health and safety (see section 4.4).

The person responsible for operational management of the site/activity shall assume responsibility for the response to the incident and direct actions as necessary and in accordance with this Procedure

A Roads and Maritime Environment Manager can consult with the Director Environment Operations (DEO) to reclassify the category of an incident where appropriate.

Any Regulatory Action received (that has not already been reported in conjunction with another incident) should be immediately forwarded to the [email protected] mailbox, and followed by an immediate phone call to the relevant Roads and Maritime Environment Manager, who will immediately advise the DEO. Consideration should then be given as to whether an environmental incident has occurred (see section 2) that should be reported in accordance with this section.



Page 11

Table 3.1a: Environmental incident response – activities undertaken by contractors St

ep

Action

Responsibility for completing action

Timeframe

Category 1 Incidents

Category 2 Incidents /

Reportable Events

1

Stop work in relevant area (if necessary) and take actions to prevent adverse impact to human health or the environment. Note human health and safety is the primary concern, and no action should be taken if it is not safe to do so.

Person who identifies incident Immediate Immediate

2 Advise the contractor site management team. Person who identifies incident Immediate Immediate

3 Advise the Roads and Maritime project management team and the relevant Roads and Maritime Environment Manager. Contractor Immediate Day of the incident

4 Consider if the incident is a pollution incident that constitutes Material Harm in accordance with Part 5.7 of the POEO Act. For Material Harm pollution incidents, notify relevant agencies (see section 5.2). Sites with an EPL should implement their Pollution Incident Response Management Plan.

Contractor Immediate Immediate

5

Advise DEO by phone. The DEO may request photographs and a brief summary of known information via email. The following Roads and Maritime managers should also be notified by phone as relevant: Director Environment (Major Projects) Director Environment (Motorways).

Roads and Maritime Environment Manager

Immediately following advice of the incident

N/A

6 Where relevant, notify incident to appropriate regulatory agency (see section 5.1). Note this does not refer to the requirement to notify Material Harm pollutions incidents (see Step 4). Contractor As required by

legislation As required by legislation

7 Complete the incident report form (see section 4.2), including sign-off from Roads and Maritime Project Manager, and submit to Roads and Maritime Environment Manager* (see sections 4.3 and 4.4). Contractor Within 3 business

days of the incident Within 3 business days of the incident

8 Sign and submit incident report form to [email protected]. Roads and Maritime Environment Manager

On the day of receipt of the form


9 For Material Harm pollution incidents, provide a written report to each relevant authority (see section 5.2).

Contractor Within 7 days of the incident N/A

10 Undertake incident investigation (level of investigation to be appropriate to the severity of the incident) to determine root cause and any necessary corrective actions. Summarise findings in ‘Incident Lessons Learnt’ template and submit to Environment Manager for review.

Contractor Within 1 month of incident N/A

11 Submit final Incident Lessons Learnt to [email protected]. Roads and Maritime Environment Manager

Within 1 week of receipt N/A

12 Consider the need for any required corrective actions to be addressed through a management system (e.g. corrective action request).

Roads and Maritime Environment Manager and project team

As appropriate As appropriate




Page 12

*Alternate workflow / signatory arrangements may be required for projects where a third party is involved (e.g. a delivery authority). These arrangements can be confirmed with the relevant Roads and Maritime Environment Manager.

Table 3.1b: Environmental incident response – activities undertaken by Regional Maintenance (including contractors or RMCC on behalf of Regional Maintenance)

Step

Action

Responsibility for completing action

Timeframe

Category 1 Incidents

Category 2 Incidents /

Reportable Events

1

Stop work in relevant area (if necessary) and take actions to prevent adverse impact to human health or the environment. Note human health and safety is the primary concern, and no action should be taken if it is not safe to do so.


2 Advise the Roads and Maritime site management team and the relevant Roads and Maritime Environment Manager and Safety Environment Quality Officer (SEQO) / Safety Environment Quality Co-ordinator (SEQC).


3 Advise DEO by phone. The DEO may request photographs and a brief summary of known information via email. The relevant Regional Maintenance Manager must also be notified.

Environment Manager Immediate N/A

4 Consider if the incident is a pollution incident that constitutes Material Harm in accordance with Part 5.7 of the POEO Act. For Material Harm pollution incidents, notify relevant agencies (see section 5.2). Sites with an EPL should implement their Pollution Incident Response Management Plan.

DEO Immediately following advice of the incident

N/A

5 Where relevant, notify incident to appropriate regulatory agency (see section 5.1). Note this does not refer to the requirement to notify Material Harm pollutions incidents (see Step 4).

Environment Manager

As required by legislation

As required by legislation

6 Complete the incident report form (see section 4.2), including sign-off from Roads and Maritime Project Manager, and submit to SEQC (see section 4.3).

Relevant Roads and Maritime site representative

Within 3 business days of the incident

Within 3 business days of the incident

7 SEQC to sign and submit incident report form to relevant Environment Manager (see section 4.4). SEQC On the day of receipt of the form


8 Sign and submit incident report form to [email protected]. Environment Manager



9 For Material Harm pollution incidents, provide a written report to each relevant authority (see section 5.2). DEO Within 7 days of the incident N/A

10

Undertake incident investigation (level of investigation to be appropriate to the severity of the incident) to determine root cause and any necessary corrective actions. Summarise findings in ‘Incident Lessons Learnt’ template and submit both to Environment Manager for review. Consider the need for any required corrective actions to be addressed through a management system (e.g. corrective action request).

SEQC Within 1 month of incident N/A

11 Submit final Incident Lessons Learnt to [email protected]. Roads and Maritime Environment Manager

Within 1 week of receipt N/A




Page 13

Copies of formal regulatory action from an environmental regulator (that has not already been reported in conjunction with another incident) must be forwarded to the relevant Roads and Maritime Environment Manager (and SEQC/SEQO for Regional Maintenance projects) and [email protected] immediately upon receipt.

3.2 Critical incidents Some Category 1 incidents require escalation so relevant members of the Roads and Maritime Executive are aware of the incident and ready to respond as necessary. Category 1 incidents will be deemed ‘Critical Incidents’ for escalation to the Executive when they have the potential for:

Regulatory action (e.g. EPA Penalty Infringement Notice) and/or

Reputational damage (e.g. media coverage) and/or

Significant environmental harm.

Guiding factors that will be considered when determining whether there has been ‘significant’ environmental harm include:

When there has been actual or potential harm to the health or safety of people or to the environment that is not trivial

Actions required to prevent, mitigate or make good the actual or potential environmental harm are likely to exceed $10,000

When a potential ‘Critical Incident’ is reported, the DEO will immediately brief the Director Environment (DE) who will make a determination on whether it will be considered a ‘Critical Incident’. The DE will then brief the Roads and Maritime Chief Executive and relevant Executive Director, as well as any other members of the Executive as appropriate. When the DE cannot be contacted, the DEO will make the determination and make the relevant Executive briefings.



Page 14

4. Environmental incident reporting

4.1 Environmental incident report form The Environmental Incident Report Form should be completed for Category 1 incidents, Category 2 incidents and Reportable Events, and is available on the Roads and Maritime website.

4.2 Completing the incident report form All parts of the Incident Report Form must be completed in accordance with this procedure and following the instructions within the form. The Form (and any subsequent reports) must only include factual information. Speculation about the causes and outcomes of incidents are not to be included.

The Form must be signed by the following:

Signatory Reason

The person making the report

The person witnessed the incident or has the most knowledge of the incident, and can provide sufficient factual information.

The Roads and Maritime Project Manager

To ensure all relevant Roads and Maritime parties can be made aware of the incident, and appropriate resources can be allocated and/or approved to respond to the incident. This also ensures the project management team are aware of any environmental performance trends if multiple incidents occur.

Safety Environment and Quality Co-ordinator (Roads and Maritime Regional Maintenance only)

To ensure Regional Maintenance management system staff are aware of the incident, and any necessary management system changes can be made once corrective actions and lessons learnt are finalised.

The relevant Roads and Maritime Environment Manager

Concurrence that the incident is adequately described, and the immediate actions and corrective actions are appropriate.

As noted in Table 3.1a, alternate signatory arrangements may be required for projects where a third party is involved (e.g. a delivery authority). These arrangements can be confirmed with the relevant Roads and Maritime Environment Manager.

4.3 Submitting the incident report form All Incident Report Forms must be populated, signed and submitted electronically (never printed / signed / scanned etc.) to enable Roads and Maritime to electronically capture the information entered in the form.

Completed Incident Report Forms should be submitted by the Roads and Maritime Environment Manager to the Environment Operations mailbox:

[email protected]

It is essential that a clear and consistent subject line convention is used to allow tracking of correspondence about each incident. All emails about an incident between all parties should structure the subject line as follows:

Category X - project name / incident location - date

For example, Category 1 – Main Road Upgrade – dd/mm/yy.

Where information cannot be gathered within the timeframes set out in this Procedure, the incident form should be submitted to the mailbox as a ‘draft’, whether or not the information contained is fully completed.

For example, Category 1 – Main Road Upgrade – dd/mm/yy (DRAFT).

The Environment Manager should then request further information from the person making the report, and the final report should be submitted within the next 24 hours.

http://www.rms.nsw.gov.au/about/environment/environmental-compliance/index.html



Page 15

4.4 Roads and Maritime contacts The relevant Environment Manager for each region and Project Office is the first point of contact for enquiries relating to environmental incidents. Current contacts for all Roads and Maritime Environment Managers can be found on the Roads and Maritime website.

Environment Managers can also provide contact details for other relevant contacts during an incident, such as Communications or Work, Health and Safety.

The DEO oversees the application of this Procedure, and can be contacted in the absence of the relevant Environment Manager for Category 1 incidents:

Phone - (02) 8843 3048

5. Regulatory agency notification

5.1 Notification of Material Harm pollution incidents 5.1.1 Definition of Material Harm pollution incidents Under Part 5.7 of the POEO Act, there is a duty to immediately notify (i.e. promptly and without delay) each relevant authority (see section 5.1.3) of a pollution incident where material harm to the environment is caused or threatened.

The POEO Act states that a pollution incident should be considered Material Harm if:

“(i) it involves actual or potential harm to the health or safety of human beings or to ecosystems that is not trivial, or

(ii) it results in actual or potential loss or property damage of an amount, or amounts in aggregate, exceeding $10,000”

Material Harm only relates to pollution incidents. Other environmental incidents, such as conservation, heritage and planning breaches, are not included in the definition of a pollution incident.

5.1.2 Determining if an incident should be considered Material Harm As soon as a person becomes aware of a pollution incident that has the potential to cause Material Harm, the Category 1 incident response should be followed (see Table 3.1a and Table 3.1b above). The determination on whether a pollution incident should be considered Material Harm should be made in accordance with Table 5.1.2.

Table 5.1.2: Determination of Material Harm pollution incidents

Project delivery Material Harm determination

Activities undertaken by Regional Maintenance

The DEO should make the determination (and any associated notifications) on whether a pollution incident should be considered Material Harm. If the DEO is not available, the relevant Environment Manager should seek advice from other Roads and Maritime Environment Branch Directors, or make the material harm determination themselves. If no assistance can be obtained and it is suspected that a pollution incident should be considered Material Harm, the project should notify the relevant authorities in accordance with Table 5.1.3a or Table 5.1.3b (as relevant).

Activities undertaken by contractors

The contractor project team should make the determination (and any associated notifications) on whether a pollution incident should be considered Material Harm. The relevant Roads and Maritime Environment Manager or Environment Branch Director may contact the DEO to assist in making an assessment of the incident, to aid the contractor in determining if the pollution incident should be considered Material Harm. Where Roads and Maritime believes a pollution incident should be considered Material Harm but the contractor disagrees, Roads and Maritime is required by law to notify EPA and other relevant authorities. In this instance the DEO or DE would make a determination on whether the incident should be notified by Roads and Maritime as Material Harm. Roads and Maritime would provide details of any notifications made to the contractor.

http://www.rms.nsw.gov.au/about/environment/environmental-compliance/index.html


Page 16

Even if only limited information is available for a pollution incident being considered Material Harm, each relevant authority must be immediately notified with the information available and updates provided as soon as further relevant information becomes available.

In circumstances where there is doubt about the need to notify a pollution incident as Material Harm, Roads and Maritime and its contractors should always err on the side of notification.

When in doubt, communicate! Note: Roads and Maritime is not responsible for notifying a Material Harm pollution incident caused by a traffic or vehicle accident where notification has already occurred by someone at the scene. However, if it is believed notification has not been undertaken, Roads and Maritime should undertake notification in accordance with section 5.1.3. Environment Branch can provide advice in this instance (see section 4.4).

5.1.3 Relevant authorities to notify The relevant authorities that must be notified for a Material Harm pollution incident are listed in tables 5.1.3a and 5.1.3b below. It is important to note the order of notification and phone numbers to use can vary depending on the nature of the pollution incident, as detailed in the two tables.

All of the authorities listed (whether considered relevant or not) must be contacted for each Material Harm pollution incident to satisfy POEO Act requirements. Serious penalties apply to both individuals and corporations for failing to notify Material Harm pollution incidents:

Maximum penalty for individuals - $500,000

Maximum penalty for corporations - $2,000,000.

Table 5.1.3a: Authorities to notify for Material Harm pollution incidents that present an immediate threat to human health or property

Order Authority Contact Number

1 Fire and Rescue NSW 000

2 NSW EPA environment line 131 555

3 Ministry of Health (via the local Public Health Unit)* Contact 1300 066 055 to be directed to the local Public Health Unit, or visit the NSW Health Website

4 SafeWork NSW 131 050

5

The Appropriate Regulatory Authority*, being either: Local council Western Lands Commissioner for the Western

Division (except any part of the Western Division within the area of a local council).

Local council - contact Office of Local Government on 4428 4100, or visit the Office of Local Government website

Western Lands Commissioner – phone 6883 5400

Table 5.1.3b: Authorities to notify for Material Harm pollution incidents that do NOT present an immediate threat to human health or property

Order Authority Contact Number

1 NSW EPA environment line 131 555

2

The Appropriate Regulatory Authority*, being either: Local council Western Lands Commissioner for the Western

Division (except any part of the Western Division within the area of a local council).

Local council - contact Office of Local Government on 4428 4100, or visit the Office of Local Government website

Western Lands Commissioner – phone 6883 5400

3 Ministry of Health (via the local Public Health Unit)* Contact 1300 066 055 to be directed to the local Public Health Unit, or visit the NSW Health Website

http://www.health.nsw.gov.au/infectious/pages/phus.aspx


http://www.dlg.nsw.gov.au/

https://www.olg.nsw.gov.au/


http://www.dlg.nsw.gov.au/






Page 17

4 SafeWork NSW 131 050

5 Fire and Rescue NSW 1300 729 579

* The appropriate contact for the Appropriate Regulatory Authority and Public Health Unit will vary according to the geographic location of the activity. These contact numbers should be found in advance and stored for immediate access (e.g. in a project’s Construction Environmental Management Plan and/or on site notice boards) should a pollution incident need to be notified.

5.1.4 The relevant information to provide It is important to avoid speculation on origin, causes or outcomes of a pollution incident in discussions with the authorities. Section 150 of the POEO Act provides the information that needs to be notified, being:

a) The time, date, nature, duration and location of the incident

b) The location of the place where pollution is occurring or is likely to occur, the nature, the estimated quantity or volume and the concentration of any pollutants involved, if known

c) The circumstances in which the incident occurred (including the cause of the incident, if known)

d) The action taken or proposed to be taken to deal with the incident and any resulting pollution or threatened pollution, if known

e) Other information prescribed by the regulations.

Only known information should be provided when notifying of a Material Harm pollution incident. If further information becomes known after the initial notification, that information must immediately be notified to all authorities in accordance with Section 150 (see above). The immediate verbal notification is to be followed by written notification to each relevant authority within seven days of the date on which the incident occurred.

Complying with these notification requirements does not remove the need to comply with any other legislative requirements for incident notification (e.g. requirements under EPL conditions or the Work Health and Safety Act 2011).

5.2 Summary of other regulatory agency notification requirements Specific statutory requirements relating to the notification of environmental incidents to relevant regulatory agencies are summarised in Table 5.2. Additional requirements adopted by Roads and Maritime are indicated in italics. Any notification to regulatory agencies should be indicated in the Environmental Incident Report Form to confirm that any required notifications have been initiated.

Table 5.2: Regulatory agency notification requirements

Legislation / issue Regulating authority Section / requirement

Commonwealth Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islanders Heritage Protection Act 1984

Department of the Environment and Energy

Section 20 – requirement to notify the Minister of the discovery of Aboriginal remains.

Contaminated Land Management Act 1997 EPA

Section 60 – requirement to notify if Roads and Maritime activities have contaminated land or if Roads and Maritime owns land that has been contaminated.

Heritage Act 1977 Office of Environment and Heritage

Section 146 – requirement to notify the Heritage Council of the location of the relic once a relic has been discovered or located.

National Parks and Wildlife Act 1974

Office of Environment and Heritage

Section 89A – requirement to notify the location of an Aboriginal object that is the property of the Crown.

Protection of the Environment Operations Act 1997

EPA and other relevant authorities

Section 148 – requirement to immediately notify pollution incidents that cause or threaten Material Harm to the environment (see Section 5.1)

http://www.environment.gov.au/about-us/contact-us



http://www.epa.nsw.gov.au/contact/

http://www.environment.nsw.gov.au/contact/








Page 18

EPA

Pro-active reporting to the local EPA officer of offsite pollution incidents that occur as a result of Roads and Maritime activities is encouraged as soon as practicable after the pollution incident occurs.

Rural Fires Act 1997 NSW Rural Fire Service

Section 64 – requirement to notify an appropriate fire officer of the inability to extinguish any fire burning during a bush fire danger period applicable to the land.

Breach of Conditions of Approval (projects approved under Part 5.1 of the EP&A Act)

Department of Planning and Environment (DPE)

DPE should be notified by the project proponent when there has been a breach of a Condition of Approval (CoA). There may also be other notification requirements included in the CoA.

Water supply catchment areas

Local water supply authority

If an environmental incident has the potential for unapproved impacts on a drinking water supply, the relevant water supply authority must be advised.

5.3 Requests for written reports from regulatory authorities (activities delivered internally by Roads and Maritime)

Should Roads and Maritime directly receive a request from a regulatory authority for a written report regarding an environmental incident, Environment Branch and Legal Branch must be immediately contacted for advice. No further correspondence (including email) about the incident should be distributed either internally or externally until advice is received. Environment Branch will coordinate with Legal Branch to:

Assist in the investigation of the incident

Provide legal advice to the project

Co-ordinate the preparation of the written response to the regulatory authority.


http://www.rfs.nsw.gov.au/about-us/contact-us

http://www.rfs.nsw.gov.au/about-us/contact-us

http://www.planning.nsw.gov.au/Contact-Us




Appendix A7 - Consultation


Summary of Agency consultation comments

Ref Summary of Agency Comment Response

EPA

CEMPr S1.6 Revision

The EPA recognises the importance of having the CEMPr reviewed to ensure it stays relevant and reflects changing site conditions over the life of the project.

Noted

CEMPr S3.6 Objectives and Targets

The EPA notes that water discharge limits are specified in the SWMP, however are not defined in the CEMPr. The EPA suggests including water limits for License Discharge Points (LDP) 1-4 in this section of the CEMPr for completeness.

As noted by EPA, the discharge limits are contained within the SWMP and will be complied with. Table 3-1 of the CEMPr includes the objective to construct the project in accordance with the EPL.

CEMPr S7 Incidents and Emergencies

This section should refer to the development of a 'Pollution Incident Response Management Plan' (PIRMP) under Section 153A of the POEO Act.

Reference to PIRMP added to CEMPr S7

CEMPr S8.3 Reporting

The holder of EPL 20996 may be required to publicly report monitoring data under S66(6) of the POEO Act

CEMPr Table 8-2 updated to include public reporting of monitoring data

CEMPr Structure and naming protocols

Overall, the EPA did not find the CEMP an easy document to navigate. The EPA recommends the labelling of Appendices and Sub Plans be reviewed.

Attachments to Appendices B1 to B6 have been renamed ‘Annexures’ to avoid confusion

App B4 - SWMP License limits for TSS, pH and Oil and Grease are specified under Section 7.4 and will be in EPL 20996. The EPA suggests that information is also provided in this document about establishing a relationship between turbidity and TSS, whereby turbidity limits could replace TSS limits at LDP1-LDP4.

Text addressing this requirement added in SWMP Section 7.4

App B5- Heritage Management Sub Plan

There is repetition in this Sub Plan. Repetition has been removed

OEH Flora and Fauna Management / Biodiversity

CEMPr S3.7.2 OEH recommends that the term "minor clearing" be defined to ensure compliance with the approval.

Clarify “minor clearing as identified in the EIS and SPIR” (consistent with approval definition)

CEMPr S4.1.5 OEH supports the preparation of sensitive area maps and recommends that the maps include: • habitat areas for fauna species (both threatened and

non-threatened) within the site• flora/fauna movement corridors

OEH recommend that these maps be finalised prior to any works commencing at the site.

App A5 Sensitive Area Plans include habitat areas for threatened and non-threatened species included in maps The maps will be included in the CEMPr endorsed by the ER prior to commencement of construction.



FFMP S2.3 OEH recommends replacing the target: • "effective rehabilitation / revegetation that ensures

different successional stages of rehabilitation are achieved" with:

• "enhanced landscape connectivity" and "maintain or improve vegetation condition in sensitive areas" or something similar.

OEH also suggests that quantifiable targets be identified. Protection of soil and water quality should also be included in the targets.

The landscape plans have been finalised as part of the detailed design and will be implemented in accordance with CoA E55. The landscape plans have been prepared generally in accordance with these targets. Targets amended in FFMP S2.3

FFMP S2.3 The target "minimise barriers to fauna movement and fish passage" represents an opportunity to consider fauna movement between Croom Reserve and the CRSC. The bypass will create a significant barrier between these two areas and flora/fauna movement between these areas should be addressed to achieve this target.

Wildlife corridors are included on the Sensitive Area Plans in Appendix A5 The landscape plans have been finalised as part of the detailed design and will be implemented in accordance with COA E55. The landscape plans have been prepared generally in accordance with these targets.

FFMP Table 3-2 Construction phase management

An audit of hollow bearing trees should be carried out prior to clearing and these should be replaced with an appropriate number of nest boxes in accordance with guidelines.

Measures included in FFMP Table 6-1 Requirement for audit of hollow bearing trees is addressed in FF05 and FF19 (Pre-clearing process).

Establishment and maintenance of nest boxes should be done in accordance with recent best practice guidelines and in consultation with an ecologist who has specialist knowledge in the use of nest boxes.

FF17 updated to identify requirement for nest box plan if required under the pre-clearing process in FF05 and FF19.

Re-establishment of native vegetation should be done strategically and in accordance with landscape plans and sensitive area plans.

FF15 updated to refer to revegetation in accordance with the approved landscape plans.

FFMP S3.3 Site rehabilitation and revegetation

Given the size of the site, several landscape plans may be required. It may be worth considering a separate revegetation and rehabilitation plan to ensure that this aspect of the landscaping plan is clear. The site currently contains native seed resources (including native vegetation along Frazer's Creek) which could be used for rehabilitation and revegetation purposes. Collection of seeds from these plants (particularly if they are to be cleared as part of the development) is desirable as the plants provide local provenance seed material well adapted to the site.

Landscaping will be carried out in accordance with the CRSC Site Redevelopment Landscaping Package prepared by Taylor Brammer Landscape Architects Measures included in FFMP Table 6 1 (FF18)

FFMP Table 3-2 The document refers to Yallah Road which needs to be checked as it is further north of the subject area.

Reference removed

FFMP Table 4-3 The proposed works provide an opportunity to maintain landscape connectivity for It is noted for a variety of threatened and migratory fauna, particularly more mobile species including birds, microbats and flying foxes, as per comments above.

Landscape design has been prepared to improve landscape connectivity (FF15)



FFMP Table 6-1 Vegetation clearing, protection and management

OEH recommends that an audit of hollow bearing trees to be cleared is carried out to determine loss of resource. OEH also recommend that seeds are collected from vegetation on site prior to works for revegetation purposes, as discussed above. Hollow branches from trees to be removed for the development should be re-used for ground dwelling fauna species.

Measures included in FFMP Table 6-1 Requirement for audit of hollow bearing trees is addressed in FF05 and FF21 (pre-clearing process).

FFMP Table 6-1 ID FF15

This measure states that "revegetation will be in accordance with the CRSC masterplan". The Croom CEMPr needs to be clear as to whether revegetation will be addressed in the masterplan or a landscape plan. OEH recommends that revegetation and rehabilitation be dealt with in a separate plan which is linked to the Landscape Plan for the site. The masterplan can incorporate these plans; however, it is unlikely to contain the detail needed for the plan to be effective.

FF15 updated. Landscaping will be carried out in accordance with the CRSC Site Redevelopment Landscaping Package prepared by Taylor Brammer Landscape Architects

FMP Table 6-1 ID FF20

Refer to the comments above on connectivity. Landscape design has been prepared to improve landscape connectivity

FFMP General comment

OEH recommends that this document is checked for consistency with the Biodiversity Assessment Report (BAR) accompanying the EIS. It is noted that the BAR (Table 5-1) refers to a Vegetation Management Plan for the Frazer's Creek adjustment which is not discussed in the CRSC CEMPr. The BAR also suggests maintenance of rehabilitated riparian areas for a minimum of two years whereas the CEMPr states that revegetation sites will be monitored for 1 year only (Table 3.3).

The Vegetation Management Plan for the Frazer's Creek adjustment applies to the Stage 2 works and is not applicable to the CRSC works. There are no riparian areas in Stage 1 therefore the two year monitoring requirement does not apply to Stage 1. Riparian areas will be rehabilitated in Stage 2.

OEH Aboriginal Cultural Heritage

App B5 HMP Section 2.3 Appendix A

OEH supports the inclusion of the Standard Management Process, dated 2015, to cover unexpected heritage finds.

Noted

App B5 HMP Standard Management Procedure P32 Appendix D

OEH recommends that the Project-specific contact details for OEH also include the OEH Queanbeyan office Archaeologist via (02) 6229 7188.

Details included in HMP Annexure A

HMP OEH notes that additional approvals may be required under Part 5 of the Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979 for any associated utility works. These utility works may subsequently require an Aboriginal Heritage Impact Permit (AHIP) to be issued under the National Parks and Wildlife Act 1974 where any utility work would impact an Aboriginal heritage site.

Addressed in HMP Table 6-1 (H18)

HMP OEH recommends that an additional management measure be included in Table 3-2 to ensure that all works for the delivery of the SSI are coordinated with utility works, including those works undertaken by third parties, to ensure potential impacts to Aboriginal objects are adequately assessed and AHIPs issued where required.

Additional measure included in HMP Table 6-1 (H20)

Shellharbour City Council

• Sporting groups are to be provided with “tours/inspections” of the facilities during the construction of their facilities.

Addressed in CCS



• The final design of the CRSC to be subject to Council's concurrence and the impacts on sporting activities needs to be planned and agreed to with sporting clubs and other users to ensure the continued operation of events and games.

The detailed design for the Croom Regional Sporting Complex has been finalised and is noted in the CoA E55

• Access to Croom Stadium to be available at all times. Noted

• The handover of assets needs to be agreed to by Council and RMS.

Noted

DPI (Water)

• No comments received

www.rms.nsw.gov.au/apr

1800 708 727

Customer feedback Albion Park Rail bypass PO Box 477 Wollongong NSW 2520

[email protected] March 2018

http://www.rms.nsw.gov.au/projects/illawarra/albion-park-rail-bypass/index.html

http://www.rms.nsw.gov.au/projects/illawarra/albion-park-rail-bypass/index.html

APPENDIX B1 Flora and Fauna Management Sub Plan

Croom Regional Sporting Complex Reconfiguration

MARCH 2018

CRSC Reconfiguration Flora and Fauna Management Sub Plan i

Document control File name Appendix B1 - CRSC FFMP.docx

Report name Croom Regional Sporting Complex Reconfiguration Flora and Fauna Management Sub Plan



22/3/2018 22/3/2018 26/3/2018





0

1

2

Issued for ER endorsement 22/3/2018

CRSC Reconfiguration Flora and Fauna Management Sub Plan ii

Contents 1 Introduction ................................................................................................................ 1

1.1 Context ...........................................................................................................................1 1.2 Background .....................................................................................................................1 1.3 Environmental management system overview .................................................................1 1.4 Consultation ....................................................................................................................1

2 Purpose and objectives ............................................................................................. 4 2.1 Purpose ..........................................................................................................................4 2.2 Objectives .......................................................................................................................4 2.3 Targets............................................................................................................................4

3 Environmental requirements ..................................................................................... 5 3.1 Relevant legislation and guidelines ..................................................................................5 3.2 Conditions of Approval ....................................................................................................6 3.3 Revised Environmental Management Measures ..............................................................6 3.4 Addendum REF environmental safeguards ......................................................................8

4 Existing environment ............................................................................................... 11 4.1 Environmental aspects .................................................................................................. 11

5 Environmental aspects and impacts ....................................................................... 14 5.1 Construction activities.................................................................................................... 14 5.2 Ecological impacts......................................................................................................... 14

6 Environmental management measures .................................................................. 15

7 Compliance management ........................................................................................ 20 7.1 Roles and responsibilities .............................................................................................. 20 7.2 Training ......................................................................................................................... 20 7.3 Monitoring and inspections ............................................................................................ 20 7.4 Auditing ......................................................................................................................... 20 7.5 Reporting ...................................................................................................................... 20

8 Review and improvement ........................................................................................ 21 8.1 Continuous improvement ............................................................................................... 21 8.2 FFMP update and amendment ...................................................................................... 21

Tables Table 1-1 Summary of CEMPr consultation comments relevant to FFMP .....................................2 Table 3-1 Conditions relevant to this FFMP ..................................................................................6 Table 3-2 Revised environmental management measures ...........................................................6 Table 3-3 Addendum REF environmental safeguards ..................................................................8 Table 4-1 Threatened or otherwise significant plant species ....................................................... 11 Table 4-2 Fauna habitat types.................................................................................................... 12 Table 4-3 Threatened fauna ....................................................................................................... 12 Table 4-4 Migratory fauna .......................................................................................................... 13 Table 4-5 Fisheries habitat classifications .................................................................................. 13 Table 6-1 Flora and fauna management measures .................................................................... 16

CRSC Reconfiguration Flora and Fauna Management Sub Plan iii

Annexures Annexure A - pre-clearing process

Annexure B - fauna handling and rescue procedure

Annexure C - unexpected threatened species procedure

Annexure D - weed management procedure

CRSC Reconfiguration Flora and Fauna Management Sub Plan iv


AREF Addendum Review of Environmental Factors





EEC Endangered Ecological Community


EPA Environment Protection Authority




EWMS Environmental Work Method Statement

FFMP Flora and Fauna Management Plan

FM Act Fisheries Management Act 1994


NW Act Noxious Weeds Act 1993



REF Albion Park Rail bypass - Utility works review of environmental factors and Addendum

REMM Revised Environmental Management Measure



SSI State Significant Infrastructure

TEC Threatened Ecological Community

TSC Act Threatened Species and Conservation Act 1995

CRSC Reconfiguration Flora and Fauna Management Sub Plan v


CRSC Reconfiguration Flora and Fauna Management Sub Plan 1

1 Introduction 1.1 Context This Flora and Fauna Management Sub Plan (FFMP) forms part of the Construction Environmental Management Process (CEMPr) for the Croom Regional Sporting Complex (CRSC) Reconfiguration (the Project).

This FFMP has been prepared to address the requirements of the conditions of approval (CoA) set out in the Infrastructure Approval (SSI 6878 dated 30 January 2018), the Revised Environmental Management Measures (REMMs), the Utility Works Review of Environmental Factors (REF) and Addendum REF and all applicable legislation.

1.2 Background The Albion Park Rail bypass Environmental Impact Statement (EIS), as amended by the Submissions and Preferred Infrastructure Report (SPIR), assessed the impacts of construction of the Project on flora and fauna. The REF and Addendum REF assessed the impacts of the utility works on flora and fauna.

A number of environmental management measures and safeguards were identified in the EIS, SPIR and REFs to manage the potential impacts of the Project.

1.3 Environmental management system overview The overall Environmental Management System for the Project is described in the CEMPr. This FFMP forms a sub plan to the CEMPr.

Management measures identified in this FFMP will be incorporated into site or activity specific Environmental Work Method Statements (EWMS).

EWMS will be developed and signed off by environment and management representatives prior to associated works and construction personnel will be required to undertake works in accordance with the identified mitigation and management measures.

Used together, the CEMPr, sub plans, strategies, procedures and EWMS form management guides that clearly identify required environmental management actions for reference by Contractor personnel and contractors.

The review and document control processes for this FFMP are described in Sections 9 and 10 of the CEMPr.

1.4 Consultation CoA A11 requires the CRSC CEMPr to be prepared in consultation with relevant government agencies and Shellharbour City Council. In order to address this requirement, Roads and Maritime provided the draft CEMPr to the Office of Environment and Heritage (OEH), Environment Protection Authority (EPA), Department of Primary Industries (DPI) Water and Shellharbour City Council in January 2018. A summary of the comments relevant to the FFMP received is provided in Table 1-1, together with a response as to how the comment has been addressed in the CEMPr.


Table 1-1 Summary of CEMPr consultation comments relevant to FFMP

FFMP Ref Summary of agency comment Response

OEH Flora and Fauna Management / Biodiversity

FFMP S2.3 OEH recommends replacing the target: • "effective rehabilitation / revegetation that

ensures different successional stages ofrehabilitation are achieved" with:

• "enhanced landscape connectivity" and"maintain or improve vegetation condition insensitive areas" or something similar.

OEH also suggests that quantifiable targets be identified. Protection of soil and water quality should also be included in the targets.

The landscape plans have been finalised as part of the detailed design and will be implemented in accordance with CoA E55. The landscape plans have been prepared generally in accordance with these targets. Targets amended in FFMP S2.3

FFMP S2.3 The target "minimise barriers to fauna movement and fish passage" represents an opportunity to consider fauna movement between Croom Reserve and the CRSC. The bypass will create a significant barrier between these two areas and flora/fauna movement between these areas should be addressed to achieve this target.

Wildlife corridors are included on the Sensitive Area Plans in Appendix A5 The landscape plans have been finalised as part of the detailed design and will be implemented in accordance with CoA E55. The landscape plans have been prepared generally in accordance with this target.

FFMP Table 3-2 Construction phase management

An audit of hollow bearing trees should be carried out prior to clearing and these should be replaced with an appropriate number of nest boxes in accordance with guidelines.

Measures included in FFMP Table 6-1. Requirement for audit of hollow bearing trees is addressed in FF05 and FF19 (Pre-clearing process).

Establishment and maintenance of nest boxes should be done in accordance with recent best practice guidelines and in consultation with an ecologist who has specialist knowledge in the use of nest boxes.

FF17 updated to identify requirement for nest box plan if required under the pre-clearing process in FF05 and FF19.

Re-establishment of native vegetation should be done strategically and in accordance with landscape plans and sensitive area plans.

FF15 updated to refer to revegetation in accordance with the approved landscape plans.

FFMP S3.3 Site rehabilitation and revegetation

Given the size of the site, several landscape plans may be required. It may be worth considering a separate revegetation and rehabilitation plan to ensure that this aspect of the landscaping plan is clear.

The site currently contains native seed resources (including native vegetation along Frazer's Creek) which could be used for rehabilitation and revegetation purposes. Collection of seeds from these plants (particularly if they are to be cleared as part of the development) is desirable as the plants provide local provenance seed material well adapted to the site.

Landscaping will be carried out in accordance with the CRSC Site Redevelopment Landscaping Package prepared by Taylor Brammer Landscape Architects (FF 15) Measures included in FFMP Table 6-1 (FF 18)

FFMP Table 3-2 The document refers to Yallah Road which needs to be checked as it is further north of the subject area.

Reference removed

FFMP Table 4-3 The proposed works provide an opportunity to maintain landscape connectivity for It is noted for a variety of threatened and migratory fauna, particularly more mobile species including birds, microbats and flying foxes, as per comments above.

Landscape design has been prepared to improve landscape connectivity (FF 15)


FFMP Ref Summary of agency comment Response

FFMP Table 6-1 Vegetation clearing, protection and management

OEH recommends that an audit of hollow bearing trees to be cleared is carried out to determine loss of resource. OEH also recommend that seeds are collected from vegetation on site prior to works for revegetation purposes, as discussed above. Hollow branches from trees to be removed for the development should be re-used for ground dwelling fauna species.

Measures included in FFMP Table 6-1 Requirement for audit of hollow bearing trees is addressed in FF05 and FF21 (pre-clearing process).

FFMP Table 6-1 ID FF15

This measure states that "revegetation will be in accordance with the CRSC masterplan". The Croom CEMPr needs to be clear as to whether revegetation will be addressed in the masterplan or a landscape plan. OEH recommends that revegetation and rehabilitation be dealt with in a separate plan which is linked to the Landscape Plan for the site. The masterplan can incorporate these plans; however, it is unlikely to contain the detail needed for the plan to be effective.

FF15 updated. Landscaping, including revegeation, will be carried out in accordance with the CRSC Site Redevelopment Landscaping Package prepared by Taylor Brammer Landscape Architects

FMP Table 6-1 ID FF20 (now FF25)

Refer to the comments above on connectivity. Landscape design has been prepared to improve landscape connectivity

FFMP General comment

OEH recommends that this document is checked for consistency with the Biodiversity Assessment Report (BAR) accompanying the EIS. lt is noted that the BAR (Table 5-1) refers to a Vegetation Management Plan for the Frazer's Creek adjustment which is not discussed in the CRSC CEMPr. The BAR also suggests maintenance of rehabilitated riparian areas for a minimum of two years whereas the CEMPr states that revegetation sites will be monitored for 1 year only (Table 3.3).

The Vegetation Management Plan for the Frazer's Creek adjustment applies to the Stage 2 works and is not applicable to the CRSC works. There are no riparian areas in Stage 1 therefore the two year monitoring requirement does not apply to Stage 1. Riparian areas will be rehabilitated in Stage 2.


• no comments applicable to the FFMP

EPA • no comments applicable to the FFMP

DPI (Water) • no comments received


2 Purpose and objectives 2.1 Purpose The purpose of this FFMP is to describe how construction impacts on flora and fauna will be minimised and managed.

2.2 Objectives The key objective of the FFMP is to ensure that impacts to flora and fauna are minimised. To achieve this objective, the following will be undertaken:

• ensure controls and procedures are implemented during construction activities to avoid,minimise or manage potential adverse impacts to flora and fauna within and adjacent tothe Project corridor

• ensure measures are implemented to address the relevant CoA, REMMs and AddendumREF safeguards

• ensure measures are implemented to comply with all relevant legislation and otherrequirements as described in Section 3.1 of this FFMP.

2.3 Targets The following targets have been established for the management of flora and fauna impacts during construction of the Project:

• ensure full compliance with the relevant legislative requirements, CoA, REMMs andAddendum REF safeguards

• no disturbance to flora and fauna outside the proposed construction footprint andassociated access tracks and site compounds

• no increase in distribution of weeds currently existing within the Project areas

• no new weeds introduced to the Project areas

• no transfer of plant diseases or pathogens to or from the project work areas

• no net loss of significant habitat resources including hollow logs and tree nesting hollows,with materials cleared from the construction area re-used in adjacent areas wherepossible

• enhanced landscape connectivity

• vegetation condition maintained or improved in sensitive areas

• no fauna mortality during construction

• not facilitate spread of feral animals as a result of construction

• no pollution or siltation of aquatic ecosystems, wetlands, endangered ecologicalcommunities or threatened species habitat

• minimise barriers to fauna movement and fish passage

• protection of soil and water quality.


3 Environmental requirements 3.1 Relevant legislation and guidelines

3.1.1 Legislation

Legislation relevant to flora and fauna management includes:

• Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979 (EP&A Act)

• National Parks and Wildlife Act 1974 (NPW Act)

• Threatened Species and Conservation Act 1995 (TSC Act)

• Biodiversity Conservation Act 2016

• Fisheries Management Act 1994 (FM Act)

• Noxious Weeds Act 1993 (NW Act)

• Pesticides Act 1999

• Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 (Commonwealth) (EPBCAct).

Relevant provisions of the above legislation are explained in the register of legal and other requirements included in Appendix A1 of the CEMPr.

3.1.2 Additional approvals, licences, permits and requirements

Refer to Appendix A1 of the CEMPr.

3.1.3 Guidelines

The main guidelines, specifications and policy documents relevant to this FFMP include:

• Roads and Maritime QA Specification G36 – Environmental Protection (ManagementSystem)

• Roads and Maritime QA Specification G40 – Clearing and Grubbing

• Roads and Maritime QA Specification R176 – Native Seed Collection

• Roads and Maritime QA Specification R178 – Vegetation

• Roads and Maritime QA Specification R179 – Landscape Planting

• Roads and Maritime Environmental Direction No.25 - Management of Tannins fromVegetation Mulch (January 2012)

• Roads and Maritime Biodiversity Guidelines (September 2011)

• NSW Department of Primary Industries, Why Do Fish Need to Cross the Road? FishPassage Requirements for Waterway Crossings, Fairfull and Witheridge, 2003

• Fishnote – Policy and Guidelines for Fish Friendly Waterway Crossings – November2003

• Australian Network for Plant Conservation. 2004. Guidelines for the Translocation ofThreatened Plants in Australia, 2nd Edition

• DECCW. 2008. Hygiene protocol for the control of disease in frogs

• Relevant recovery plans, priority action statements and best practice guidelines.


3.2 Conditions of Approval The CoA relevant to this FFMP are listed Table 3-1. This includes reference to the timing of when the condition applies and responsibility for implementation.

Table 3-1 Conditions relevant to this FFMP

CoA Condition Requirement Resp Timing

E16 During vegetation clearing, timber and root balls must be retained for reuse in habitat enhancement and rehabilitation work. The retained timber and root balls may be used on or off the SSI site. The Proponent must consult with community and landcare groups and government agencies to determine if retained timber and root balls can be used for environmental rehabilitation projects before pursuing other disposal options.


3.3 Revised Environmental Management Measures Relevant REMMS detailed in the SPIR are listed in Table 3-2 below. This includes reference to the relevant issue, the timing of when the commitment applies and the responsibility for implementation.

Table 3-2 Revised environmental management measures

Issue Ref # Management Measure Resp Timing

Vegetation clearing

BD02 The detailed design and construction planning will demonstrate that it has sought to minimise the extent of vegetation clearing within the project boundary. The detailed design will demonstrate it has minimised the amount of clearing of the Eastern Flame Pea and endangered ecological communities in particular.


Construction phase management

BD03 The construction environmental management plan will include flora and fauna management measures will be prepared for the project, in consultation with the OEH and DPI (Fisheries). The Plan will describe the management measures to be implemented to limit the impact of the project on biodiversity, in accordance with Roads and Maritime’s Biodiversity Guidelines (2011), including, but not limited to: • pre-clearing process



Issue Ref # Management Measure Resp Timing • exclusion zones and fencing or other means to demarcate vegetation to be retained

(endangered ecological communities and eastern flame pea populations) in closeproximity to the works

• re-establishment of native vegetation• clearing of vegetation and removal of bushrock• weed management (see Guide 6)• pathogen management (see Guide 7)• nest boxes• fauna handling• aquatic habitats and riparian zones.

Site rehabilitation and revegetation

BD04 Plantings selected will be in accordance with the landscape plan. Where possible plantings will be carried out that increase the diversity of the existing vegetation, and improve the connectivity between patches in the landscape. Plantings will be monitored and maintained for at least one year to ensure they survive and become established.


BD05 Construction programming will show how progressive rehabilitation of disturbed areas will be undertaken to minimise soils exposure and the potential for dust generation, erosion and sedimentation, and visual impacts.


Habitat management

BD06 Sensitive areas must be delineated on a sensitive areas map and the map included in the construction environmental management plan.. These areas will be temporarily fenced, unless agreed otherwise with Roads and Maritime, to ensure they are not subject to disturbance during construction. An EWMS will be developed that identifies measures to minimise the risk of impacting the environmentally sensitive areas.


Habitat management

BD07 Prior to the demolition of the existing Duck Creek bridge and any larger culverts, they will be inspected for roosting bats in accordance with the pre-clearing process identified in the Biodiversity Guidelines (Roads and Traffic Authority, 2011). Should bats be identified these would be identified by an ecologist and managed in accordance with the Biodiversity Guidelines (Roads and Traffic Authority, 2011).


Disturbance of riparian areas

BD08 Disturbance to riparian areas caused by grubbing and excavation works will be minimised for areas identified for post construction rehabilitation. Clearing in these areas will seek to retain root mass and existing seed banks to aid in stabilisation and post construction rehabilitation.



3.4 Addendum REF environmental safeguards Relevant environmental safeguards detailed in the Addendum REF are listed Table 3-3 below.

Table 3-3 Addendum REF environmental safeguards

Ref # Impact Environmental Safeguard Resp Timing

10 Specific high risk activities

EWMS must be prepared for high risk activities, including: • work in environmentally sensitive areas • clearing and grubbing • trenching • underboring (directional drilling). The EWMS must be prepared and submitted to Roads and Maritime’s Environment Branch (and DPI (Fisheries) for task-specific EWMS) at least 2 weeks prior to works and approved prior to works starting. The EWMS must include, but not be limited to, the following: • descriptions of works/activities including machinery to be used • outline of the sequence of the works/activities • identification of the potential environmental impacts due to works/activities • an environmental risk assessment to determine potential risks to discrete work elements

or activities likely to affect the environment • evaluation of methods to reduce environmental risks • mitigation measures to reduce environmental risks • a process for assessing the performance of the implemented mitigation measures • a process for resolving environmental issues and conflicts. emergency procedures for

chemical spills and any other potential emergency incidents.


17 Vegetation removal

• Detailed design must limit vegetation clearing

• Vegetation clearing for access purposes during construction must be minimised.

Roads and Maritime Contractor

Detailed Design Construction



28 Vegetation removal

• The detailed design and construction planning will demonstrate that is has sought tominimise the extent of vegetation clearing within the project boundary. The detaileddesign must demonstrate it has minimised the amount of clearing of endangeredecological communities

• The safeguards detailed in the REF will be included in the CEMP to avoid, minimise ormitigate impacts to biodiversity. The plan will describe the management measures to beimplemented to limit the impact of the project on biodiversity, in accordance with Roadsand Maritime’s Biodiversity Guidelines (2011), including, but not limited to:- Pre-clearing processes (Guide 1)- Exclusion zones and fencing or other means to demarcate vegetation to be

retained (engendered ecological communities) near the works (Guide 2)- Re-establishment of native vegetation (Guide 3)- Clearing of vegetation and removal of bush rock (Guide 4)- Weed management (Guideline 6)- Pathogen Management (Guideline 7)- Nest Boxes- Fauna handling- Aquatic habitats and riparian zones.


29 Environmentally sensitive areas

• Environmentally sensitive areas (e.g. areas outside the project boundary, sensitivereceivers, threatened ecological communities, Aboriginal heritage sites, non-Aboriginalheritage sites) must be delineated on sensitive areas maps and included in the CEMP.These areas must be fenced, unless agreed otherwise with Roads and Maritime, toensure they are not subject to disturbance during construction.

Contractor Detailed design Pre-construction Construction

30 Impacts to Illawarra Lowland Forest and Woodland

• No clearing of, or other impacts to, areas of Illawarra Lowland Forest and Woodland arepermitted for works associated with the CRSC.

• No vegetation clearing for sewer or water connection infrastructure is permitted duringtrenching works adjacent to Croom Reserve.




31 Impacts to threatened species and ecological communities

• An unexpected threatened species finds procedure must be developed as part of the EWMS and/or CEMP in accordance with Guide 1: Pre-clearing process of the Biodiversity Guidelines - Protecting and managing biodiversity on RTA projects.

• All personnel must be inducted on the potential threatened species and ecological communities occurring on site and the unexpected threatened species finds procedure.

• Photos and descriptions of threatened species occurring or likely to occur would be included in the EWMS and/or CEMP.


33 Spread of weeds and pathogens

• Weeds must be managed in accordance with Guide 6: Weed management of the Biodiversity Guidelines – Protecting and managing biodiversity on RTA projects.

• Pathogens such as Phytophtora must be managed in accordance with Guide 7: Pathogen management of the Biodiversity Guidelines – Protecting and managing biodiversity on RTA projects.


34 Impacts on fauna

• Detailed design must avoid removing hollow bearing trees if feasible. • Any handling of fauna must be done in accordance with Guide 9: Fauna handling of the

Biodiversity Guidelines – Protecting and managing biodiversity on RTA projects.



4 Existing environment The following sections summarise existing flora and fauna within and adjacent to the project area including species, communities and habitats. The key reference document is the Biodiversity Assessment Report, which forms an appendix to the SPIR. The Project boundary and relevant ecological data are shown on the sensitive area plans included in the CEMPr.

4.1 Environmental aspects

4.1.1 Threatened ecological communities

No threatened ecological communities (TECs) listed in NSW under the TSC Act or EPBC Act are located within the Project area. However, the following threatened ecological communities are located in close proximity (less than 100 metres) to the Project boundary:

• Illawarra Lowlands Grassy Woodland (TSC Act) / Illawarra and South Coast LowlandForest and Woodland (EPBC Act)

• Coastal Freshwater Wetlands (TSC Act)

The location of these TECs in relation to the Project is shown on the sensitive area plans included in the CEMPr.

4.1.2 Threatened or otherwise significant plant species

Threatened flora species identified, or with the potential to occur within the Project area, and their conservation status, are listed in Table 4-1.

Table 4-1 Threatened or otherwise significant plant species

Common name Scientific name TSC Act EPBC Act Occurrence

Eastern Flame Pea

Chorizema parviflorum Benth.

Endangered Population - Possible

Curved Rice Flower

Pimelea curviflora var. curviflora Vulnerable Vulnerable Possible

Spiked Rice-flower Pimelea spicata Endangered Endangered Possible

Illawarra Greenhood Pterostylis gibbosa Endangered Endangered Possible

The locations of ecological communities identified in the Project area are shown on the sensitive area plans included in Appendix A5 of the CEMPr.

4.1.3 Fauna habitats

Four fauna habitat types have been identified within or near the Project area. These are listed in Table 4-2 below and fauna habitat is shown on the sensitive area plans included in the CEMPr.


Table 4-2 Fauna habitat types

Name Habitat features

Woollybutt – White Stringybark – Forest Red Gum grassy woodland

This vegetation community provides numerous habitat types for fauna. Canopy trees provide foraging and nesting/resting for birds and arboreal fauna. The mid-storey (if-present) provides foraging and nesting for smaller birds, as well as refuge for small-medium sized mammals and reptiles. Ground plants, logs and fallen leaves provide shelter for foraging and terrestrial fauna as well. Where hollow-bearing trees are present, it may provide daytime resting habitat for bats and mammals, and roosting habitats for birds.

Derived Forest Red Gum – Thin-leaved Stringybark grassy woodland

Although low in vegetation condition, this vegetation community provides numerous habitat types for fauna. Canopy trees provide foraging and nesting/resting for birds and arboreal fauna. No hollow-bearing trees were present in this community, due to young age of planted vegetation. The mid-storey (if present) provides foraging and nesting for smaller birds, as well as refuge for small-medium sized mammals and reptiles. Ground plants, logs and fallen leaves provide shelter and foraging for terrestrial fauna as well.

Coastal Freshwater Lagoons

Aquatic vegetation provides foraging and refuge for amphibians, aquatic reptiles and birds, and fish and aquatic invertebrates. Logs and rocks on aquatic banks provide refuge and bathing for amphibians and reptiles.

Disturbed Riparian Vegetation

This vegetation community provides numerous habitat types for fauna. Canopy trees provide foraging and nesting/resting for birds and arboreal fauna. Hollow-bearing trees, which are largely absent from the project, may provide habitat for arboreal mammals, parrots and owls. The mid-storey (if-present) provides foraging and nesting for smaller birds, as well as refuge for small-medium sized mammals and reptiles. Ground plants, logs and fallen leaves provide shelter for foraging and terrestrial fauna as well. Aquatic vegetation provides foraging and refuge for amphibians, aquatic reptiles and birds, and fish and aquatic invertebrates. Logs and rocks on aquatic banks provide refuge and basking locations for amphibians and reptiles.

4.1.4 Threatened fauna

Threatened fauna species that may occur within the Project area are listed in Table 4-3.

Table 4-3 Threatened fauna

Common name Scientific name TSC Act EPBC Act

Green and Golden Bell Frog

Litoria aurea Endangered Vulnerable

Australasian Bittern Botaurus poiciloptilus Endangered Endangered

Varied Sittella Daphoenositta chrysoptera Vulnerable -

Black Bittern Ixobrychus flavicollis Vulnerable -

Scarlet Robin Petroica boodang Vulnerable -

Australian Painted Snipe Rostratula australis Endangered Vulnerable

Freckled Duck Stictonetta naevosa Vulnerable -

Large-Eared Pied Bat Chalinolobus dwyeri Vulnerable Vulnerable



Eastern False Pipistrelle Falsistrellus tasmaniensis Vulnerable -

Eastern Bentwing‐bat Miniopterus schreibersii oceanensis Vulnerable -

Eastern Freetail-bat Mormopterus sp. (norfolkensis) Vulnerable -

Southern Myotis Myotis macropus Vulnerable -

Grey‐headed Flying‐fox Pteropus poliocephalus Vulnerable Vulnerable

Yellow‐bellied Sheathtail‐bat

Saccolaimus flaviventris Vulnerable -

Greater Broad-nosed Bat Scoteanax rueppellii Vulnerable -

4.1.5 Migratory fauna

Migratory fauna species that may occur within the Project area are listed in Table 4-4.

Table 4-4 Migratory fauna


Great Egret Ardea alba - Migratory

Cattle Egret Ardea ibis - Migratory

Latham's Snipe Gallinago hardwickii - Migratory

Australasian Painted Snape Rostratula australis Endangered Vulnerable, Migratory

4.1.6 Aquatic fauna

Species recorded in aquatic habitats during investigations for the EIS are shown in Table 4-5 together with the associated Waterway Classification in accordance with NSW DPI Fisheries guidelines.

Table 4-5 Fisheries habitat classifications

Waterway/Habitat Classification Description

Frazers Creek Type 1-3

• Intermittent waterway• Sparse to continuous riparian vegetation present –

native and exotic species• Stable banks• Aquatic habitats include submerged, emergent and

floating vegetation, pools, riffles and large woodydebris

• Poor to good condition


5 Environmental aspects and impacts 5.1 Construction activities Key aspects of the Project that could result in impacts to terrestrial and aquatic flora and fauna include:

• works near TECs

• accidental spills and contamination from construction activities (including compoundsites)

• earthworks and associated noise and dust generation

• light spills during night works

• changes in local flooding patterns due to stockpiles

• clearing of trees and shrubs

• works around watercourses

• disturbance of soils, consequential erosion and the mobilisation of sediment.

Refer also to the Aspects and Impacts Register included in Appendix A2 of the CEMPr.

5.2 Ecological impacts Likely and/or potential impacts associated with project are discussed in Chapter 9 of the EIS and include:

• direct loss of native flora and fauna habitat

• potential over-clearing of habitat outside of the development footprint

• increase in activity/abundance of feral and pest species due to edge effects

• injury and mortality to fauna during clearing of fauna habitat and habitat trees

• disturbance to fallen timber, dead wood and bush rock

• fragmentation of habitat restricts the ability of fauna to move across the landscape.

Notwithstanding, mitigation and management measures provided in Table 6-1 aim to minimise the above likely and potential impacts on those threatened plant species identified in Table 4-1.

In the absence of appropriate mitigation measures, there is the potential for significant impacts on those threatened flora and fauna species identified in as occurring, or with the potential to occur, within the project area.


6 Environmental management measures A range of environmental requirements and control measures are identified in the various environmental documents, including the CoA, EIS, SPIR, REF, Addendum REF and other Roads and Maritime documents. Specific measures and requirements to address impacts on flora and fauna are outlined in Table 6-1.

In addition to the measures outlined in Table 6-1, the following procedures have been prepared to address the requirements of CoA, EIS, SPIR, REF, Addendum REF:

• Annexure A - pre-clearing process

• Annexure B - fauna handling and rescue procedure

• Annexure C - unexpected threatened species procedure

• Annexure D - weed management procedure.


Table 6-1 Flora and fauna management measures

ID Measure Timing Responsibility Reference

GENERAL

FF01 Training will be provided to all project personnel, including relevant sub-contractors on flora and fauna requirements from this plan through inductions, toolboxes and targeted training.

Construction Pre-construction

Environmental Manager

G36 AREF 31

FF02 Sensitive areas must be delineated on a sensitive areas map and the map included in the CEMPr.

Construction Contractor REMM BD06 AREF 29 CEMPr App A4

FF03 An EWMS that identifies measures to minimise the risk of impacting the environmentally sensitive areas will be developed prior to work near environmentally sensitive areas and implemented.

Construction Contractor REMM BD06 AREF 10

FF04 Sensitive areas must be temporarily fenced, unless agreed otherwise with Roads and Maritime, to ensure they are not subject to disturbance during construction.

Construction Contractor REMM BD03, BD06 AREF 29 CEMPr App A4

FF05 A pre-clearing process, including an unexpected threatened species finds procedure will be developed before clearing commences in accordance with Guide 1 (Pre-clearing process) of the Roads and Maritime Biodiversity Guidelines (RTA 2011) and implemented.

Pre-construction Construction


Roads and Maritime Biodiversity Guidelines (RTA 2011) REMM BD03 AREF 17, 28, 31 Annexures A and C

VEGETATION CLEARING, PROTECTION AND MANAGEMENT

FF06 No clearing of, or other impacts to, areas of Illawarra Lowland Forest and Woodland are permitted for utility works associated with the CRSC Areas of vegetation to be retained will be and protected by identifying them as exclusion zones or ‘no‐go’ areas in accordance with Guide 2 (exclusion zones) in the Roads and Maritime Biodiversity Guidelines (RTA 2011).

Construction Contractor Roads and Maritime Biodiversity Guidelines (RTA 2011) REMM BD03, BD06 AREF 28, 30

FF07 Where trees are to be retained, an adequate tree protection zone (TPZ) will be provided around each tree for the duration of construction. Details for calculating TPZs are provided within Australian Standard 4970‐ 2009 – Protection of trees on development sites.


Contractor

Good practice



FF08 If work cannot avoid encroaching into the TPZ, it will not impinge on the structural root zones (SRZ) of trees to be retained. Details for calculating the SRZs are provided within Australian Standard 4970‐2009 – Protection of trees on development sites.


Contractor Good practice

FF09 Prior to the commencement of work, a physical vegetation clearing boundary at the approved clearing limit is to be clearly demarcated and implemented. The delineation of such a boundary may include the use of temporary fencing, flagging tape, parawebbing or similar.

Construction Contractor G36 REMM BD03, BD06 AREF 28

FF10 Stockpiling materials and equipment and parking vehicles will be avoided within the dripline (extent of foliage cover) of any tree.

Construction Contractor Good practice

FF11 An EWMS for clearing and grubbing will be developed prior to clearing and grubbing in accordance with Guide 4 (clearing of vegetation) of the Roads and Maritime Biodiversity Guidelines (RTA 2011) and implemented. This will include best practice methods for the removal of woody and non‐woody vegetation.


Contractor Roads and Maritime

Roads and Maritime Biodiversity Guidelines (RTA 2011) REMM BD06 AREF 10

FF12 Trees will be removed in such a way as not to cause damage to surrounding vegetation to be retained. During vegetation clearing, timber and root balls must be retained for reuse in habitat enhancement and rehabilitation work. The retained timber and root balls may be used on or off the Project site, subject to relevant legislation. The Proponent must consult with community and landcare groups and government agencies to determine if retained timber and root balls can be used for environmental rehabilitation projects, before pursuing other disposal options


Contractor CoA E16 REMM BD08

FF13 Where possible, trees to be removed will be mulched on‐site and re‐used to stabilise disturbed areas.


Contractor Good practice

REVEGETATION

FF14 Progressive rehabilitation of disturbed areas will be undertaken to minimise soils exposure and the potential for dust generation, erosion and sedimentation, and visual impacts.


FF15 Revegetation will be undertaken in accordance with the CRSC Reconfiguration masterplan and the CRSC Site Redevelopment Landscaping Package prepared by Taylor Brammer Landscape Architects, , as required by CoA E55.


FF16 Revegetated areas will be monitored and maintained for at least one year to ensure they survive and become established.




FF17 If required by the pre-clearing process (refer FF05 and FF 19), a Nest Box plan will be prepared in accordance with Guide 8 of the Biodiversity Guidelines.

Construction Contractor REMM BD03 AREF 28 OEH recommendation Annexure A

FF18 If possible, seeds from native seed resources (including native vegetation along Frazers Creek) will be collected for rehabilitation and revegetation purposes to provide local provenance seed material well adapted to the site.

Construction Contractor OEH recommendation

WILDLIFE PROTECTION

FF19 A pre‐clearing checklist and associated process will be developed and implemented prior to clearing in accordance with Guide 1 of the Roads and Maritime Biodiversity Guidelines (RTA 2011). Pre‐clearing surveys will be carried out by an ecologist and will include targeted surveys for threatened species, general tree hollow inspections and culvert inspections for microbats (where culverts would be demolished). Any identified habitat trees will be clearly marked with flagging tape.

Construction Contractor Roads and Maritime Biodiversity Guidelines (RTA 2011) REMM BD03 AREF 28 Annexure A

FF22 A fauna handling and rescue procedure will be developed in accordance with Guide 9 (Fauna handling) of the Roads and Maritime Biodiversity Guidelines (RTA 2011) and implemented where fauna is encountered that requires handling or rescue.


Contractor Roads and Maritime Biodiversity Guidelines (RTA 2011) REMM BD03 AREF 28, 34 Annexure B

FAUNA HABITATS AND CONNECTIVITY

FF20 Hollow branches from trees to be removed for the development will be re-used for ground dwelling fauna species where possible.

Construction Contractor OEH recommendation

FF21 Any fallen timber, dead wood and bush rock encountered on site will be left in situ or relocated to a suitable place nearby in accordance with Guide 5 Re‐use of woody debris and bushrock of the Roads and Maritime Biodiversity Guidelines (RTA 2011). Rock will be removed with suitable machinery so as not to damage the underlying rock or result in excessive soil disturbance.


Contractor Roads and Maritime Biodiversity Guidelines (RTA 2011) REMM BD03 AREF 28

FF25 Any temporary fencing and or structures should avoid creating barriers for fauna movement. Specifically, creating barriers along identified wildlife corridors (as shown on the Sensitive Area Plans) should be avoided.

Construction Contractor Good practice



PESTS AND DISEASES

FF22 A weed management procedure will be prepared and implemented in accordance with Guides 6 and 7 (Weed Management and Pathogen Management) in the Roads and Maritime Biodiversity Guidelines (RTA 2011).

Construction Contractor Roads and Maritime Biodiversity Guidelines (RTA 2011) REMM BD03 AREF 28, 33 Annexure D


7 Compliance management 7.1 Roles and responsibilities The Contractor’s environment related roles and responsibilities are outlined in Section 4.2 of the CEMPr. Specific responsibilities for the implementation of environmental controls are detailed in Chapter 6 of this FFMP.

7.2 Training All employees, contractors and utility staff working on site will undergo site induction training relating to flora and fauna management issues. The induction training will address elements related to flora and fauna management including:

• existence and requirements of this FFMP

• relevant legislation

• specific species likely to be affected by the construction works and how these speciescan be recognised

• mulch stockpile location and management measures

• fauna rescue requirements

• weed control measures

• general flora and fauna management measures

• specific responsibilities for the protection of flora and fauna.

Further details regarding staff induction and training are outlined in Chapter 5 of the CEMPr.

7.3 Monitoring and inspections Inspections of sensitive areas and activities with the potential to impact flora and fauna will occur for the duration of the Project.

Requirements and responsibilities in relation to monitoring and inspections are documented in Section 8.1 of the CEMPr.

7.4 Auditing Audits will be undertaken to assess the effectiveness of environmental controls, compliance with this FFMP, CoA and other relevant approvals, REF, licenses and guidelines.

Audit requirements are detailed in Section 8.2 of the CEMPr.

7.5 Reporting Reporting requirements and responsibilities are documented in Section 8.3 of the CEMPr.


8 Review and improvement 8.1 Continuous improvement Continuous improvement of this FFMP will be achieved by the ongoing evaluation of environmental management performance against environmental policies, objectives and targets for the purpose of identifying opportunities for improvement.

The continuous improvement process will be designed to:

• identify areas of opportunity for improvement of environmental management and performance

• determine the cause or causes of non-conformances and deficiencies

• develop and implement a plan of corrective and preventative action to address any non-conformances and deficiencies

• verify the effectiveness of the corrective and preventative actions

• document any changes in procedures resulting from process improvement

• make comparisons with objectives and targets.

8.2 FFMP update and amendment The processes described in Chapters 8 and 9 of the CEMPr may result in the need to update or revise this FFMP. This will occur as needed.

Any revisions to the FFMP will be in accordance with the process outlined in Section 1.6 of the CEMPr

A copy of the updated plan and changes will be distributed to all relevant stakeholders in accordance with the approved document control procedure – refer to Section 10.2 of the CEMPr.

CRSC Reconfiguration Flora and Fauna Management Sub Plan

Annexure A - Pre-clearing process

BIODIVERSITY GUIDELINES PRoTECTING ANd MANAGING BIodIvERSITy oN RTA PRojECTS14

OVERVIEW

Biodiversity Guide 1 – Pre-clearing process

objective

The objective of this guide is to provide guidance for the pre-clearing process that should be conducted before any clearing takes place to minimise the impact on native flora and fauna.

Application of this guide

This guide is applicable where:

1. Threatened flora populations have been identifiedto occur or potentially occur in the area during theenvironmental assessment process.

2. Hollow-bearing trees, including standing dead treeswith hollows are to be removed.

3. Substantial stands of vegetation providing potentialthreatened fauna habitats are to be impacted.

4. Bushrock is to be removed.

5. Potential roosting habitat for microbats (eg inbridges or culverts) is to be disturbed or removed.

management requirements

• Review the environmental assessment andassociated documentation for the project to identifyknown locations of biodiversity features.

• Consult with an ecologist to determine thelocation of suitable nearby habitat for the releaseof fauna that may be encountered during thepre-clearing process or habitat removal. Mark thepre-determined habitat identified for fauna releaseon a map.

• develop an unexpected threatened speciesfinds procedure.

• Incorporate biodiversity management measuresidentified during the pre-clearing process into theproject CEMP and/or designs.

• In the weeks before clearing:

a. Confirm the locations of biodiversity features.

b. Identify fauna that have the potential to bedisturbed as a result of clearing activities.

c. Ensure an ecologist checks for the presence ofthreatened flora and fauna species that wereidentified in the environmental assessment aslikely to occur. Undertake these checks duringoptimal conditions for the target specieswhere possible.

d. Record the details for all hollow-bearingtrees, trees containing threatened fauna andthreatened flora.

e. Mark habitat features to be protectedduring construction.

f. Confirm the location of pre-determinedhabitat identified for the release of any faunaencountered on site.

g. Submit and updated maps/plans, pre-determinedhabitat for the release of fauna, habitat featuresand recommended clearing procedures to theproject manager and/or environment manager(or equivalent).

• Twenty-four hours before clearing:

a. Licensed wildlife carers and/or ecologistsshould capture and/or remove fauna that havethe potential to be disturbed as a result ofclearing activities.

b. Relocate fauna into pre-determined habitatidentified for fauna release.

c. All fauna handling should be carried out bylicensed wildlife carers and/or ecologists and inaccordance with Guide 9: fauna handling.

d. Inform clearing contractors of any changes tothe sequence of clearing if required.

e. Carry out staged habitat removal as outlinedin Guide 4: Clearing of vegetation and removal ofbushrock where fauna habitat features have beenidentified and marked.


Annexure B - Fauna handling and rescue procedure

Background

Handling of fauna may be necessary when they are encountered on a project and need to be relocated or, if injured, taken to a vet or wildlife carer. The careful handling of fauna is essential to minimise stress or further injury on the animal, to prevent the spread of diseases and to avoid injury to fauna handlers.

Fauna should only be handled when absolutely necessary. It is preferable to avoid fauna handling unless the life of the animal is at risk. Fauna handling should be undertaken either by a licensed fauna ecologist or wildlife carer skilled in handling the type of fauna encountered.

FiGuRE 9.1: A tree skink (Egernia striolata) being handled by a licensed ecologist with gloves (Photo: lukas Clews).

objective

The objective of this guide is to minimise impacts on fauna as a result of being handled by humans and prevent injury to people handling fauna.

Application of this guideThis guide is applicable whenever it is necessary to handle fauna.

Specialist input requirementsUse a licensed fauna ecologist or wildlife carer with specific animal handling experience to carry out any animal handling.

Management requirementsAllow fauna to leave an area without intervention as much as possible. The project manager and/or environment manager should ensure that fauna handling is only carried out by people who are appropriately licensed (eg a fauna ecologist or wildlife carer).

The project manager and/or environment manager should ensure that an animal rescue agency/wildlife care group or vet has been contacted before works start to check they are willing and available to be involved in fauna rescue and assist with injured animals. The project manager and/or environment manager should ensure the contact details of the animal rescue agency/wildlife care group or vet are provided to the site manager, displayed in the site office and included in the Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) or other relevant management plans for the project.

The project manager and/or environment manager should ensure that project inductions include the procedure to be followed if fauna are found or injured on site. The procedure should include that fauna handling is to be avoided. However, the project manager and/or environment manager should ensure the best practice methods outlined below are communicated to the contractor in circumstances where the handling of fauna is completely unavoidable.

The project manager or site manager should ensure that personnel do not feed any wildlife that may be encountered on construction sites (especially birds and lizards). The project manager should include this in project inductions and erect relevant signs informing personnel not to feed the wildlife around the work site.

Guide 9: Fauna handling

GUIdE 9: FAUNA HANdlING 67

injured fauna

Contact the nominated animal rescue agency/wildlife care group or vet if an animal is injured. keep the injured animal in a box in a quiet, warm, dark place until transferred. If the animal is dangerous, carefully place a box over the top of it if possible, or section off the area and wait for an experienced and licensed fauna ecologist or wildlife carer to arrive.

Snakes

• Avoid handling snakes. Snakes should be left aloneand allowed to vacate the area of their own accord.

• If a snake must be handled to remove the riskof harm to the snake or people then handlingshould only be done by a licensed fauna ecologistor wildlife carer with skills and experience insnake handling.

• Never deliberately kill a snake as all snakes areprotected under the National Parks and WildlifeACT 1974 (NSW).

FiGuRE 9.2: Snakes, like this non-venomous Green Tree Snake (Dendrelaphis punctulata) on the Sapphire to Woolgoolga project, should be left alone and allowed to vacate the area (Photo: laurenne o’Brien).

FiGuRE 9.3: A non-venomous Carpet Python (Morelia spilota) being removed by a licensed ecologist with skills and experience in snake handling. This was during staged habitat removal at the Sapphire to Woolgoolga project in Northern Region (Photo: laurenne o’Brien).

Amphibians

Follow the Hygiene Protocol for the control of disease in frogs (Wellington and Haering 2008) for all frog handling. key points include:

• Wear disposable gloves when handling frogs.

• Place only one frog in each plastic bag.

• do not re-use plastic bags.

• disinfect any handling equipment and boots whenmoving between waterbodies.

• Wash hands thoroughly with disinfectant afterhandling frogs from one waterbody.

• Frogs or tadpoles/spawn should not be movedbetween catchments.

Guide 7: Pathogen management provides further information on managing diseases in frogs.


FiGuRE 9.4: A threatened Green-thighed Frog (Litoria brevipalmata) being handled using disposable gloves on the Herons Creek to Stills Road project in Northern Region NSW (Photo: josie Stokes).

FiGuRE 9.5: An endangered Giant Barred Frog (Mixophyes iteratus) being relocated from the Sapphire to Woolgoolga project corridor in a plastic bag (Photo: laurenne o’Brien).

Fish

• Fish should only be handled by experiencedaquatic ecologists.

• Handle fish with dip nets with knotless or rubbernetting and/or with wet hands or wet gloves.

• Avoid contact with gills and eyes.

• keep fish in water whenever possible. If fish needto be transferred between water bodies theyshould not be left out of the water for more than afew seconds.

• Fill containers used for transferring fish between siteswith water from the source. keep water oxygenatedand at the same temperature as the source.

• Fish should not be moved between catchments.

mammals

• Wear gloves when handling mammals (includingbats) to protect against bites and scratches.

• Transfer small mammals to a small cloth bag aftercapture and before release. larger mammals mayrequire a large pillow case or hessian bag.

• If handling bats, the licensed fauna ecologist orwildlife carer must be vaccinated against theAustralian Bat Lyssavirus (ABl) which is a formof rabies.

FiGuRE 9.6: Microbats such as the lesser long-Eared Bat (Nyctophilus geoffroyi) should only be handled by licensed and experienced wildlife carers and/or ecologists who have been vaccinated against the Australian Bat Lyssavirus (ABl) (Photo: Nathan Cooper).


Fauna release

• Release fauna into pre-determined habitat identified for fauna release. This habitat would have been identified by an ecologist and marked on maps for the project during the pre-clearing process (see Guide1: Pre-clearing process).

• Release fauna into similar habitats, as near as possible to their capture location.

• Release nocturnal fauna at or after dusk.

• Arboreal fauna should be slowly released from their bag onto the trunk of a tree.

• Select trees with rough or peeling bark and hollows for bats and gliders.

FiGuRE 9.7: A Squirrel Glider (Petaurus norfolcensis) on a tree with rough bark. Trees with rough or peeling barks should be selected for the release of bats and gliders (Photo: david Nelson).

Temporary fauna fencing

Temporary fauna fencing may be required on projects to reduce the chances of road kill/injury from public traffic or construction machinery especially where:

• There is a high risk of mobile threatened fauna species entering the works area.

• There is a known history of threatened species roadkill.

FiGuRE 9.8: Temporary frog fencing installed for the Sapphire to Woolgoolga project to prevent the endangered Giant Barred Frog (Mixophyes iteratus) from entering construction areas (Photo: josie Stokes).


monitoring

The project manager and/or environment manager should ensure that details of fauna captured and relocated are recorded. Include the following information:

• Species.

• location and time captured.

• location and time released.

• Behaviour and condition upon release.

• details of any injury or deaths that occurred.

• Contact details and location of licensed wildlifecarer or vet if the animal was transferred intotheir care.

The project manager and/or environment manager should ensure that any injury to or death of a threatened species is reported to the RTA’s environmental staff.

Supporting documents1. department of Environment, Climate Change and

Water (September 2009) Statement of Intent 2: Infection of frogs by amphibian chytrid causing thedisease chytridiomycosis, NSW department ofEnvironment, Climate Change and Water, Sydney.

2. NSW Health (Updated 15 january 2008, accessed7 April 2011) ‘Rabies and bat lyssavirus infection: Infectious disease fact sheet’ NSW Health, (www.health.nsw.gov.au/factsheets/infectious/rabiesbatinfection.html).

3. NSW Health (Updated 19 december2007, accessed 7 April 2011) ‘leptospirosis: Infectious disease fact sheet’ NSW Health, (www.fwahs.health.nsw.gov.au/factsheets/infectious/leptospirosis.htm).

4. Wellington, R and Haering, R (2008) HygieneProtocol for the control of disease in frogs: ThreatenedSpecies Management Information Circular No. 6, department of Environment and Climate Change, Sydney South.



OVERVIEW

Biodiversity Guide 9 – Fauna handling

objective

The objective of this guide is to minimise impacts on fauna as a result of being handled by humans and prevent injury to people handling fauna.


This guide is applicable whenever it is necessary to handle fauna.

management Requirements:

• Allow fauna to leave an area without intervention as much as possible.

• Use a licensed fauna ecologist or wildlife carer with specific animal handling experience to carry out any fauna handling.

• Contact an animal rescue agency/wildlife care group or vet before works start to ensure they are willing and available to be involved in fauna rescue and assist with injured animals.

• The contact details of the animal rescue agency/wildlife care group or vet should be provided to the site manager, displayed in the site office and included in the Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) or other relevant management plans for the project.

• Include the procedures to follow if fauna is found or injured on site in project inductions.

• Follow the best practice methods outlined below in circumstances where the handling of fauna is completely unavoidable:

- Contact the nominated animal rescue agency/wildlife care group or vet if an animal is injured. keep the injured animal in a box in a quiet, warm, dark place until transferred. If an injured animal is dangerous, carefully place a box over the top of it if possible, or section off the area and wait for an experienced and licensed fauna ecologist or wildlife carer to arrive.

- Never deliberately kill a snake as all snakes are protected under the National Parks and Wildlife Act 1974 (NSW).

- If a snake must be handled to remove the risk of harm to the snake or people then handling should only be done by a licensed fauna ecologist or wildlife carer with skills and experience in snake handling.

- Follow the Hygiene Protocol for the control of disease in frogs (Wellington and Haering 2008) for all frog handling.

- Fish should only be handled by experienced aquatic ecologists.

- Wear gloves when handling mammals (including bats) to protect against bites and scratches.

- If handling bats, the handler must be vaccinated against the Australian Bat Lyssavirus (ABl) which is a form of rabies.

- Release fauna into pre-determined habitat identified for fauna release.

- Release fauna into similar habitats, as near as possible to their capture location. Release nocturnal fauna at dusk.

• Temporary fauna fencing may be required on projects to reduce the chances of road kill/injury from public traffic or construction machinery.

• keep records of fauna captured and relocated.

• Report any injury to or death of a threatened species to the RTA’s environmental staff.

• The project manager or site manager should ensure that personnel do not feed any wildlife that may be encountered on construction sites (especially birds and lizards). The project manager should include this in project inductions and erect relevant signs informing personnel not to feed the wildlife around the work site.


Annexure C - unexpected threatened species procedure

Unexpected threatened species finds procedure

Purpose

This procedure details the actions to be taken when a threatened flora or fauna species is unexpectedly encountered on site.

induction/Training

Photos and descriptions of threatened species occurring or likely to occur would be included in the Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) and/or the flora and fauna management sub-plan. All personnel are to be inducted on the potential threatened species occurring on site and the unexpected threatened species finds procedure.

Scope

This procedure is applicable to all activities that have the potential impact upon threatened flora and fauna species.

Procedure

Threatened flora or fauna species unexpectedly encountered

STOP WORK

notify the environment manager

Environmental manager would arrange for an ecologist to conduct an assessment of significance of the likely impact, develop management options and notify oEH, dPi and dSEWPC as appropriate.

Consult with oEH, dPi or dSEWPC as appropriate

Recommence works once advice is sought and necessary approvals, licences and permits are obtained

include species in subsequent inductions, toolbox talks and update the CEmP

obtain approvals, licences or permits as required

Recommence work and maintain regular inspections

is as impact likely to occur?YES NO



Annexure D - Weed management procedure

Guide 6: Weed management

Background

A ‘weed’ is a plant growing in a terrestrial or aquatic area where it is not wanted. This can include seeds, flower heads or woody material. A plant that is considered a weed may not always be classed as a weed by everyone in all regions. Weeds are plants that may threaten agricultural productivity, have detrimental effects on the natural environment or impact on human health. Weeds may be native or introduced plant species.

The construction of road projects and maintenance works has the potential to introduce and promote the spread of weed species. The Noxious Weeds Act 1993 (NSW) has provisions for the control of certain weeds and the RTA is required to control noxious weeds under this Act.

There are currently six key Threatening Processes listed under the NSW Threatened Species Conservation Act 1995 (NSW) (TSC Act) that relate to the invasion and establishment of weeds:

• Invasion and establishment of exotic vines and scramblers.

• Invasion and establishment of Scotch Broom (Cytisus scoparius).

• Invasion of native plant communities by Bitou Bush & Boneseed.

• Invasion of native plant communities by exotic perennial grasses.

• Invasion of native plant communities by African olive (Olea europaea L. subsp. cuspidata).

• Invasion, establishment and spread of lantana (Lantana camara).

Weeds are often classed into broad groups depending on their characteristics and impacts. The main groups of weeds are provided in Table 6.1.

TaBLE 6.1: ClASSIFICATIoN oF WEEdS IN NSW.

Classification description

Weeds of national Significance (WonS)

listed under the National Weeds Strategy (see www.weeds.gov.au/weeds/lists/wons.html).

national Environmental Alert List Weeds

Identified under the National Weeds Strategy (see www.weeds.gov.au/weeds/lists/alert.html).

noxious Require control under the Noxious Weeds Act 1993 (NSW). Noxious weed declarations, their control class and control requirements are different for each local Government Area (see www.dpi.nsw.gov.au/agriculture/pests-weeds/weeds/noxweed).

Environmental Represent a threat to the conservation values of natural ecosystems.

Agricultural Represent a threat to agricultural production.

objective

The objective of this guide is to prevent or minimise the spread of noxious and environmental weed species on all RTA project sites and during maintenance works.


Application of this guideThis guide is applicable where RTA activities disturb vegetation, soil or aquatic environments.

This guide outlines weed management requirements for environmental and noxious weeds during construction but also provides best practice methods for weed management during maintenance works.

Specialist input requirementsuse an ecologist or person trained in weed management and identification to conduct the site weed assessment before works begin and assist in developing the weed management plan.

Management requirements

General requirements for weed management for projects and maintenance works

The project manager and/or environment manager should ensure the following best practice methods for weed management are undertaken:

• Mow/slash areas infested with weeds before they seed. This may reduce the propagation of new plants.

• Program works from least to most weed infested areas.

• Clean machinery, vehicles and footwear before moving to a new location.

• Securely cover loads of weed-contaminated material to prevent weed plant material falling or blowing off vehicles.

• dispose of weed-contaminated soil at an appropriate waste management facility.

• Remove weeds immediately onto suitable trucks and dispose of without stockpiling.

• Separate weeds from native vegetation where native vegetation is to be used for mulch. dispose of weeds to an appropriate waste management facility. do not use weeds for mulch.

• Send samples of topsoil being imported onto site to a national Association of Testing Authorities (nATA) approved soil laboratory to ensure it contains no weed seeds or propagules (vegetative parts of plants such as buds or offshoots that can grow into new individuals)(see Guide 3: Re-establishment of native vegetation).

FiGuRE 6.1: The weed Singapore daisy (Sphagneticola trilobata) on the Pacific Highway – Banora Point Upgrade project. once confined to queensland, this weed has spread down the NSW coast and invaded rainforest edges and disturbed areas such as roadsides of the Northern Region (Photo: Tammie Tribe).

GUIdE 6: WEEd MANAGEMENT 45

Site weed assessment

The project manager and/or environment manager should engage an ecologist or person trained in weed identification and management to undertake a site weed assessment including:

1. Identifying and describing or mapping weed infested areas within the site and adjacent areas. A weed assessment may have been done as part of the environmental assessment. other useful resources for the identification of weeds can be found in the Supporting Documents section of this guide. Weed identification and description/mapping will provide an understanding of the scale of weed occurrences and any associated management issues.

2. Identifying and recommendations for managing any Weeds of National Significance (WoNS), National Environmental Alert Weeds and/or noxious weeds located within the site or adjacent areas in consultation with the weeds officer at the relevant local council. Many of these weeds have legislative control requirements and most have separate weed management guides (see www.weeds.gov.au/publications/guidelines/index.html).

3. Identifying surrounding land uses and consultation with surrounding landholders where required.

Weed management plan

The project manager and/or environment manager should ensure a weed management plan is developed for the site with consideration of the resources available to implement the plan. The Introductory Weed Management Manual (Natural Heritage Trust 2004) provides guidance for developing weed management plans.

The requirements of the weed management plan would be incorporated into relevant plans for the project (eg landscape management plan, Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) or work method statements).

The detail of the weed management plan would vary for each site but should include:

• Type and source of the weed/s.

• Weed management priorities and objectives.

• Sensitive environmental areas within or adjacent to the site.

• location of weed infested areas.

• Mechanical weed control methods such as slashing or mowing, as well as a range of herbicides to avoid the development of herbicide resistance.

• Measures to prevent the spread of weeds.

• A monitoring program to measure the success of weed management.

• Communication strategies to improve contractor awareness of weeds and weed management.


Weed control methods

Weed control methods include mechanical, physical and chemical techniques. The Introductory Weed Management Manual (Module 2) (Natural Heritage Trust 2004) and Noxious and Environmental Weed Control Handbook (dPI 2007) provide examples of weed control methods.

In order to effectively control weeds it is important to have an understanding of the types of weeds present and their growth cycles and flowering times. Reference should be made to the department of Primary Industries (dPI) Calender of Growth Cycle and Control Times for different regions across NSW (see www.dpi.nsw.gov.au/agriculture/pests-weeds/weeds/publications/management/calendar).

Herbicide use

The use of herbicides is controlled in NSW by the Pesticides Act 1999. The project manager and/or environment manager should ensure that pesticides (including herbicides) are only be applied by personnel trained and competent in chemical use.

The application of herbicide should ensure the safety of users and other people, and minimise risks to the broader environment. The National Heritage Trust (2004) Introductory Weed Management Manual and the ‘Pesticides and Chemicals’ section of the office of Environment and Heritage (oEH) website (www.environment.nsw.gov.au/pesticides/index.htm) provides further information on using herbicides appropriately.

Croplife Australia (the main industry body for Australian plant science) has grouped herbicides according to the way they work on plants (‘mode of action’) and the potential for resistance to them.

Each herbicide has a mode of action letter printed on the product label and herbicides with similar modes of action are put into the same group. Croplife Australia regularly revises the modes of action and resistance management strategies. These are available at www.croplifeaustralia.org.au

The RTA has obligations to notify the community of proposed pesticide use (including herbicides) in accordance with the NSW Pesticides Regulation 2009 (see the RTA’s Pesticide Use Notification Plan).

The following should be considered when using herbicides:

• The type and dose of herbicide – choose the right herbicide for the weed species. Refer to manufacturer’s label for target weeds, application rates and ‘mode of action’ groups.

• Application method – consider the type of weed to be treated, label instructions, resources available and weed management objectives.

• Risks – consider associated risks with each type of application method (eg spray drift), surrounding land uses (eg schools), suitable Personal Protective Equipment (PPE), weather and proximity to areas of environmental sensitivity.

• Timing – some control methods may not be effective at certain times of the year and weeds should be targeted when their growth cycle stage provides the best opportunity for control.

• Herbicide resistance – at sites where the same herbicide (eg glyphosate) has been sprayed on weeds repeatedly, the weeds may develop resistance to that particular chemical. These weeds may no longer be controlled by that herbicide. Some examples of glyphosate resistant weeds include Annual Rye Grass (Lolium rigidum) and Feathertop Rhodes Grass (Chloris virgata). Further information on the management of glyphosate resistant weeds is available at www.glyphosateresistance.org.au


Exclusion zones

Areas that are infested with weeds should be identified, mapped and marked as an exclusion zone with fencing and signage to limit access by personnel and vehicles (see Guide 2: Exclusion zones). This will minimise the spread of weeds. Maps of infested areas should be provided to contractors and highlighted during inductions.

Topsoil management

Topsoil management needs to be planned so as to minimise the spread of weeds originating from the topsoil, while making best use of the native seed bank. Topsoil recovered from areas of low weed infestation can be re-used onsite with treatment but should be stockpiled separately. Soil disturbance within weed infested areas should be minimised. Refer to RTA’s Stockpile Site Management Guideline, the Blue Book, RTA Environmental Protection (Management System) QA Specification G36 and RTA Vegetation QA Specification R178 for further guidance on stockpile management.

integrated weed management

Weed management is most effective through an integrated approach that utilises a variety of control techniques (eg mechanical and chemical). The suitability of certain control techniques for a site will vary depending upon the target weed species and the desired outcomes for the site. An integrated and strategic approach may sometimes require cooperation with adjacent landholders in order to provide adequate long-term control.

Weed disposal

All weed plant material and topsoil containing weed plant material should be disposed of to an appropriate waste management facility. Contact the local council for a list of disposal facilities within the local area. Topsoil from areas of high weed infestation may be disposed of on site by burial. The depth of burial will depend on the weed species and conditions at the site. Specific information on the disposal of weeds according to species can be found on the dPI website (www.dpi.nsw.gov.au/agriculture/pests-weeds/weeds).

Control of aquatic weeds

Aquatic weeds may need to be controlled when they interfere with the use of a particular aquatic environment or when there is a statutory obligation.

The best option for controlling aquatic weeds in a body of water is through integrated management which combines a number of techniques such as physical removal, chemical control, biological control or booms and barriers.

For more information on aquatic weed control techniques, refer to NSW DPI Primefact 30: Aquatic weed management in waterways and dams.

FiGuRE 6.2: Salvinia (Salvinia molesta) treatment within Pola Creek on the kempsey Bypass Project. Salvinia weevils were also introduced to the waterway to manage Salvinia (Photo: Sarah Wain).


Supporting documents1. Environmental assessment and associated

supporting documents (eg ecological report, conditions of approval).

2. Environmental management plans and associated sub-plans and procedures for the works

3. Ainsworth, N and Bowcher, A (2005) Guidelines for Herbicide Use near Water, Cooperative Research Centres (CRC) for Australian Weed Management, South Australia.

4. department of Primary Industries (dPI) Calender of Growth Cycle and Control Times for different regions across NSW (www.dpi.nsw.gov.au/agriculture/pests-weeds/weeds/publications/management/calendar).

5. department of Primary Industries (dPI) Weeds Training Program (www.dpi.nsw.gov.au/agriculture/pests-weeds/weeds/training#clm).

6. department of Primary Industries (dPI) Weeds website (www.dpi.nsw.gov.au/agriculture/pests-weeds/weeds).

7. department of Sustainability, Environment, Water, Population and Communities (dSEWPC) Weed Identification Tool (www.weeds.gov.au/cgi-bin/weedidtool.pl).

8. Ensbey, R (2009, accessed 7 April 2011) Noxious and Environmental Weed Control Handbook: A guide to weed control in non-crop, aquatic and bushland situations, 4th ed, Industry and Investment NSW, orange, NSW (www.dpi.nsw.gov.au/agriculture/pests-weeds/weeds/publications/noxious-enviro-weed-control).

9. Gorham, P (2008, accessed 7 April 2011) Primefact 30: Aquatic weed management in waterways and dams, Industry and Investment NSW (www.dpi.nsw.gov.au/primefacts).

10. Natural Heritage Trust (2004, accessed 7 April 2011) Introductory Weed Management Manual, Natural Heritage Trust (with the CRC for Australian Weed Management and the Commonwealth department of Environment and Heritage), ACT (www.weedscrc.org.au/documents/manual.pdf).

11. office of Environment and Heritage (updated 14 April 2011) ‘Pesticides and Chemicals’ NSW Government office of Environment and Heritage (www.environment.nsw.gov.au/pesticides/index.htm).

12. RTA (2007) Pesticide Use Notification Plan (www.rta.nsw.gov.au/environment/biodiversity/pesticideplan.html).

13. RTA Environmental Protection (Management Plan) QA Specification G35 (Accessed via the RTA intranet TechInfo page, Techdocs).

14. RTA Environmental Protection (Management System) QA Specification G36 (Accessed via the RTA intranet TechInfo page, Techdocs).

15. RTA Vegetation QA Specification R178 (Accessed via the RTA intranet TechInfo page, Techdocs).

FiGuRE 6.3: Paterson’s Curse (Echium plantagineum) in the road reserve along Hume Highway, South Western region (Photo: leigh Trevitt).



OVERVIEW

Biodiversity Guide 6 – Weed management

objective

The objective of this guide is to prevent or minimise the spread of noxious and environmental weed species on all RTA project sites and during roadside maintenance.


This guide is applicable where RTA activities disturb vegetation, soil or aquatic environments.

This guide outlines weed management guidelines for environmental and noxious weeds during construction but also provides some general principles for works during maintenance works.

management Requirements:

• Use an ecologist or person trained in weed management and identification to undertake a site weed assessment to identify and describe or map weed infested areas within the site and adjacent areas.

• Identify and manage any Weeds of National Significance (WoNS), National Environmental Alert Weeds and/or noxious weeds located within the site or adjacent areas in consultation with the weeds officer at the relevant local council.

• Identify surrounding land uses and consult with surrounding landholders where required.

• develop a weed management plan for the site.

• Refer to the department of Primary Industries (dPI) Calender of Growth Cycle and Control Times for different regions across NSW (see www.dpi.nsw.gov.au/agriculture/pests-weeds/weeds/publications/management/calendar).

• The application of herbicide should ensure the safety of users and other people, and minimise risks to the broader environment.

• The RTA has obligations to notify the community of proposed pesticide use (including herbicides) in accordance with the NSW Pesticides Regulation 2009 (see the RTA’s Pesticide Use Notification Plan).

• Map and mark areas that are infested with weeds as an exclusion zone with fencing and signage to limit access by personnel and vehicles.

• Use mechanical weed control methods such as slashing or mowing, as well as a range of herbicides to avoid the development of herbicide resistance (eg glyphosate resistance).

• Mow/slash areas infested with weeds before they seed. This may reduce the propagation of new plants.

• Program works from least to most weed infested areas.

• Clean machinery, vehicles and footwear before moving to a new location.

• Securely cover loads of weed-contaminated material to prevent weed plant material falling or blowing off vehicles.

• dispose of weed-contaminated soil at an appropriate waste management facility.

• Remove weeds immediately onto suitable trucks and dispose of without stockpiling.

• Separate weeds from native vegetation where native vegetation is to be used for mulch. do not use weeds for mulch.

• Send samples of topsoil being imported onto site to a national Association of Testing Authorities (nATA) approved soil laboratory to ensure it contains no weed seeds or propagules (vegetative parts of plants such as buds or offshoots that can grow into new individuals).

• Minimise soil disturbance within weed infested areas. Topsoil recovered from areas of low weed infestation can be re-used onsite with treatment but should be stockpiled separately.

• All weed plant material and topsoil containing weed plant material should be disposed of to an appropriate waste management facility.

• For more information on aquatic weed control techniques, refer to NSW DPI Primefact 30: Aquatic weed management in waterways and dams.

APPENDIX B2 Waste and Energy Management Sub Plan


MARCH 2018

CRSC Reconfiguration Waste and Energy Management Sub Plan i

Document control File name Appendix B2 - CRSC - WEMP.docx Report name Croom Regional Sporting Complex Redevelopment

Waste and Energy Management Sub Plan



22/3/2018 22/3/2018 26/3/2018





0

1

2

22/3/2018 Issued for ER endorsement

CRSC Reconfiguration Waste and Energy Management Sub Plan ii

Contents 1 Introduction .................................................................................................................. 1

1.1 Context.................................................................................................................1 1.2 Background ..........................................................................................................1 1.3 Environmental management system overview......................................................1

2 Purpose and objectives ............................................................................................... 2 2.1 Purpose................................................................................................................2 2.2 Objectives ............................................................................................................2 2.3 Targets .................................................................................................................2

3 Environmental requirements ....................................................................................... 3 3.1 Relevant legislation and guidelines ......................................................................3 3.2 Conditions of Approval .........................................................................................4 3.3 Revised Environmental Management Measures ..................................................5

4 Environmental aspects and impacts ........................................................................... 7 4.1 Construction waste streams and energy use ........................................................7 4.2 Impacts ................................................................................................................7

5 Waste and energy management .................................................................................. 9 5.1 Classification of waste streams ............................................................................9 5.2 Waste exemptions ..............................................................................................10 5.3 Classification of potential waste streams ............................................................11 5.4 Reuse and recycling ...........................................................................................13 5.5 Waste handling and storage ...............................................................................13 5.6 Waste disposal ...................................................................................................14 5.7 Energy conservation...........................................................................................14 5.8 Other general waste management measures .....................................................14

6 Environmental management measures .................................................................... 15

7 Compliance management .......................................................................................... 19 7.1 Roles and responsibilities ...................................................................................19 7.2 Training ..............................................................................................................19 7.3 Monitoring and inspection...................................................................................19 7.4 Auditing ..............................................................................................................19 7.5 Reporting ...........................................................................................................19

8 Review and improvement .......................................................................................... 20 8.1 Continuous improvement....................................................................................20 8.2 WEMP update and amendment..........................................................................20

CRSC Reconfiguration Waste and Energy Management Sub Plan iii

Tables Table 3-1 Conditions relevant to this WEMP .....................................................................4

Table 3-2 REMMs relevant to this WEMP .........................................................................5

Table 3-3 Revised REF environmental safeguards relevant to this WEMP........................6

Table 5-1 Resource recovery exemptions .......................................................................10

Table 5-2 Classification of potential waste streams .........................................................12

Table 6-1 Waste and energy management measures .....................................................16

Annexures Annexure A Location of waste facilities Annexure B Waste management register

CRSC Reconfiguration Waste and Energy Management Sub Plan iv




CoA The Planning Minister’s condition of approval


CT Contaminant Thresholds



ENM Excavated Natural Material



EPI Environmental Planning Instrument



EWMS Environmental Work Method Statements








SCC Specific Contaminant Concentrations



TCLP Toxicity Characteristics Leaching Procedure

VENM Virgin Excavated Natural Material

WARR Act Waste Avoidance and Resource Recovery Act 2001

WEMP Waste and Energy Management Sub Plan

WRAPP Waste Reduction and Purchasing Policy

CRSC Reconfiguration Waste and Energy Management Sub Plan v


CRSC Reconfiguration Waste and Energy Management Sub Plan 1

1 Introduction 1.1 Context This Waste and Energy Management Sub Plan (WEMP) forms part of the Construction Environmental Management Process (CEMPr) for the Croom Regional Sporting (CRSC) Complex Redevelopment (the Project).

This WEMP has been prepared to address the requirements of the conditions of approval (CoA) set out in the Infrastructure Approval (SSI 6878 dated 30 January 2018), the Revised Environmental Management Measures (REMMs), the Utility Works Review of Environmental Factors (REF) and Addendum REF and all applicable legislation.

1.2 Background The Albion Park Rail bypass (APRb) Environmental Impact Statement (EIS), as amended by the Submissions and Preferred Infrastructure Report (SPIR), assessed the waste and energy impacts of construction of the Project. The REF and Addendum REF assessed the waste and energy impacts of the utility works.


1.3 Environmental management system overview The overall Environmental Management System for the Project is described in the CEMPr. This WEMP forms a sub plan to the CEMPr.

Management measures identified in this WEMP will be incorporated into site or activity specific Environmental Work Method Statements (EWMS).



The review and document control processes for this WEMP are described in Sections 9 and 10 of the CEMPr.

1.4 Consultation CoA A11 requires the CRSC CEMPr to be prepared in consultation with relevant government agencies and Shellharbour City Council. In order to address this requirement, Roads and Maritime provided the draft CEMPr to the Office of Environment and Heritage (OEH), Environment Protection Authority (EPA), Department of Primary Industries (DPI) Water and Shellharbour City Council in January 2018. No comments relevant to the WEMP were received from the agencies or Council.


2 Purpose and objectives 2.1 Purpose The purpose of this WEMP is to describe how the Contractor proposes to minimise the amount of waste for disposal, manage waste and reduce energy consumption during construction of the Project.

2.2 Objectives The key objective of the WEMP is to ensure that waste for disposal and energy use are minimised. To achieve this objective, the following will be undertaken:

• ensure measures are identified and implemented to minimise waste, manage waste and conserve energy throughout the construction of the project

• ensure the preferred waste management hierarchy of avoidance, minimisation, reuse, recycling and finally disposal is followed

• provide staff with an increased level of understanding and awareness of waste and resource use management issues

• ensure measures are implemented to address the relevant CoA and REMMs and Addendum REF safeguards

• ensure appropriate measures are implemented to comply with all relevant legislation and other requirements as described in Section 3.1 of this WEMP.

2.3 Targets The following targets have been established for the management of waste and energy consumption during the Project:

• avoid the unnecessary production of waste where practical to do so

• dispose of waste materials in accordance with legislative requirements

• minimise / reduce the quantities of resources to be used

• achieve waste re-use / recycling targets.



3.1.1 Legislation

Legislation and regulations relevant to waste and energy management includes:

• Protection of the Environment Operations Act 1997 (POEO Act)

• Protection of the Environment Operations (Waste) Regulation 2014

• Protection of the Environment Operations (General) Regulation 2009

• Protection of the Environment Operations (Waste) Regulation 2005

• Waste Avoidance and Resource Recovery Act 2001 (WARR Act)

• Contaminated Land Management Act 1997

• National Greenhouse and Energy Reporting Act 2007

• Noxious Weeds Act 1993

• Environmentally Hazardous Chemicals Act 1985.


3.1.2 Guidelines and standards

The main guidelines, specifications and policy documents relevant to this WEMP include:

• Waste Classification Guidelines 2014 (EPA Publication)

• NSW Government Resource Efficiency Policy (Office of Environment and Heritage, 2014)

• Environmental Procedure – Management of Waste on Roads and Maritime Service Land (Roads and Maritime, 2014)

• Best Practice Waste Reduction Guidelines for the Construction and Demolition Industry (tools for Practice), Natural Heritage Trust, 2000.


3.2 Conditions of Approval The CoA relevant to this WEMP are listed Table 3-1 below. Table 3-1 includes reference to the timing of when the condition applies and responsibility for implementation. A cross reference is also included to indicate where the condition is addressed in this WEMP or other Project management documents.

Table 3-1 Conditions relevant to this WEMP

CoA Condition Requirements Resp Timing Reference

E84

Waste generated in the delivery of the SSI is to be dealt with in accordance with the following priorities:

(a) waste generation is to be avoided and where avoidance is not reasonably practicable, waste generation is to be reduced;

(b) where avoiding or reducing waste is not possible, waste is to be re-used, recycled, or recovered; and

(c) where re-using, recycling or recovering waste is not possible, waste is to be treated or disposed of at a waste management facility or premises lawfully permitted to accept the materials.

Contractor Construction Section 5

E85 Waste generated outside the site must not be received at the site for storage, treatment, processing, reprocessing, or disposal on the site, except as expressly permitted by a licence or waste exemption under the POEO Act, if such a licence is required in relation to that waste.

Contractor Construction Section 5.8

E86

All waste materials removed from the SSI must only be directed to a waste management facility or premise lawfully permitted to accept the materials or in accordance with a Resource Recovery Exemption or Order issued under the Protection of the Environment Operations (Waste) Regulation 2014, or to any other place that can lawfully accept such waste.


E87 All waste must be classified in accordance with the EPA’s Waste Classification Guidelines, with appropriate records and disposal dockets retained for audit purposes.



3.3 Revised Environmental Management Measures Relevant REMMs detailed in the SPIR are listed Table 3-2 below. Table 3-2 includes reference to the timing of when the measure applies, responsibility for implementation and a cross reference to where the condition is addressed in this WEMP.

Table 3-2 REMMs relevant to this WEMP

Issue Ref # Management measure Resp Timing Reference

Greenhouse gas emission reductions

GH01 The procurement strategy developed for the construction phase will demonstrate value for money and that it has considered opportunities to procure goods and services: from local suppliers that are energy efficient or have low embodied energy that minimise the generation of waste that make use of recycled materials.

Contractor Construction Section 6 (WE15)

Inappropriate handling and / or disposal of waste

WM01 A Resource and Waste Management Plan will be prepared to identify the hierarchy for sourcing and the use of resources. The plan will adopt the Resource Management Hierarchy principles of the Waste Avoidance and Resource Recovery Act 2001, Roads and Maritime Services waste management procedures and Environmental Management System. The plan will include, but not be limited to: identification of the waste stream that will be generated

during construction a waste register detailing types of waste collected, amounts,

date, time, transportation method and details of disposal a resource management strategy detailing beneficial reuse

options for surplus and / or unsuitable material consideration of procurement strategies to minimise

unnecessary consumption of materials and waste generation in accordance with NSW Government Code of Practice for Procurement and Implementation Guidelines and guideline

Contractor Pre-Construction This WEMP Section 5 Appendix B Section 5.4 Section 6 (WE15)


3.4 Addendum REF Environmental Safeguards Relevant environmental safeguards detailed in the Addendum REF are listed Table 3-3 below. Table 3-3 includes reference to required outcomes, the timing of when the commitment applies, responsibility for implementation and a cross reference to where the condition is addressed in this WEMP.

Table 3-3 Revised REF environmental safeguards relevant to this WEMP

Impact Ref # Environmental Safeguard Resp Timing Reference

Waste 46 A Resource and Waste Management Plan must be prepared for construction which include the following: - identify all potential waste streams associated with the works. - a waste register detailing types of wastes collected, amounts, dates,

time, transport method and details of disposal - a resource management strategy to identify opportunities to minimise

the use of resources, and to reuse and recycle materials including vegetation.

- outline methods of disposal of waste that cannot be reused or recycled at appropriately licensed facilities. Waste must be disposed of at a facility able to accept the waste.

- consideration or procurement strategies to minimise unnecessary consumption of materials and waste generation in accordance with the NSW government Code of Practice for Procurement and Implementation Guidelines.

Contractor Pre-Construction

This WEMP Section 5 Annexure B Section 5.4 Section 5.6 Section 6 (WE15)

Waste 47 cleared vegetation must not be burnt at the site general waste and recycling receptacles must be provided onsite. Waste

will be transported to an appropriate waste disposal facility. working areas must be maintained, free of rubbish and cleaned up at the

end of each working shift waste must be managed in accordance with the POEO Act toilets (e.g. portable toilets) must be provided for construction workers.

Contractor Construction Section 5.8 Sections 5.5, 5.6 Section 5.8 Sections 3.1.1, 5.6 Section 5.8


4 Environmental aspects and impacts 4.1 Construction waste streams and energy use The following construction related waste streams have been identified:

• demolition wastes from existing structures that require demolition, pipe work, pavements and concrete pathways

• poles and other structures removed during the decommissioning of utilities

• excavation wastes

• vegetation from removal of shrubs and trees

• packaging materials associated with items delivered to site such as pallets, crates, cartons, plastics and wrapping materials

• wastes produced from the maintenance of various heavy construction equipment including liquid hazardous wastes from cleaning, repairing and maintenance

• non-hazardous wastes would be generated through the use of worker’s facilities such as toilets

• general wastes including office wastes, scrap materials and biodegradable wastes.

The following sources of construction related energy consumption (fuel and power) have been identified:

• procurement and delivery of materials to site

• vegetation removal

• site establishment, including compound set up

• relocation and protection of services

• earthworks including earth and rock cuttings and retaining walls

• removal, relocation and compaction of excavated material in fill embankments

• construction of pavements, bridges and culverts

• demolition of structures and pavements

• operation of batching plants, site compounds and lighting

• construction plant including cranes, rollers, excavators, bulldozers, graders and water trucks

• removal of waste from the site.

4.2 Impacts The potential environmental impacts associated with construction waste generation and energy use include:

• generation of construction waste, such as excavated soil and rock

• generation of vegetation waste from corridor clearing

• generation of domestic waste from construction personnel

• inappropriate disposal of hazardous waste

• generation or spread of contaminated waste/soils, e.g. groundwater, used or expired chemicals, or construction materials


• water pollution due to sediment runoff from soil excavation and excess spoil storage

• weed infestation from dispersion of seeds and so forth during clearing and access upgrading activities

• consumption of non-renewable resources such as energy, diesel and other chemicals

• greenhouse gas emissions due to consumption of energy from non-renewable resources.


5 Waste and energy management 5.1 Classification of waste streams Where waste cannot be avoided, reused or recycled it will be classified and appropriate disposal will then occur. The classification of waste is undertaken in accordance with the EPA Waste Classification Guidelines Part 1: Classifying Waste (2014). This document identifies six classes of waste: Special, Liquid, Hazardous, Restricted Solid, General Solid (putrescible) and General Solid (non-putrescible), and describes a six step process to classifying waste. That process is described below:

Step 1: Is it ‘special waste’? Establish if the waste should be classified as special waste. Special wastes are: clinical and related, asbestos, waste tyres. Definitions are provided in the guidelines.

Step 2: If not special, is it ‘liquid waste’? If it is established that the waste is not special waste it must be decided whether it is ‘liquid waste’. Liquid waste means any waste that: has an angle of repose of less than 5° above horizontal becomes free-flowing at or below 60° Celsius or when it is transported is generally not capable of being picked up by a spade or shovel.

Liquid wastes are sub-classified into:

• Sewer and stormwater effluent.

• Trackable liquid waste according to Protection of the Environment Operations (Waste) Regulation 2014 Schedule 1 Waste to which waste tracking requirements apply

• Non-trackable liquid waste

Step 3: If not liquid, has the waste already been pre-classified by the NSW EPA? The EPA has pre-classified several commonly generated wastes in the categories of hazardous, general solid waste (putrescibles) and general solid waste (non-putrescibles). If a waste is listed as ‘pre-classified’, no further assessment is required.

Step 4: If not pre-classified, is the waste hazardous? If the waste is not special waste (other than asbestos waste), liquid waste or pre-classified, establish if it has certain hazardous characteristics and can therefore be classified as hazardous waste.

Hazardous waste includes items such as explosives, flammable solids, substances liable to spontaneous combustion, oxidizing agents, toxic substances and corrosive substances.

Step 5: If the waste does not have hazardous characteristics, undertake chemical assessment to determine classification. If the waste does not possess hazardous characteristics, it needs to be chemically assessed to determine whether it is hazardous, restricted solid or general solid waste (putrescible and non-putrescible). If the waste is not chemically assessed, it must be treated as hazardous.

Waste is assessed by comparing Specific Contaminant Concentrations (SCC) of each chemical contaminant, and where required the leachable concentration using the Toxicity Characteristics Leaching Procedure (TCLP), against Contaminant Thresholds (CT).

Step 6: Is the general solid waste putrescible or non-putrescible? If the waste is chemically assessed as general solid waste, a further assessment is available to determine whether the waste is putrescible or non-putrescible. The assessment determines whether the waste is capable of significant biological transformation. If this assessment is not undertaken, the waste must be managed as general solid waste (putrescible).


5.2 Waste exemptions Clauses 91 and 92 Protection of the Environment Operations (Waste) Regulation 2014 enables the EPA to grant exemptions to the licensing and payment of levies for the land application or use of waste. The EPA has issued general exemptions for a range of commonly recovered, high volume and well characterised waste materials that allow their use as fill or fertiliser at unlicensed, off-site facilities. The general 'Resource Recovery Exemptions' may be applicable to this project are defined in Table 5-1 below. These are general gazette exemptions that do not require approval. A specific exemption may be granted where an application is made to the EPA.

Table 5-1 Resource recovery exemptions

Exemption General Conditions

Effluent Exemption 2014

The effluent can only be applied to land as a soil amendment or for the purposes of irrigation. The consumer must ensure that any application of effluent to land must occur within a reasonable period of time after its receipt.

Excavated Natural Material Exemption 2014

At the time the excavated natural material is received at the premises, the material must meet all chemical and other material requirements for excavated natural material which are required on or before the supply of excavated natural material under ‘the excavated natural material order 2014’. The excavated natural material can only be applied to land as engineering fill or for use in earthworks. The consumer must keep a written record of the following for a period of six years: the quantity of any excavated natural material received; and the name and address of the supplier of the excavated natural material

received. The consumer must make any records required to be kept under this exemption available to authorised officers of the EPA on request. The consumer must ensure that any application of excavated natural material to land must occur within a reasonable period of time after its receipt.

Excavated Public Road Material 2014

Excavated public road material can only be applied to land within the road corridor for public road related activities including road construction, maintenance and installation of road infrastructure facilities. The excavated public road material can only be stored within the road corridor at the site where it is to be applied to land. The excavated public road material cannot be applied to private land. The consumer must ensure that any application of excavated public road material to land must occur within a reasonable period of time after its receipt.

Mulch Exemption 2016

At the time mulch is received at the premises, the material must meet all requirements for mulch which are required on or before the supply of mulch under ‘the mulch order 2016’. Where written measures for the land application of mulch are required under ‘the mulch order 2016’, a processor must provide these to the consumer. The consumer must apply the mulch to land in accordance with the written measures. The consumer must ensure that they do not cause or permit the migration of leachate from the land application site. The consumer must not undertake further processing of the mulch at the land application site. The consumer must ensure that any application of mulch to land occurs within a reasonable period of time after its receipt.


Exemption General Conditions

Recovered Aggregate Exemption 2014

At the time the recovered aggregate is received at the premises, the material must meet all chemical and other material requirements for recovered aggregate which are required on or before the supply of recovered aggregate under ‘the recovered aggregate order 2014’. The recovered aggregate can only be applied to land in road making activities, building, landscaping and construction works. This approval does not apply to any of the following applications: construction of dams or related water storage infrastructure, mine site rehabilitation, quarry rehabilitation, sand dredge pond rehabilitation, back filling of quarry voids, raising or reshaping of land used for agriculture, and construction of roads on private land unless:

- the recovered aggregate is applied only to the minimum extent necessary for the construction of the road, and

- a development consent has been granted under the relevant Environmental Planning Instrument (EPI), or

- it is to provide access (temporary or permanent) to a development approved by a Council, or

- the works are either exempt or complying development. The consumer must keep a written record of the following for a period of six years: the quantity of any recovered aggregate received; and the name and address of the supplier of the recovered aggregate received. The consumer must make any records required to be kept under this exemption available to authorised officers of the EPA on request. The consumer must ensure that any application of recovered aggregate to land must occur within a reasonable period of time after its receipt.

Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement Exemption 2014

The reclaimed asphalt pavement can only be applied to land for road related activities including road construction or road maintenance activities being: use as a road base and sub base, applied as a surface layer on road shoulders and unsealed roads, and use as an engineering fill material used as an alternative input into thermal

processes for non-energy recovery purposes in the manufacture of asphalt. The consumer must ensure that any application of reclaimed asphalt pavement to land or any use of reclaimed asphalt pavement in connection with a process of thermal treatment must occur within a reasonable period of time after its receipt.

5.3 Classification of potential waste streams The construction aspects and types of wastes, which may be generated during construction, are outlined with classifications in Table 5-2.


Table 5-2 Classification of potential waste streams

Aspect Waste Types Classification Proposed reuse / Recycling / Disposal

Demolition / Site Clearing

Vegetation (logs, mulched timber, weeds)

General solid waste (non-putrescible)

Reapply in landscaping and revegetation. Utilise mulch as temporary sediment control

Concrete, asphalt and gravel


Separation for offsite recycling depending on volume generated and distance to recycling plant or reuse onsite in engineering fill or for stabilised temporary access points

Scrap metal General solid waste (non-putrescible)

Separation for offsite recycling

Bulk Earthworks

ENM (Excavated Natural Material) Potentially Contaminated Soils VENM (Virgin Excavated Natural Material)

If material is taken off site classification will be carried out, based on soil tests carried out pre-construction and in accordance with the EPA Waste Classification Guidelines: Parts 1 and 2 (DECC 2008)

Balance cut and fill earthworks, where possible, to optimise reuse. Offsite disposal at an approved facility

Road Construction

Steel Reinforcing General solid waste (non-putrescible)


Conduits and pipes General solid waste (non-putrescible)


Concrete (solids and washouts) and asphalt



Timber formwork General solid waste (non-putrescible)

Reuse onsite for temporary works

Packaging Materials, including wood, plastic, cardboard and metals


Co-mingled bin for offsite recycling

Empty oil and other drums General solid waste (non-putrescible)

Collection by licenced waste contractor for offsite disposal

Pesticides, herbicides, spill clean ups, paints and other chemicals

Hazardous waste Collection by licenced waste contractor for offsite disposal

Metals and electrical cabling



Compounds and Workshop Operation

Tyres Special Waste Collection by licenced waste contractor for offsite disposal

Waste generated by the maintenance of equipment including air and oil filters and rags



Oils, grease, fuel, chemicals and other fluids

Liquid Collection by licenced waste contractor for offsite disposal


Aspect Waste Types Classification Proposed reuse / Recycling / Disposal

Batteries Hazardous waste Offsite recycling Battery World

Radiator Fluid Hazardous waste Collection by licenced waste contractor for offsite disposal

Hydraulic Fluid Hazardous waste Collection by licenced waste contractor for offsite disposal

Domestic waste generated by workers

General solid waste (putrescible)


Sewage General solid waste (putrescible)


Office Operation

Paper, cardboard and plastic


Separate bin for offsite recycling

Glass bottles and aluminium cans


Co-mingled bin for offsite recycling

Ink cartridges General solid waste (non-putrescible)

Can be dropped off at: Australia Post, Harvey Norman, Dick Smith, Tandy, JB Hi-Fi, The Good Guys and Officeworks stores

Food Waste General solid waste (non-putrescible)


Effluent (eg STP) Liquid Collection by licenced waste contractor for offsite disposal

5.4 Reuse and recycling Waste separation and segregation will be promoted on-site to facilitate reuse and recycling as a priority of the waste management program as follows:

Waste segregation onsite – Waste materials, including spoil and demolition waste, will be separated onsite into dedicated bins/areas for either reuse onsite or collection by a waste contractor and transport to offsite facilities.

Waste separation offsite – Wastes to be deposited into one bin where space is not available for placement of multiple bins, and the waste is to be sorted offsite by a waste contractor.

5.5 Waste handling and storage Where waste is required to be handled and stored onsite prior to onsite reuse or offsite recycling/disposal, the following measures apply:

• spoil, topsoil and mulch are to be stockpiled onsite in allocated areas, where appropriate, and mitigation measures for dust control and surface water management will be implemented as per the Air Quality Management Sub Plan and the Soil and Water Management Sub Plan

• liquid wastes are to be stored in appropriate containers in bunded areas until transported offsite. Bunded areas will have the capacity to hold 110% of the liquid waste volume for bulk storage or 120% of the volume of the largest container for smaller packaged storage

• hazardous waste will be managed by appropriately qualified and licensed contractors, in accordance with the requirements of the Environmentally Hazardous Chemicals Act 1985 and the EPA waste disposal guidelines


• all other recyclable or non-recyclable wastes are to be stored in appropriate covered receptacles (e.g. bins or skips) in appropriate locations onsite and contractors commissioned to regularly remove/empty the bins to approved disposal or recycling facilities.

5.6 Waste disposal Waste (and spoil) disposal is to be in accordance with the POEO Act and the WARR Act 2001. Wastes that are unable to be reused or recycled will be disposed of offsite to an EPA approved waste management facility following classification (refer to Section 5.1). The locations of waste management/disposal facilities which can be used for the disposal of waste from the CRSC works are included in Annexure A. Details of waste types, volumes and destinations are to be recorded in the Waste Management Register (Annexure B).

5.7 Energy conservation The Contractor is dedicated to implementing energy conservation best practice and the reduction of greenhouse gases by adopting energy efficient work practices including:

• developing and implementing procedures to minimise energy use

• conducting awareness programs for all site personnel regarding energy conservation methods.

5.8 Other general waste management measures The following other general waste management measures will be implemented for the CRSC works:

• waste generated outside the CRSC will not be received at the site for storage, treatment, processing, reprocessing, or disposal on the site, except as expressly permitted by a licence or waste exemption under the POEO Act, if such a licence is required in relation to that waste

• cleared vegetation will not be burnt on site

• all working areas will be maintained free of rubbish and cleaned up at the end of each working shift

• toilets (e.g. portable toilets) will be provided for construction workers.


6 Environmental management measures A range of environmental requirements and control measures are identified in the various environmental documents, including the CoA, EIS, SPIR, REF and other Roads and Maritime documents. Specific measures and requirements to address waste management and energy use issues are outlined in Table 6-1.

CRSCReconfiguration Waste and Energy Management Sub Plan 16

Table 6-1 Waste and energy management measures

ID Measure / Requirement Timing Responsibility Reference

GENERAL

WE1 The Waste Avoidance and Resource Recovery Act 2001 Hierarchy of “avoid-reduce-reuse-recycle-dispose” will be followed as the framework of waste management throughout the Project. Waste will be managed in accordance with the POEO Act


Construction Manager / Environment Manager

CoA E84 REMM WM01 AREF 46, 47 G36

WE2 Waste management measures from this WEMP will be included in relevant EWMS to be developed prior to the commencement of specific activities

Pre-construction / Construction

Site Engineer / Environmental Officer

G36

WE3 All staff and subcontractors will undergo a site induction and ongoing toolbox talks and refresher environmental management training that will detail waste minimisation and reuse management measures, including the requirements of the waste management hierarchy. This training will include energy consumption awareness that promotes energy conservation methods including minimising energy use by switching off equipment when not in use.

Construction Construction Manager / Environment Manager / Foreman

G36

WE4 Any material imported from offsite will not be stored, treated, processed, reprocessed and/ or disposed of on the site, except as expressly permitted by a by a licence or waste exemption under the POEO Act, if such a licence is required in relation to that waste.

Construction Construction Manager / Environment Manager / Foreman

POEO Act CoA E85 G36

WE5 All waste streams that will be generated during construction will be classified in accordance with the NSW EPA “Waste Classification Guidelines”.


Environment Manager / Environment Officer

CoA E87 REMM WM01 AREF 46 G36

FF13 Cleared vegetation will be reused or recycled to the greatest extent practicable for example, mulching of vegetation for use in landscaping. Cleared vegetation must not be burnt at the site

Construction Environment Manager

G40 FFMP AREF 47



FF21 Weeds will be managed, handled and disposed of in accordance to the weed management procedure (refer to the FFMP).

Construction Foreman Good practice FFMP

WE6 Sediment recovered from erosion and sediment control devices will be reused on site as general fill material or it will be incorporated within landscaping materials where possible.

Construction Foreman Good Practice

WE7 An emergency spill response procedure will be prepared to avoid and minimise the impact of any accidental spills, and include details on the requirements for managing spills, location of spill equipment/ kits disposing of any contaminated waste, and reporting of any such incidents.

Construction Environment Manager / Environment Officer / Foreman

REMM SW04 G36 CEMPr S7 CEMPr App A6 Contractor’s PIRMP

WE8 Topsoil (weed free) will be stockpiled in accordance with the RMS Stockpile Site Management Guideline in allocated areas and reused for landscaping.

Construction Foreman / Environmental Officers

G38

WE9 Separate bins with appropriate signage will be provided at all site compounds to ensure, at a minimum, paper, cardboard, glass, plastics and metals are separated and recycled.

Construction Environment Manager

AREF 47 G36

WE10 A Waste Management Register detailing types of waste collected, amounts, date, time, transportation method and details of disposal and/or recycling will be maintained until final completion.

Construction Construction Manager / Environment Manager / Environment Officer

G36 CoA E87 REMM WM01 AREF 46 Annexure B

WE11 Chemicals, fuels and lubricants will be labelled and stored in a sealed container within a bunded area. The bunded area will be able to contain 120% of the volume of the largest stored volume within the bund.

Construction Foreman / Environment Officer

G36 G36

WE12 All waste materials removed from the Project site must only be directed to a waste management facility or premise lawfully permitted to accept the materials or in accordance with a Resource Recovery Exemption or Order issued under the Protection of the Environment Operations (Waste) Regulation 2014, or to any other place that can lawfully accept such waste.

Construction Foreman / Environment Officer

PoEO Act CoA E86 REMM WM01 AREF 46 G36 Annexure A



WE13 All trucks transporting wastes off site will be appropriately licensed to carry the materials to appropriately licensed waste facilities. Records of licences will be obtained prior to waste being transported offsite.

Construction Site Engineer / Foreman

REMM WM01 AREF 46 G36

WE14 All construction plant and equipment used on Site must be maintained in an efficient condition and operated in a proper and efficient manner.

Construction Environment Manager / Construction Manager / Engineers

G36

WE15 A procurement strategy will be developed and implemented throughout the construction phase to minimise unnecessary consumption of materials and waste generation in accordance with the NSW government Code of Practice for Procurement and Implementation Guidelines including consideration of opportunities to procure goods and services: from local suppliers that are energy efficient or have low embodied energy that minimise the generation of waste that make use of recycled materials.


Construction Manager / Environmental Manager

REMM GH01 REMM WM01 AREF 46

WE16 A resource management strategy detailing beneficial reuse options for surplus and / or unsuitable material will be developed


Construction Manager / Environmental Manager

REMM WM01 AREF 46

WE17 Working areas will be maintained, free of rubbish and cleaned up at the end of each working shift

Construction Site Engineer / Foreman

AREF 47

WE18 Toilets (e.g. portable toilets) must be provided for construction workers

Construction Construction Manager

AREF 47


7 Compliance management 7.1 Roles and responsibilities The Contractor’s environment related roles and responsibilities are outlined in Section 4.2 of the CEMPr. Specific responsibilities for the implementation of environmental controls are detailed in Table 6.1 of this WEMP.

7.2 Training All employees, contractors and utility staff working on site will undergo site induction training relating to waste and energy management issues. The induction training will address elements including:

• existence and requirements of this WEMP


• incident response, management and reporting

• waste reporting requirements

• requirements of the waste hierarchy

• waste/ recycle storage requirements

• energy efficient best practices

• other specific responsibilities for waste and reuse management.

Further details regarding staff induction and training are outlined in Section 5 of the CEMPr.

7.3 Monitoring and inspection Regular monitoring and inspections will be undertaken during construction.

Additional requirements and responsibilities in relation to inspections, in addition to those in Table 6-1, are documented in Section 8.1 of the CEMPr.

7.4 Auditing Audits will be undertaken to assess the effectiveness of environmental mitigation and management measures, compliance with this WEMP, CoA and other relevant approvals, REF, licenses and guidelines.


7.5 Reporting Reporting requirements and responsibilities are documented in the Section 8.3 of the CEMPr.


8 Review and improvement 8.1 Continuous improvement Continuous improvement of this WEMP will be achieved by the ongoing evaluation of environmental management performance against environmental policies, objectives and targets for the purpose of identifying opportunities for improvement.








8.2 WEMP update and amendment The processes described in Section 8 and Section 9 of the CEMPr may result in the need to update or revise this WEMP. This will occur as needed.

Any revisions to the WEMP will be in accordance with the process outlined in Section 1.6 of the CEMPr.


CRSC Reconfiguration Waste and Energy Management Sub Plan

Annexure A - Location of waste facilities near the CRSC Building waste recycling and disposal

Business Name Address Accepts

Dunmore Recycling and Waste Disposal Depot

Buckleys Road Dunmore ph: 02 4237 7546

Separated bricks, tiles, concrete and terracotta pipes

Wollongong Recycling & Building Supplies

50 Wyllie Road Kembla Grange ph: 02 4622 1730

Bricks, asphalt and bitumen, ceramics, concrete, sand

SCE Recycling Lot 1 Shellharbour Road Warrawong ph: 02 4274 9077

Bricks, asphalt and bitumen, ceramics, concrete, sand

South Coast Concrete Crushing & Recycling

5-7 Mye Place Albion Park Rail ph: 02 4256 3411

Cleaned and sorted masonry (concrete, brick, block, tile)

Benedict Recycling Five Islands Road Unanderra ph: 02 4274 1322

Asphalt and bitumen, bricks, ceramics, concrete, fibro (non asbestos), glass sheets, pallets (plastic and wood), particleboard, plasterboard, sand, solid fill (soil), timber (untreated)

Battery disposal

Business Name Address

Battery World Shellharbour Retail Park, Lot 1 - 3 New Lake Entrance Road Shellharbour

Ink cartridge disposal

Business Name Address Suburb

Australia Post 12-14 George Street Warilla

Australia Post Shop 44, Shellharbour Square Blackbutt

Australia Post Shop 12, 41 Meehan Drive Minnamurra

The Good Guys 79-85 King Street Warrawong

Harvey Norman Shellharbour Road Warrawong

http://recyclingnearyou.com.au/business/9410






CRSC Reconfiguration Waste and Energy Management Sub Plan

Annexure B - Waste management register Date / Time Waste

Classification Description of waste (e.g.

concrete, asphalt, vegetation) Amount of

spoil or waste collected

Transporter Facility to receive

Waste Use (Reuse,

Recycled, Stockpiled or

disposed)

Invoice No / Tip Docket

Ref

APPENDIX B3 Noise and Vibration Management Sub Plan


MARCH 2018

CRSC Reconfiguration Noise and Vibration Management Sub Plan i

Document control File name Appendix B3 - CRSC - NVMP.docx

Report name Croom Regional Sporting Complex Reconfiguration Noise and Vibration Management Sub Plan



22/3/2018 22/3/2018 26/3/2018






1

2

CRSC Reconfiguration Noise and Vibration Management Sub Plan ii


1.1 Context ............................................................................................................. 1 1.2 Background....................................................................................................... 1 1.3 Environmental management system overview .................................................. 1

2 Purpose and objectives ............................................................................................. 2 2.1 Purpose ............................................................................................................ 2 2.2 Objectives ......................................................................................................... 2 2.3 Targets ............................................................................................................. 2

3 Environmental requirements ..................................................................................... 3 3.1 Relevant legislation and guidelines ................................................................... 3 3.2 Conditions of Approval ...................................................................................... 4 3.3 Revised Environmental Management Measures ............................................... 6

4 Existing environment ............................................................................................... 10 4.1 Sensitive receivers .......................................................................................... 10 4.2 Ambient noise ................................................................................................. 11

5 Noise and vibration criteria ..................................................................................... 12 5.1 Construction noise and assessment objectives ............................................... 12 5.2 Quantitative noise assessment criteria ............................................................ 12 5.3 Adopted project noise management levels ...................................................... 14 5.4 Vibration criteria .............................................................................................. 16

6 Environmental aspects and impacts ....................................................................... 18 6.1 Construction activities ..................................................................................... 18 6.2 Impacts ........................................................................................................... 18

7 Construction noise and vibration assessment ...................................................... 19 7.1 Construction activities and plant sound levels ................................................. 19 7.2 Construction work hours ................................................................................. 21 7.3 Construction noise impacts ............................................................................. 22 7.4 Construction vibration assessment.................................................................. 26


9 Compliance management ........................................................................................ 34 9.1 Roles and responsibilities ............................................................................... 34 9.2 Training ........................................................................................................... 34 9.3 Monitoring and inspections ............................................................................. 34 9.4 Auditing ........................................................................................................... 35 9.5 Reporting ........................................................................................................ 36

10 Review and improvement ........................................................................................ 37 10.1 Continuous improvement ................................................................................ 37 10.2 Update and amendment.................................................................................. 37

CRSC Reconfiguration Noise and Vibration Management Sub Plan iii

Tables Table 3-1 Conditions relevant to this NVMP .......................................................................4

Table 3-2 REMMs relevant to this NVMP ...........................................................................6

Table 3-3 Revised environmental safeguards relevant to this NVMP .................................7

Table 4-1 Sensitive Receivers .........................................................................................11

Table 4-2 Ambient noise monitoring results (dbA) ............................................................11

Table 5-1 Noise at residents using quantitative assessment ............................................12

Table 5-2 Noise at sensitive land uses (non-residents) using quantitative assessment ....14

Table 5-3 Project-specific construction noise management levels ....................................15

Table 5-4 Continuous vibration acceleration criteria (m/s2) 1-80Hz ..................................16

Table 5-5 Impulsive vibration acceleration criteria (m/s2) 1-80 Hz ....................................17

Table 5-6 Intermittent vibration impacts criteria (m/s2) 1-80 Hz ........................................17

Table 5-7 Structural damage criteria ................................................................................17

Table 7-1 Predicted sound power levels for APRb construction scenarios .......................19

Table 7-2 Noise impact on representative sensitive receivers - Standard Hours ..............23

Table 7-3 Noise impact on representative sensitive receivers - Out of Hours (Evening) ...23

Table 7-4 Noise impact on representative sensitive receivers - Out of Hours (Night) .......24

Table 7-5 Sleep (10 pm to 7 am) - Predicted LAmax Noise Levels, dB(A) .......................25

Table 7-6 Predicted Noise Levels from Ancillary Facilities – Extended Hours ..................25

Table 7-7 Likely construction facilities and associated attributes ......................................26

Table 7-8 Typical plant vibration levels ............................................................................26

Table 7-9 Potential vibration impacts ...............................................................................27

Table 8-1 Noise and vibration management measures ....................................................29

Figures Figure 4-1 Noise catchment areas near Croom Regional Sporting Complex .....................10

Figure 4-2 Noise monitoring locations near Croom Regional Sporting Complex ................11

CRSC Reconfiguration Noise and Vibration Management Sub Plan iv






dBA Decibels using the A-weighted scale measured according to the frequency of the human ear.

DECC Department of Environment and Climate Change (now EPA)


ECRTN NSW Environmental Criteria for Road Traffic Noise (EPA 1999)


EMS Environmental management system

ENMM RTA Environmental Noise Management Manual (RTA 2001)

Environmental aspect Defined by AS/NZS ISO 14001:2016 as an element of an organisation’s activities or products or services that interacts or can interact with the environment.

Environmental impact Defined by AS/NZS ISO 14001:2016 as any change to the environment, whether adverse or beneficial, wholly or partially resulting from an organisation’s environmental aspects.

Environmental objective Defined by AS/NZS ISO 14001:2016 as a result to be achieved, set by the organisation, consistent with its environmental policy.

Environmental target A detailed performance requirement, applicable to the organisation or parts thereof, that arises from the environmental objectives and that needs to be set and met in order to achieve those objectives.




ER Environmental Representative

ERG Environmental Review Group


Feasible and reasonable Consideration of best practice taking into account the benefit of proposed measures and their technological and associated operational application in the NSW and Australian context. Feasible relates to engineering considerations and what is practical to build. Reasonable relates to the application of judgement in arriving at a decision, taking into account mitigation benefits and cost of mitigation versus benefits provided, community views and nature and extent of potential improvements..

INP NSW Industrial Noise Policy (EPA 2000)

ICNG Interim Construction Noise Guideline (DECCW 2009)

LAeq (15min) The A-weighted equivalent continuous (energy average) A-weighted sound pressure level of the construction works under consideration over a 15-minute period and excludes other noise sources such as from industry, road, rail and the community.

CRSC Reconfiguration Noise and Vibration Management Sub Plan v

LA (max) the A-weighted maximum noise level only from the construction works under consideration, measured using the fast time weighting on a sound level meter.


NCA Noise Catchment Area

NML Noise Management Level

NVMP Noise and Vibration Management Sub Plan




RBL The Rating Background Level for each period is the medium value of the ABL values for the period over all of the days measured. There is therefore an RBL value for each period (day, evening and night)

REF Albion Park Rail bypass - Utility works review of environmental factors and Addendum REF


RNP Road Noise Policy (EPA 2011)



SPL Sound Pressure Level


SWP Sound Power Level

CRSC Reconfiguration Noise and Vibration Management Sub Plan 1

1 Introduction 1.1 Context This Noise and Vibration Management Sub Plan (NVMP) forms part of the Construction Environmental Management Process (CEMPr) for the Croom Regional Sporting Complex (CRSC) reconfiguration (the Project).

This NVMP has been prepared to address the requirements of the conditions of approval (CoA) set out in the Infrastructure Approval (SSI 6878 dated 30 January 2018), the Revised Environmental Management Measures (REMMs), the Utility Works Review of Environmental Factors (REF) and Addendum REF and all applicable legislation.

1.2 Background The Albion Park Rail bypass (APRb) Environmental Impact Statement (EIS), as amended by the Submissions and Preferred Infrastructure Report (SPIR), assessed the noise and vibration impacts of construction of the Project. The REF and Addendum REF assessed the noise and vibration impacts of the utility works.


1.3 Environmental management system overview The overall Environmental Management System for the Project is described in the CEMPr. This NVMP forms a sub plan to the CEMPr.

Management measures identified in this NVMP will be incorporated into site or activity specific Environmental Work Method Statements (EWMS).

EWMS will be developed and signed off by environment and management representatives prior to associated works and construction personnel will be required to undertake works in accordance with the identified requirements and associated mitigation measures.


The review and document control processes for this NVMP are described in Sections 9 and 10 of the CEMPr.

1.4 Consultation CoA A11 requires the CRSC CEMPr to be prepared in consultation with relevant government agencies and Shellharbour City Council. In order to address this requirement, Roads and Maritime provided the draft CEMPr to the Office of Environment and Heritage (OEH), Environment Protection Authority (EPA), Department of Primary Industries (DPI) Water and Shellharbour City Council in January 2018. No comments relevant to the NVMP were received from the agencies or Council.


2 Purpose and objectives 2.1 Purpose The purpose of this NVMP is to describe how the Contractor proposes to manage potential noise and vibration impacts during construction of the Project.

2.2 Objectives The key objective of the NVMP is to ensure that impacts to the local community and the built environment from noise and vibration are minimised. To achieve this objective, the following will be undertaken:

• identifying sensitive receivers and ensure appropriate environmental controls andprocedures are implemented during construction activities

• minimising potential adverse noise and vibration impacts to the environment andcommunity

• managing impacts if they occur through a systematic analysis of mitigation strategies

• ensure appropriate measures are implemented to address the relevant CoA, REMMs andAddendum REF safeguards

• ensure appropriate measures are implemented to comply with all relevant legislation andother requirements as described in Section 3.1 of this NVMP.

2.3 Targets Targets have been established for the management of noise and vibration impacts during the Project to ensure:

• full compliance with the relevant legislative requirements, CoA, REMMs and AddendumREF safeguards

• implement feasible and reasonable noise mitigation measures with the aim of achievingthe construction noise management levels detailed in the Interim Construction NoiseGuideline (DECC, 2009)

• complaints from the community and stakeholders are minimised.



3.1.1 Legislation

Legislation relevant to noise and vibration management includes:


• Protection of the Environment Operations (Noise Control) Regulation 2008.


3.1.2 Guidelines

The main guidelines, specifications and policy documents relevant to this NVMP include:

• Roads and Maritime QA Specification G36 – Environmental Protection (Management System)

• NSW Environmental Criteria for Road Traffic Noise (ECRTN) (EPA 1999)

• NSW Industrial Noise Policy (INP) (EPA 2000)

• Road Noise Policy (RNP) (EPA 2011)

• RTA Environmental Noise Management Manual (ENMM) (RTA 2001)

• Construction Noise Strategy Transport Construction Authority, 2011)

• Interim Construction Noise Guideline (ICNG) (DECCW 2009)

• Construction Noise and Vibration Guideline (Roads and Maritime 2016)

• Environmental Noise Management Assessing Vibration: A Technical Guideline (DEC, 2006)

• British Standard 7385: Part 2 “Evaluation and measurement of vibration in buildings”

• German DIN 4150: Part 3 – 1999 Effects of Vibration on Structure (DIN 1999)

• AS 2436-2010 Guide to Noise and Vibration Control on Construction, Demolition and Maintenance Sites.


3.2 Conditions of Approval The CoA relevant to this NVMP are listed Table 3-1 below. Table 3-1 includes reference to the timing of when the condition applies and responsibility for implementation. A cross reference is also included to indicate where the condition is addressed in this NVMP or other project management documents.

Table 3-1 Conditions relevant to this NVMP

CoA. Condition Requirements Resp Timing NVMP Reference

E36 Works must only be undertaken during the following standard construction hours: (a) 7:00am to 7:00pm Mondays to Fridays, inclusive;(b) 8:00am to 5:00pm Saturdays; and(c) at no time on Sundays or public holidays.

Contractor Construction Section 7.2 and Section 8 (NV16)

E37 Except as permitted by an EPL, activities resulting in impulsive or tonal noise emissions must only be undertaken:

(a) between the hours of 8:00 am to 6:00 pm Monday to Friday;(b) between the hours of 8:00 am to 1:00 pm Saturday; and(c) in continuous blocks not exceeding three hours each with a minimum respite from those

activities and works of not less than one hour between each block.For the purposes of this condition, 'continuous' includes any period during which there is less than a one hour respite between ceasing and recommencing any of the work the subject of this condition.

Contractor Construction Section 7.2, Section 8 (NV16)

E38 Notwithstanding Condition E36 works associated with the SSI may be undertaken outside the specified hours in the following circumstances:

(a) for the delivery of materials required by the NSW Police Force or other authority forsafety reasons; or

(b) where it is required in an emergency to avoid injury or the loss of life, to avoid damage orloss of property or to prevent environmental harm; or

(c) where it causes LAeq(15 minute) noise levels:(i) no more than 5 dB(A) above the rating background level at any residence in

accordance with the Interim Construction Noise Guideline (DECC, 2009), and(ii) no more than the noise management levels specified in Table 3 of the Interim

Construction Noise Guideline (DECC, 2009) at other sensitive land uses, and(iii) continuous or impulsive vibration values, measured at the most affected

Contractor Construction Section 7.2, Section 8 (NV17)


CoA. Condition Requirements Resp Timing NVMP Reference

residence are no more than those for human exposure to vibration, specified in Table 2.2 of Assessing Vibration: a technical guideline (DEC, 2006), and

(iv) intermittent vibration values measured at the most affected residence are no more than those for human exposure to vibration, specified in Table 2.4 of Assessing Vibration: a technical guideline (DEC, 2006); or

(d) no more than 15 dBA above the night time rating background level at any residence during the night time period, when measured using the LAeq(1 minute) noise descriptor;

(e) where different hours are permitted or required under an EPL in force in respect of the works, in which case those hours must be complied with.

E39 The Proponent must ensure that all works for the delivery of the SSI are coordinated with utility works, including those works undertaken by third parties, to minimise cumulative impacts of noise and vibration and provides maximise respite for affected sensitive receivers.

Contractor Construction Section 8 (NV 17a)

E40 On becoming aware of the need for emergency works in accordance with Condition E36 the Proponent must notify the ER and the EPA (if an EPL applies) of the need for those works. The Proponent must also use its best endeavours to notify all affected sensitive receivers of the likely impact and duration of those works.

Contractor Construction Section 8 (NV 18)

E41 The SSI must be delivered with the aim of achieving the following vibration goals: (a) for structural damage to heritage structures, the vibration limits set out in the German

Standard DIN 4150-3: Structural Vibration – Part 3 Effects of vibration on structures; (b) for damage to other buildings and/or structures, the vibration limits set out in the British

Standard BS 7385-1:1990 – Evaluation and measurement of vibration in buildings—Guide for measurement of vibration and evaluation of their effects on buildings (and referenced in Australian Standard 2187.2 – 2006 Explosives – Storage and use – Use of explosives); and

(c) for human exposure, the acceptable vibration values set out in Assessing Vibration: A Technical Guideline (Department of Environment and Conservation, 2006).

Contractor Construction Section 8 (NV 26)


3.3 Revised Environmental Management Measures Relevant REMMs are listed Table 3-2 below. Table 3-2 includes reference to the timing and responsibility for the commitment and a cross reference to indicate where the REMM is addressed in this NVMP or other Project management documents.

Table 3-2 REMMs relevant to this NVMP

Issue Ref # Commitment Resp Timing NVMP Ref

Construction noise and vibration

NV01 A Construction Noise and Vibration Management Plan will be prepared for the project. The Plan will provide details of noise and vibration management measures and procedures to be carried out during construction to minimise and manage noise impacts on sensitive receivers, including: noise and vibration monitoring and reporting

requirements a map showing the location of all sensitive receivers specific mitigation treatments, management methods

and procedures to be implemented to control noise and vibration during construction

construction timetabling to minimise noise impacts including time and duration restrictions, respite periods and frequency

procedures for notifying residents, business owners, and other sensitive receivers of construction activities likely to affect their amenity through noise and vibration

contingency procedures to be implemented in the event of non-compliances and / or noise complaints.

Contractor Pre-Construction This NVMP Appendix A5 Sensitive area plans Section 8 Section 8 CRSC Community Consultation Strategy

The type of noise mitigation measures that may be adopted in the Plan include: carrying out only low noise activities during the

weekday morning (6am to 7am) period selection of less noisy plant and equipment, where

feasible avoiding simultaneous operation of noisy plant, where

feasible avoiding queueing and idling of construction vehicles

outside of the project standard construction hours maintaining plant and equipment so as to ensure



Issue Ref # Commitment Resp Timing NVMP Ref optimum operating conditions

planning construction traffic flow to minimise reversingand noise from reversing alarms.

The type of vibration mitigation measures that may be adopted in the Plan include: undertaking building dilapidation surveys for buildings

that could be impacted by vibration consideration of feasible alternative construction

methodologies or equipment where vibration intensiveequipment is expected to exceed the criteria.


Noise impacts NV02 Work will be carried out generally in accordance with the Interim Construction Noise Guideline (Department of Environment and Climate Change, 2009). Prior to out of hours work being carried out all affected receivers will be notified of relevant details of the proposed activities.

Contractor Construction Section 3.1.2 Section 9.2 CRSC Community Consultation Strategy

3.4 Addendum REF Environmental Safeguards Relevant environmental safeguards detailed in the REF and Addendum REF are listed Table 3-3 below, together with the timing and responsibility for the safeguard and a cross reference to indicate where the safeguard is addressed in this NVMP or other Project management documents.

Table 3-3 Revised environmental safeguards relevant to this NVMP

Impact Ref # Environmental Safeguard Resp Timing NVMP Ref

Noise Pollution 24 A construction noise and vibration management plan (NVMP) must be prepared as part of the CEMP. The construction NVMP must be prepared in accordance with G36 and Roads and Maritime’s Construction Noise and Vibration Guideline (2016) and include, but not to be limited to, measures outlined below.

Contractor Pre-Construction This NVMP



• Works will be restricted to standard work hourso 7am to 6pm Monday to Friday; 8am to 1pm Saturdayso No work on Sunday or Public Holidays


• If working outside the standard work hours, noise impacts are tobe minimised in accordance with Roads and Maritime’sConstruction Noise and Vibration Guideline (2016).

Contractor Construction Section 7.2.2, 8.1

• Noise and vibration monitoring and reporting requirements Contractor Construction Section 9.3

• A map showing the location of all sensitive receivers Contractor Construction Appendix A5 Sensitive area plans

• Specific mitigation treatments, management methods andprocedures to be implemented to control noise and vibration duringconstruction.


• Construction timetabling to minimise noise impacts including timeand duration restrictions, respite periods and frequency


• Procedures for notifying residents, business owners and othersensitive receivers of construction activities likely to affect theiramenity through noise and vibration, including sensitive receiversadjacent to ancillary sites.

Contractor Construction Section 8, 8.1 Community Communication Strategy

• Contingency procedures to be implemented in the event of non-compliance and/or noise complaints.

Contractor Construction Sections 8, 9.3

• The type of noise mitigation measures that must be adopted in theNVMP include:o selection of less noisy plant and equipment, where feasibleo avoiding simultaneous operation of noisy plant, where feasibleo avoiding queuing and idling of construction vehicles outside of

the standard construction hourso maintaining plant and equipment so as to ensure optimum

operating conditionso planning construction traffic flow to minimise reversing and

noise from reversing alarms




• All employees, contractors and subcontractors are to receive aninduction. The environmental component may be covered intoolboxes and must include:o relevant licence and approval conditionso permissible hours of worko any limitations of high noise generating activitieso location of nearest sensitive receiverso construction employee parking areaso relevant site specific mitigation measureso appropriate behavioural practices


• The type of vibration management measures that must be adoptedin the plan include:o undertaking building dilapidation surveys for buildings that

could be impacted by vibrationo consideration of feasible alternative construction

methodologies or equipment where vibration intensiveequipment is expected to exceed the criteria.


• To limit the number of highly noise affected receivers, high noiseimpact activities will be carried out between:o 8am and 6pm Monday to Friday; ando 8am and 1pm Saturday;


• High noise impact activities will be carried out in continuous blocksof up to 3 hours. Respite from high noise impact activities will beprovided between each block for at least 1 hour. No high noiseimpact activities will be carried out during this 1 hour respiteperiod.


• Work will be carried out generally in accordance with the interimConstruction Noise Guidelines (Department of Environment andClimate Change 2009). Prior to out of hours work being carriedout, all affected receivers will be notified of relevant details and theproposed activities

Contractor Construction Sections 5, 8, 8.1 Community Communication Strategy


4 Existing environment The following sections summarise existing noise and vibration within and adjacent to the CRSC. The key reference document is the Noise and Vibration Addendum Report, which forms an appendix to the SPIR. The CRSC boundary and relevant sensitive receivers are shown on the sensitive area plans included in Appendix A5 of the CEMPr.

4.1 Sensitive receivers The nearest residential receivers likely to be affected by the CRSC reconfiguration and considered representative for the purposes of noise assessment are as follows:

• residences in Fleet Crescent, Grey Street, Dudgeon Street, Badgery Street, FraserCrescent, Cooper Place, Barcoo Circuit and Burdekin Drive, in Albion Park to the west ofthe complex

• residences in Gumnut Street, Oak Street and Croome Road in Albion Park Rail to theeast of the complex

• rural residences at Croome Road to the south of the complex.

These locations are represented in Figure 4-1 below in Noise Catchment Areas (NCAs) 3, 4 and 5.

Figure 4-1 Noise catchment areas near Croom Regional Sporting Complex


Other sensitive receivers that may be affected are listed in Table 4-1 below.

Table 4-1 Sensitive Receivers

Land Use NCA Sensitive Receiver

Heritage 3 Albion Park Rail Cemetery, Croome Road, Albion Park Rail

Heritage 4 Swansea Dairy Site, 149 Croome Road, Albion Park

Heritage 4 Swansea Farmhouse, 152 Croome Road, Albion Park

4.2 Ambient noise Noise monitoring was conducted as part of the EIS at a number of sites, including representative locations closest to the CRSC reconfiguration works. The monitoring was undertaken to provide background noise levels and, among other purposes, to establish appropriate construction noise assessment criteria. Locations were selected to be representative of receivers that would experience a noise impact from the works.

A summary of the noise monitoring results is provided in Table 4-2.

Table 4-2 Ambient noise monitoring results (dbA)

Logger ID

NCA ID LA90 rating background level (RBL)

Receiver Type

Shoulder (N - D)

Day Shoulder (D – E)

Evening Night

7 3 Residential 45 45 45 47 47

12 4 Residential 39 44 44 37 30

13 5 Residential 34 35 35 33 30

4 6 Residential 49 52 52 48 39

Monitoring locations utilised in the noise assessment are depicted in Figure 4-2 below. These are locations 5, 6, 12, and 13.

Figure 4-2 Noise monitoring locations near Croom Regional Sporting Complex


5 Noise and vibration criteria The EPA recommends management levels and goals when assessing construction noise and vibration. These are outlined in the ICNG and Assessing Vibration: a technical guideline. Relevant elements of this document are summarised and discussed in this section.

5.1 Construction noise and assessment objectives The ICNG provides guidelines for the assessment and management of construction noise. The ICNG focuses on applying a range of work practices to minimise construction noise impacts rather than focusing on achieving numeric noise levels.

The main objectives of the ICNG are to:

• identify and minimise noise from construction works

• focus on applying all ‘feasible’ and ‘reasonable’ work practices to minimise constructionnoise impacts

• encourage construction during the recommended standard hours only, unless approval isgiven for works that cannot be undertaken during these hours

• reduce time spent dealing with complaints at the project implementation stage

• provide flexibility in selecting site-specific feasible and reasonable work practices tominimise noise impacts.

5.2 Quantitative noise assessment criteria Construction noise assessment goals presented in the ICNG are referenced to noise management levels for residential, sensitive land uses and commercial/ industrial premises.

5.2.1 Residential Premises

Table 5-1 sets out management levels for noise at residences and how they are to be applied. In Table 5-1 the RBL is used when determining the management level. The RBL is the overall single-figure background noise level measured in each relevant assessment period (during or outside the recommended standard hours). The term RBL is described in detail in the INP (EPA, 2000).

As a guide, the difference between the internal noise level and the external noise level is typically 10 dB with windows open for adequate ventilation.

Table 5-1 Noise at residents using quantitative assessment

Time of day Management Level LAeq (15 min) *

How to apply

Recommended standard hours: Monday to Friday 7 am to 6 pm Saturday 8 am to 1 pm No work on Sundays or public holidays

Noise affected RBL + 10 dB

The noise affected level represents the point above which there may be some community reaction to noise: where the predicted or measured LAeq (15 min) is

greater than the noise affected level, the proponentshould apply all feasible and reasonable workpractices to meet the noise affected level

the proponent should also inform all potentiallyimpacted residents of the nature of works to becarried out, the expected noise levels and duration,


Time of day Management Level LAeq (15 min) *

How to apply

as well as contact details.

Highly noise affected 75 dB(A)

The highly noise affected level represents the point above which there may be strong community reaction to noise. Where noise is above this level, the relevant

authority (consent, determining or regulatory) mayrequire respite periods by restricting the hours thatthe very noisy activities can occur, taking intoaccount:− times identified by the community when they are

less sensitive to noise (such as before and afterschool for works near schools, or mid-morning ormid-afternoon for works near residences

− if the community is prepared to accept a longerperiod of construction in exchange for restrictionson construction times.

Outside recommended standard hours

Noise affected RBL + 5 dB

A strong justification would typically be requiredfor works outside the recommended standardhours.

The proponent should apply all feasible andreasonable work practices to meet the noiseaffected level.

Where all feasible and reasonable practices havebeen applied and noise is more than 5 dB(A)above the noise affected level, the proponentshould negotiate with the community.

* Noise levels apply at the property boundary that is most exposed to construction noise, and at a height of 1.5m above groundlevel. If the property boundary is more than 30m from the residence, the location for measuring or predicting noise levels is atthe most noise-affected point within 30 m of the residence. Noise levels may be higher at upper floors of the noise affectedresidence.

5.2.2 Other land uses

Other sensitive land uses, such as schools, typically find noise from construction to be disruptive when the properties are being used (such as during school times). Table 5-2 presents management levels for noise at other sensitive land uses based on the principle that the characteristic activities for each of these land uses should not be unduly disturbed. Consultation should be undertaken with noise sensitive land use occupants likely to be affected by noise from the works to schedule the project’s work hours to achieve a reasonable noise outcome.

Internal noise levels are assessed at the centre of the occupied room. External noise levels are assessed at the most affected point within 50 metres of the area boundary. Where internal noise levels cannot be measured, external noise levels may be used. A conservative estimate of the difference between internal and external noise levels is 10 dB for buildings other than residences. Some buildings may achieve greater performance, such as where windows are fixed (that is, cannot be opened). The management levels in Table 5-2 are 5 dB above the corresponding road traffic noise levels in the ECRTN (and the ‘maximum’ levels in the INP for commercial and industrial uses) to account for the variable and short-term nature of construction noise.


Table 5-2 Noise at sensitive land uses (non-residents) using quantitative assessment

Land use Noise assessment location Noise management level (LAeq,15min)

Classrooms at schools and other educational institutions

Internal 45 dB(A)

Hospitals and operating theatres

Places of worship

Active recreation areas1 External 65 dB(A)

Passive recreation areas2 External 60 dB(A)

Community centres Dependent on intended use Maximum internal levels recommended in AS2107 for specific use

Industrial premises External 75 dB(A)

Office, retail outlets External 70 dB(A)

Other noise sensitive businesses

Investigation to determine suitable noise levels on project-by-project basis

Notes: 1. Active recreation areas are characterised by sporting activities and activities which generate their own noise or focus

for participants, making them less sensitive to external noise intrusion.2. Passive recreation areas are characterised by contemplative activities that generate little noise and where benefits

are compromised by external noise intrusion (e.g. reading, meditation).

5.3 Adopted project noise management levels Based on measured noise levels described in Section 4.2, the project-specific construction noise objectives for each representative monitoring location have been determined and are presented in Table 5-3. Considering the possibility of works outside standard construction hours additional management levels for these times are also included in the construction noise objectives.


Table 5-3 Project-specific construction noise management levels

Noise Management Level (NML) LAeq(15min) Sleep Disturbance

LA1(min)

Logger ID

NCA ID Receiver Type

Standard Hours (RBL + 10 dB)

Out of Hours Work (RBL + 5 dB)

Day Shoulder (N – D)

Day Shoulder (D – E)

Evening Night RBL

7 3 Residential 55 50 50 50 50 50 62

12 4 Residential 54 44 49 49 42 35 45

13 5 Residential 45 39 40 40 38 35 45

4 6 Residential 62 54 57 57 53 44 54

Notes: 1. Shoulder Periods:

• Shoulder period (Night – Day) between 6:00am to 7:00 am; and• Shoulder period (Day – Evening) 6:00pm to 7:00 pm.

Review of the logger data found existing background noise levels are steadily rising in the early morning and not yet dropping off in the early evening.


5.4 Vibration criteria Effects of ground vibration on buildings resulting from construction may be segregated into the following three categories:

• human exposure – disturbance to building occupants: vibration in which the occupants orusers of the building are inconvenienced or possibly disturbed

• effects on building contents – vibration where the building contents may be affected

• effects on building structures – vibration in which the integrity of the building or structureitself may be prejudiced.

Vibration criteria relating to human comfort that are applicable to this project are taken from Assessing Vibration – A Technical Guideline and include the following.

• continuous vibration – from uninterrupted sources (see Table 5.4)

• impulsive vibration – up to three instances of sudden impact eg dropping heavy items,per monitoring period (see Table 5.5)

• intermittent vibration – such as from drilling, compacting or activities that would result incontinuous vibration if operated continuously (see Table 5.6)

Two standards by which building damage from construction-induced vibration are commonly assessed include:

• British Standard 7385: Part 2-1993 Evaluation and measurement for vibration in buildingsPart 2: Guide to damage levels from ground borne vibration (BSI 1993)

• German DIN 4150: Part 3 – 1999 Effects of Vibration on Structure (DIN 1999).

The German standard provides the most stringent criteria and will be used in this NVMP. The DIN guideline values for peak particle velocity (mm/s) measured at the foundation of the building are summarised in Table 5.7. The criteria are frequency dependent and specific to particular categories of structure.

Table 5-4 Continuous vibration acceleration criteria (m/s2) 1-80Hz

Location Assessment period

Preferred Values Maximum Values

z-axis x- and y-axis


Residences Daytime 0.010 0.0071 0.020 0.014

Night-time 0.007 0.005 0.014 0.010

Offices, schools, educational institutions and places of worship

Day or night-time 0.020 0.014 0.040 0.028

Workshops Day or night-time 0.04 0.029 0.080 0.058


Table 5-5 Impulsive vibration acceleration criteria (m/s2) 1-80 Hz

Location Assessment period

Preferred Values Maximum Values



Residences Daytime 0.30 0.21 0.60 0.42

Night-time 0.10 0.071 0.20 0.14


Day or night-time 0.64 0.46 1.28 0.92

Workshops Day or night-time 0.64 0.46 1.28 0.92

Table 5-6 Intermittent vibration impacts criteria (m/s2) 1-80 Hz

Location Daytime Night-time

Preferred Values

Maximum Values

Preferred Values

Maximum Values

Residences 0.20 0.40 0.13 0.26


0.40 0.80 0.40 0.80

Workshops 0.80 1.60 0.80 1.60

Table 5-7 Structural damage criteria

Type of Structure Peak Component Particle Velocity (mm/s)

Vibration at the foundation at a frequency of

Vibration of horizontal plane

of highest floor at all frequencies 1 Hz to 10

Hz 10 Hz to 50

Hz 50 Hz to 100 Hz*

Buildings used for commercial purposes, industrial buildings and buildings of similar design

20 20 to 40 40 to 50 40

Dwellings and buildings of similar design and/or use 5 5 to 15 15 to 20 15

Structures that, because of their sensitivity to vibration, do not correspond to those listed in lines 1 and 2 and are of great intrinsic value (e.g. buildings that are under a preservation order)

3 3 to 8 8 to 10 8

* For frequencies above 100 Hz, at least the values specified in this column shall be applied.


6 Environmental aspects and impacts 6.1 Construction activities The Project will involve a range of activities incorporating various heavy machinery, plant and equipment that will operate in a number of locations across the Project. In order to assess the level of potential impact on noise and vibration sensitive receivers, the broad categories of construction activity likely to interact with these receivers include:

• site establishment

• clearing and grubbing

• utility adjustments

• demolition

• earthworks and drainage

• paving and concrete saw cutting

• road furnishing.

6.2 Impacts The potential for noise and vibration impacts on sensitive receivers or structures will depend on a number of factors. Typically these might include:

• the type of equipment in use

• the number of equipment simultaneously in use

• ground condition

• topography and other physical barriers

• proximity to sensitive receivers

• the condition of sensitive receivers

• hours/duration of construction works

• proximity of heavy traffic areas such as the highway.

Relevant aspects and the potential for related impacts have been considered in a risk assessment at Appendix A2 of the CEMPr.

Noise and vibration impacts attributable to the CRSC works are anticipated. Section 8 provides a suite of mitigation measures that will be implemented to avoid or minimise impacts on the receiving community and/or built environment.


7 Construction noise and vibration assessment A range of plant and equipment will be required to undertake activities associated with the CRSC works. A summary of anticipated construction scenarios and predicted noise levels are provided below. This information will be used to determine potential impacts on the receiving community. An adaptive management approach will be applied to the implementation of mitigation measures to minimise impacts on the community.

7.1 Construction activities and plant sound levels Table 7-1 provides a summary of typical construction scenarios for the APRb, associated plant and equipment and corresponding sounds power levels. Plant and equipment may be used in isolation or simultaneously.

Table 7-1 Predicted sound power levels for APRb construction scenarios

Scenario Typical plant/equipment Sound Power Levels dB(A)

Assumed No. Units

LAeq LA1(min)

A Site establishment

Truck (medium rigid) Truck (low loader) Scissor Lift Franna Crane Assumed Noise Level

103 108 98 98

106

117 117 101 102 117

4 per hour 4 per hour

1 1

B Utility/Property/ Service Adjustment

Excavator (tracked) 35T Truck (articulated dump) Franna Crane (20T) Pneumatic hammer Concrete saw Vacuum truck Backhoe Power generator Assumed Noise Level

107 108 98

115 115 107 100 100 116

115 117 102 120 118 117 104 106 120

1 4 per hour

1 - 1 - - 1

C Clearing and grubbing

Bulldozer D9 Excavator (tracked) 35T Chainsaw Tub grinder/mulcher Truck (articulated dump) 30T Assumed Noise Level

109 107 119 119 108 122

116 115 124 124 117 124

1 1 2 1

4 per hour

D House/building demolition

Excavator (tracked) 35T As above + hydraulic hammer Front end loader 23T Dump trucks Assumed Noise Level

107 122 103 101 100

115 126 108 117 126

1 1 1

4 per hour



Assumed No. Units

E Earthworks

Bulldozer D9 Scraper 651 Excavator (tracked) 35T As above + hydraulic hammer Grader Truck (articulated dump) 30T Truck (medium rigid + trailer) Compactor Roller (large pad foot) Water cart Assumed Noise Level

109 108 107 122 113 108 108 106 109 107 123

116 110 115 126 121 117 117 116 112 111 126

1 1 1 1 1

4 per hour 4 per hour

1 - -

F Rock crushing

Rock crusher Bulldozer D9 Excavator (tracked) 35T Truck (medium rigid) Assumed Noise Level

113 109 107 103 115

122 116 115 117 122

1 1 1

4 per hour

G Drainage infrastructure

Backhoe Franna crane 20T Excavator (tracked) 35T Truck (concrete agitator) Truck compressor Roller (large pad foot) Truck (medium rigid) Assumed Noise Level

100 98

107 108 75

109 103 112

104 102 115 117 78

112 117 117

- 1 1

4 per hour 1 1

4 per hour

H Paving and concrete sawing

Pavement laying machine Truck (medium rigid) Asphalt truck & sprayer Truck (concrete agitator) Smooth drum roller Concrete saw Assumed Noise Level

103 103 103 108 112 115 118

112 117 116 117 120 119 120

1 4 per hour

1 1 1 1

I Road furniture installation

Truck (medium rigid) Scissor lift Franna crane 20T Line marking truck Assumed Noise Level

103 98 98

108 109

117 101 102 112 117

4 per hour 1 1 1

J Ancillary facilities

Front end loader Excavator (tracked) 35T Truck (medium rigid + trailer) Compressor Welding equipment Light vehicles Power generator Assumed Noise Level

91 107 108 109 97 88

100 112

93 115 117 111 100 93

106 117

1 -

4 per hour 1 1

12 per hour 1



Assumed No. Units

K Extended hours activities

Mini-fuel tanker Scissor lift Light vehicles Adult talking/shouting Assumed Noise Level

104 98 88 73

105

101 93 96

117

1 12 per hour

1

7.2 Construction work hours

7.2.1 Standard construction hours

Standard construction hours for the CRSC reconfiguration works are: • 7:00 am to 6:00 pm Mondays to Fridays, inclusive (although may be extended to 7:00 pm

with the approval of the Roads and Maritime Representative)• 8:00 am to 5:00 pm Saturdays and• at no time on Sundays or public holidays

Except as permitted by an EPL, activities resulting in impulsive or tonal noise emissions will only be undertaken: • between the hours of 8:00 am to 6:00 pm Monday to Friday• between the hours of 8:00 am to 1:00 pm Saturday; and• in continuous blocks not exceeding three hours each with a minimum respite from those

activities and works of not less than one hour between each block.

'Continuous' includes any period during which there is less than a one hour respite between ceasing and recommencing any of the work the subject of this condition.

7.2.2 Out of Hours Work

Work outside of the standard construction hours (out of hours work (OOHW)) may be undertaken in the following circumstances: • for the delivery of materials required by the NSW Police Force or other authority for

safety reasons or• where it is required in an emergency to avoid injury or the loss of life, to avoid damage or

loss of property or to prevent environmental harm or• where it causes LAeq(15 minute) noise levels:

- no more than 5 dB(A) above the rating background level at any residence inaccordance with the Interim Construction Noise Guideline (DECC, 2009) and

- no more than the noise management levels specified in Table 3 of the InterimConstruction Noise Guideline (DECC, 2009) at other sensitive land uses and

- continuous or impulsive vibration values, measured at the most affected residenceare no more than those for human exposure to vibration, specified in Table 2.2 ofAssessing Vibration: a technical guideline (DEC, 2006) and

- intermittent vibration values measured at the most affected residence are no morethan those for human exposure to vibration, specified in Table 2.4 of AssessingVibration: a technical guideline (DEC, 2006) or

• no more than 15 dBA above the night time rating background level at any residenceduring the night time period, when measured using the LAeq(1 minute) noise descriptor or


• where different hours are permitted or required under an EPL in force in respect of theworks, in which case those hours must be complied with.

The Contractor will ensure that all works for the delivery of the Project are coordinated with utility works, including those works undertaken by third parties, to minimise cumulative impacts of noise and vibration and provides maximise respite for affected sensitive receivers.

On becoming aware of the need for emergency works in accordance with the above criteria, the Contractor will notify the Roads and Maritime Representative, the ER and the EPA of the need for those works. The Contractor will also use its best endeavours to notify all affected sensitive receivers of the likely impact and duration of those works.

No other out of hours work is proposed for the CRSC reconfiguration. Should this change, then the Contractor will develop an OOHW procedure in accordance with the requirements of EPL 20996 and the Roads and Maritime Construction Noise and Vibration Guideline (2016) prior to the commencement of any OOHW.

7.2.3 Special events

The Illawarra Convoy is a one day event held annually on the third Sunday in November and attracts over 7000 people to the CRSC. The event will be held on 18 November 2018. It requires a total of two weeks occupancy of the complex comprising of one week for establishment and setup and one week for demobilisation. Works must not impede this event.

The Wings Over Illawarra Air Show is generally held annually on the first weekend of May each year at the Illawarra Regional Airport. The event requires the full operation of Runway 16/34 of the airport for the duration of the Air Show.

Prior consultation will be carried out by the Contractor with event organisers to minimise disruption to these events and any other events likely to be impacted by the Project. The Contractor will consult with Shellharbour City Council at least two weeks prior to the Air Show.

7.3 Construction noise impacts

7.3.1 General construction

Table 7-2 provides a summary of predicted noise impacts from each related construction scenario. Noise management level thresholds for each key sensitive receiver location have also been provided. Predicted noise levels for each construction scenario have been derived by calculating the combined noise output from the sound power levels of each piece of equipment listed in Section 7.1.

Table 7-2 to Table 7-5 below show that: • the CRSC is predicted to experience construction noise levels that will exceed the NML

during standard hours. This includes noise levels above 75 dB, which is generallyconsidered to be the point where strong community reaction is expected

• NCAs 3, 4 and 5 are expected to experience construction noise levels above theirrespective NMLs during ‘standard hours’ and ‘out of hours’ timeframes. These mayrange from 1 to 30+ dB

• noise levels generated from site compounds may slightly exceed the NML at NCA 5during the ‘extended hours’ timeframe

• NCA 6 is not expected to experience construction noise levels greater than the NMLvalue for the catchment area during any timeframe

• there is potential for sleep disturbance during night works, depending on their proximity toNCAs 3, 4 and 5.


Table 7-2 Noise impact on representative sensitive receivers - Standard Hours

NCA ID Receiver Type

Distance to

nearest work (m)

NML dB(A) Day

Predicted construction noise levels for each scenario dB(A)1

A B C D E F G H I J

Low Up Low Up Low Up Low Up Low Up Low Up Low Up Low Up Low Up Low Up

3 Residential 70-600 34 34 55 44 65 50 71 50 71 51 72 43 64 40 61 46 67 37 58 25 51 4 Residential 10-20 65 65 75 81 81 82 74 71 77 68 46 5 Residential 130-875 30 30 46 40 56 46 62 46 62 47 63 39 55 36 52 42 58 33 49 37 48 6 Residential 200 31 31 39 41 49 47 55 47 55 48 56 40 48 37 45 43 51 34 42 39 44

CRSC Commercial - 65 55 67 65 77 71 83 71 83 72 84 64 76 61 73 67 79 58 70 47 51 1 See Table 7-1 for a full description of each scenario

Table 7-3 Noise impact on representative sensitive receivers - Out of Hours (Evening)

NCA ID Receiver Type Distance to nearest work

(m)

NML dB(A) Predicted construction noise levels for each scenario dB(A)1

Scenario B Scenario H Scenario I Scenario J

Evening Low Up Low Up Low Up Low Up

3 Residential 70-600 50 44 65 46 67 37 58 25 51

4 Residential 10-20 42 75 77 68 46

5 Residential 130-875 38 40 56 42 58 33 49 37 48

6 Residential 200 53 41 49 43 51 34 42 39 44 1 See Table 7-1 for a full description of each scenario


Table 7-4 Noise impact on representative sensitive receivers - Out of Hours (Night)

NCA ID Receiver Type Distance to nearest work

(m)

NML dB(A) Predicted construction noise levels for each Scenario dB(A)1

Scenario B Scenario H Scenario I Scenario J

Night Low Up Low Up Low Up Low Up

3 Residential 70-600 50 44 65 46 67 37 58 25 51

4 Residential 10-20 35 75 77 68 46

5 Residential 130-875 35 40 56 42 58 33 49 37 48

6 Residential 200 44 41 49 43 51 34 42 39 44 1 See Table 7-1 for a full description of each scenario

Legend: Exceedance of the NML and receivers are considered 'noise affected'

Construction noise levels are more than 10 dB(A) above the background noise level and may be 'clearly audible'

Construction noise levels are more than 20 dB(A) above the background noise level and may be 'moderately intrusive'

Construction noise levels are more than 30 dB(A) above the background noise level and may be 'highly intrusive'

Construction noise levels exceed 75 dB(A) and receivers are considered 'highly noise affected'


Table 7-5 Sleep (10 pm to 7 am) - Predicted LAmax Noise Levels, dB(A)

NCA/ID Sleep NML (RBL + 15), dB(A)

Predicted LAmax noise levels at NACs Construction Noise Levels dB(A)

Scenarios B & H1 Scenarios I & J1

3 62 48-66 45-63

4 45 79 76

5 45 44-60 41-57

6 54 45-53 42-501 See table 7-1 for a full description of each scenario

Noise generated during extended work hours at ancillary facility locations has been assessed and the information has been tabled below. Extended work hours in these locations may involve refuelling, light vehicle movements and toolbox talks.

Predicted noise levels indicate that the proposed extended hours activities can be carried out within the ancillary facilities during the extended hours period with minimal impact on the nearest noise sensitive receivers (see Table 7-6).

Table 7-6 Predicted Noise Levels from Ancillary Facilities – Extended Hours

NCA Receiver Type

Distance to nearest works

(m)

NML dB(A) Predicted Construction Noise

Levels dB(A) Shoulder

N-DShoulder

D-ESaturday

1-4pmLow Up

3 Residential 70-600 50 50 50 <30 44

4 Residential 10-20 44 49 49 39

5 Residential 130-875 39 40 40 30 41

6 Residential 200 54 57 57 32 37

7.3.2 Ancillary site operation

Ancillary facility AS10 will be established for the CRSC works to accommodate a range of activities, plant and equipment including, but not limited to:

• Office accommodation.

• Staff amenities.

• Light vehicle parking and access.

• Equipment, material and chemical storage.

Further details are provided in Table 7-7.

Additional ancillary facilities, if required, will be established in accordance with the CoA and Section 3.7.2 of the CEMPr.


Table 7-7 Likely construction facilities and associated attributes

Facility reference no.

Facility type Potential Activities Typical plant and equipment required

AS10 Compound Staff and workerparking

Office accommodationand staff amenities

Equipmentmaintenance andstorage

Material and chemicalstorage and handling

Front end loader Excavator (tracked) 35T Trucks (medium rigid +

trailer) Compressor Welding equipment Light vehicles Power generator Watercart

7.4 Construction vibration assessment

7.4.1 Vibration assessment

Table 7-8 lists vibration intensive plant that may be used during construction and provides predicted ground vibration levels at various distances from the plant. The vibration levels are indicative only and will vary depending on the particular item of plant and geotechnical conditions.

Table 7-8 Typical plant vibration levels

Plant description Vibration level (mm/s)

5m 10m 15m 20m 30m 40m 50m 100m

Compactor (852G) 5.3 2.0 2.2 1.4 <1 -

Bulldozer with Ripper (D810) <2 - - - - -

Bulldozer with Ripper (D10) 1-2 - - - - - - -

Excavator < 30T (travelling) 8.0 3.4 1.6 - - -

Excavator < 30T (digging) 5.8 4.0 0.0 - - -

Excavator & Rock Hammer (20T) 4.5 1.3 - 0.4 0.2 0.15 0.02 -

Excavator & Rock Hammer (27T) 10.5 2.5 - - - -

Grader (20T) 2.0 - 0.2 - - -

Pneumatic Hammer 2.0 1.0 0.2 0.1 0.0 0.1

Piling Rig – Bored (Soilmec 60T)* 2.4 0.2 0.2 - - -

Piling Rig – Driven (Crane with vibrating pile driver)

12 6 4 3 1.5 - 1.2 <0.1


Plant description Vibration level (mm/s)

5m 10m 15m 20m 30m 40m 50m 100m

Rocksaw (Komatsu PC300) 1.5 - - - - - - -

Truck traffic (Over normal (smooth) road surfaces)

1 0.2 0.05 - 0.02

Truck traffic (Over irregular surfaces) - 2.0 - 0.1 - -

Vibratory roller < 3T (Smooth Drum)# 8.7 5.4 - - - - - -

Vibratory roller < 8T (Pad Footed)# 9-12 3.1

Vibratory roller <17T (Smooth Drum) 24.5 8.9 4.2 - - -

Vibratory roller <17T (Pad Footed) 15.1 10.3 3.2 - - -

* Data based on sand/clay soil conditions

# Monitor mounted on plate in sand

Based on the vibration data presented above, vibration generated by construction plant was estimated and potential vibration impacts are summarised in Table 7-9 below. Vibration monitoring will be required at NCA 4 due to both structural concerns and human disturbance.

Vibration impacts from the operation of ancillary facility AS10 are not anticipated.

Table 7-9 Potential vibration impacts

NCA Approx. distance to nearest

buildings from work (m)

Type of Buildings

Assessment of risk of vibration impact

Structural Damage

Human Disturbance

Vibration Monitoring

3 40-130 Residential Negligible

Risk Very Low Risk Not Required

60 (Albion Park Rail Cemetery) Heritage Negligible

Risk Very Low Risk Not Required

4 20 Residential Very Low

Risk Medium Risk Where required

10-20 (SwanseaFarmhouse/Dairy) Heritage Medium Risk High Risk Required

5 120-200 Residential Negligible Risk

Very Low Risk Not Required

6 100 Residential Negligible Risk

Very Low Risk Not Required


8 Environmental management measures A range of environmental requirements and control measures are identified in the various environmental documents, including the CoA, EIS, SPIR, Addendum REF and other Roads and Maritime documents. Specific measures and requirements to address impacts from noise and vibration are outlined in Table 8-1.


Table 8-1 Noise and vibration management measures


GENERAL

NV01 Training will be provided to all project personnel, including relevant sub-contractors on noise and vibration requirements from this plan through inductions, toolboxes and targeted awareness training. Noise and vibration training requirements will be as per Section 9.2 of this NVMP.

Pre-construction, construction


G36

NV02 Work compounds, parking areas, equipment and material stockpile sites will be designed to orientate the primary noise sources the maximum distance from noise-sensitive receivers, with sold structures to be placed between sensitive receivers and noise sources.

Construction Environment Manager Construction Manager

G36

NV03 Site entry and exit points will be located as far as possible from sensitive receivers, taking into account the importance of safe access.

Construction Foreman G36

NV04 No blasting will be conducted. Construction Construction Manager

G36

NV05 Where feasible and reasonable noisy equipment and/or construction processes will be substituted by alternative low noise emitting equipment and/or construction process.


NV06 Place screening or enclosures around fixed plant under regular operation that may impact upon noise sensitive receivers.


NV07 Plant or machinery will not be permitted to ‘warm-up’ before the nominated working hours or queue outside residential properties.

Construction Operators Good Practice G36

NV08 Switching off engines when equipment is not in use for extended periods (ie 30 minutes).

Construction Operators G36

NV09 High noise generating work (such as use of a concrete saw or hydraulic hammer) will only be undertaken between 8am to 4pm Monday to Friday unless done in accordance with the Out of Hours Work Procedure and or the EPL.


NV10 Manually adjustable or ambient noise sensitive reversing alarms on plant and/or flashing lights will be used at night.

Construction Superintendent G36

NV11 All construction plant and equipment used on the site will be, in addition to other relevant requirements:



ID Measure Timing Responsibility Reference Fitted with properly maintained noise suppression devices in accordance with the manufacturer’s specifications. Maintained and operated in an efficient condition.

NV12 Loading and unloading will be carried out as far as practical away from sensitive receivers and operators will avoid dropping material from height where practical


NV13 Truck movements will be kept to a minimum, ie that trucks are sufficiently utilised for each trip.


NV14 Noisy plant working simultaneously close together will be avoided to the greatest extent practical.


NV15 Noise generating equipment will be placed as far away from sensitive receivers as possible, and where practicable strategically positioned to take advantage of natural screening from geographical features or other site structures to reduce the transmission of noise between work sites and receiver locations.


NV16 Construction works associated with the project will only be undertaken during the following hours: 7.00am to 6.00pm Mondays to Fridays, inclusive (although may be

extended to 7:00pm with the approval of the Roads and MaritimeRepresentative)

8.00am to 5.00pm on Saturdays. At no time on Sundays or public holidays.

Except as permitted by an EPL, activities resulting in impulsive or tonal noise emissions must only be undertaken: between the hours of 8:00 am to 6:00 pm Monday to Friday; between the hours of 8:00 am to 1:00 pm Saturday; and in continuous blocks not exceeding three hours each with a minimum

respite from those activities and works of not less than one hourbetween each block.

For the purposes of this condition, 'continuous' includes any period during which there is less than a one hour respite between ceasing and recommencing any of the work the subject of this condition.


CoA E36, CoA E37



NV17 Works outside of the construction hours identified in NV16 will only be undertaken in the following circumstances:

(a) For the delivery of materials required by the NSW Police Force orother authority for safety reasons; or

(b) Where it is required in an emergency to avoid injury or the loss oflife, to avoid damage or loss of property or to preventenvironmental harm; or

(c) Where it causes LAeq(15 minute) noise levels:i. no more than 5 dB(A) above the rating background level at

any residence in accordance with the Interim ConstructionNoise Guideline (DECC, 2009), and

ii. no more than the noise management levels specified inTable 3 of the Interim Construction Noise Guideline (DECC,2009) at other sensitive land uses, and

iii. continuous or impulsive vibration values, measured at themost affected residence are no more than those for humanexposure to vibration, specified in Table 2.2 of AssessingVibration: a technical guideline (DEC, 2006), and

iv. intermittent vibration values measured at the most affectedresidence are no more than those for human exposure tovibration, specified in Table 2.4 of Assessing Vibration: atechnical guideline (DEC, 2006); or

(d) no more than 15dBA above the night time rating background levelat any residence during the night time period, when measuredusing the LAeq(1 minute) noise descriptor; or

(e) Where different hours are permitted or required under an EPL inforce in respect of the works, in which case those hours will becomplied with.


CoA E38

NV17a The Contractor must ensure that all works for the delivery of the Project are coordinated with utility works, including those works undertaken by third parties, to minimise cumulative impacts of noise and vibration and provides maximise respite for affected sensitive receivers.

Construction Construction Manager Environmental Manager

CoA E39

NV18 On becoming aware of the need for emergency works as identified in NV17 the ER and the EPA (if an EPL applies) will be notified of the need for those works. As far as possible, all affected sensitive receivers will be notified of the likely impact and duration of those works.


CoA E40



NV19 Work will be carried out generally in accordance with the Interim Construction Noise Guideline (Department of Environment and Climate Change, 2009). Prior to out of hours works being carried out, all affected receivers will be notified of relevant details of the proposed activities.

Construction Environmental Manager

REMM NV02

NV20 Where activities resulting in tonal or impulsive noise generation are undertaken for a continuous 3 hour period and impact on noise sensitive receivers, or activities result in high noise impacts at receivers greater than 75 dB(A), a minimum respite period of at least 1 hour will be scheduled before activities recommence, in consultation with impacted receivers.

Construction Foreman Environmental Manager

REMM NV01 G36

NV21 Not used

CONSULTATION AND COMPLAINTS MANAGEMENT

NV22 Residents / sensitive receivers will be notified of construction activities that are likely to affect their noise and vibration amenity in accordance with the Community Involvement Sub-Plan. Information provided will include: the types of activities to be undertaken the timing of activities including expected start and finish the location of activities details of the community information line and how to make an

enquiry and/or complaint

Pre- construction, Construction

Communications Manager

G36

NV23 If noise monitoring indicates that noise mitigation measures are not fully effective, or noise complaints are received during construction, additional noise mitigation measures will be investigated and implemented where feasible.


G36

NV24 Noise and vibration monitoring will be undertaken in accordance with Section 9.3 .


REMM NV01 G36

NV25 Building Condition Inspections for each public utility, structure and building will be carried out where: • Excavation by hammering or ripping within 100 m or the distance at

which the calculated 95th percentile Peak Velocity of ground vibrationfrom the proposed excavation works is 2 mm/s, whichever is thegreater.

• Other vibration causing activities where the distance at which thecalculated 95th percentile Peak Velocity of ground vibration is 2 mm/s.

Pre-construction, Construction

Engineer G36



NV26 The SSI must be delivered with the aim of achieving the following vibration goals: for structural damage to heritage structures, the vibration limits set

out in the German Standard DIN 4150-3: Structural Vibration – Part3 Effects of vibration on structures;

for damage to other buildings and/or structures, the vibration limitsset out in the British Standard BS 7385-1:1990 – Evaluation andmeasurement of vibration in buildings—Guide for measurement ofvibration and evaluation of their effects on buildings (and referencedin Australian Standard 2187.2 – 2006 Explosives – Storage and use– Use of explosives); and

for human exposure, the acceptable vibration values set out inAssessing Vibration: A Technical Guideline (Department ofEnvironment and Conservation, 2006).


CoA E41


9 Compliance management 9.1 Roles and responsibilities The Contractor Project Team’s organisational structure and overall roles and responsibilities are outlined in Section 4.2 of the CEMPr. Specific responsibilities for the implementation of environmental controls are detailed in Chapter 8 of this NVMP.

9.2 Training All employees, contractors and utility staff working on site will undergo site induction training that includes construction noise and vibration management issues. The induction training will address elements related to noise and vibration management including:

• existence and requirements of this NVMP


• normal construction hours

• the process for seeking approval for out of hours works, including consultation

• location of noise sensitive areas

• complaints reporting

• general noise and vibration management measures

• specific responsibilities to minimise impacts on the community and built environment fromnoise and vibration associated with the works.


9.3 Monitoring and inspections Weekly and other routine inspections by the the Contractors environmental personnel, Roads and Maritime, and the ER will occur throughout construction. Details on the nature and frequency of these inspections are documented in Section 8 of the CEMPr.

Noise and vibration monitoring will also occur routinely for the duration of the Project. Monitoring will be undertaken by an Acoustic Consultant or the Contractor’s environmental personnel during the construction phase of the Project.

9.3.1 Noise monitoring

The Contractor will undertake the following noise monitoring:

• periodic noise monitoring at nominated sensitive receiver locations (refer to Section 4.1 ofthis NVMP) to determine the effectiveness of mitigation measures against predictedimpacts

• where complaints are received, additional noise monitoring may be undertaken atsensitive receivers to determine if the actual construction noise generated exceeds thepredicted ‘worst case’ construction noise levels identified in Section 7.3 of this NVMP

• noise monitoring may be carried out for the purpose of refining construction methods ortechniques to minimise noise

• ongoing spot checks of noise intensive plant and equipment will be undertakenthroughout construction to ensure compliance with manufactures specifications.


Where actual noise levels are found to exceed the predicted worst case levels, the source of excessive noise generations will be identified, and any additional feasible and reasonable measures available will be implemented to either reduce noise emissions or reduce the impacts on receivers.

Details of site activity and equipment usage will be noted during construction noise monitoring.

Acoustic instrumentation employed in the noise monitoring surveys will comply with the requirements of AS1259.2-1990 Acoustics – Sound Level Meters, Part 2: Integrating – Averaging and carry appropriate NATA (or manufacturer) calibration certificates.

9.3.2 Vibration monitoring

The following vibration monitoring will be undertaken:

• for the protection of buildings, monitoring will be carried out at the commencement ofvibratory compaction work within 50 metres of buildings to ensure that safe vibrationlevels specified in Section 7.4.1 are not exceeded and to confirm safe working distances

• when vibration intensive activities are required, vibration monitoring will be carried outwithin the established buffer zones, or where there is considered to be a risk that levelsmay exceed the relevant structural damage goals

• vibration monitoring may be carried out in response to complaints, exceedances, or forthe purpose of refining construction methods or techniques to minimise vibrations

• vibration monitoring will continue throughout construction, where appropriate, atnominated sensitive receiver locations to determine the effectiveness of mitigationstrategies

• vibration monitoring will be carried out at Swansea Farmhouse/ Dairy and any otherdwelling within 50 metres of vibratory work in NCA 4.

Where vibration is found to exceed safe levels, impacts will be avoided by changing work methods and/or equipment, or through the provision of building protection measures where possible. In the event a complaint relating to property damage is received, an inspection of the property would be undertaken and an interim building condition survey prepared.

Vibration monitoring will be carried out in accordance with:

• for structural damage to heritage structures, the vibration limits set out in the GermanStandard DIN 4150-3: Structural Vibration - Part 3 Effects of vibration on structures

• for damage to other buildings and/or structures, the vibration limits set out in the BritishStandard BS 7385-1:1990 - Evaluation and measurement of vibration in buildings-Guidefor measurement of vibration and evaluation of their effects on buildings (and referencedin Australian Standard 2187.2 - 2006 Explosives - Storage and use - Use of explosives)and

• for human exposure, the acceptable vibration values set out in Assessing Vibration: ATechnical Guideline (Department of Environment and Conservation, 2006).

9.4 Auditing Audits will be undertaken to assess the effectiveness of environmental controls, compliance with this NVMP, CoA, and other relevant approvals, REF, licenses and guidelines.




Specific reports prepared in response to noise and vibration monitoring will capture detail including, but not limited, to:

• the locations and description of monitoring undertaken

• a tabulation of results (eg for noise including LMAX, L10, L90 and LAeq noise levels) together with notes identifying the principle sources and operations

• summary of any measurements exceeding the nominated criteria, and descriptions of the plant or operations causing these exceedances

• detail of any corrective actions and confirmation of their successful implementation.


10 Review and improvement 10.1 Continuous improvement Continuous improvement of this NVMP will be achieved by the ongoing evaluation of environmental management performance against environmental policies, objectives and targets for the purpose of identifying opportunities for improvement.


• identify areas of opportunity for improvement of environmental management andperformance






10.2 Update and amendment The processes described in Section 8 and Section 9 of the CEMPr may result in the need to update or revise this NVMP. This will occur as needed.

Any revisions to the NVMP will be in accordance with the process outlined in Section 1.6 of the CEMPr


APPENDIX B4 Soil and Water Management Sub Plan


MARCH 2018

CRSC Reconfiguration Soil and Water Management Sub Plan i

Document control File name Appendix B4 - CRSC - SWMP.docx

Report name Croom Regional Sporting Complex Reconfiguration Soil and Water Management Sub Plan



22/3/2018 22/3/2018






1

2

26/3/2018

CRSC Reconfiguration Soil and Water Management Sub Plan ii


1.1 Context................................................................................................................ 1 1.2 Background ......................................................................................................... 1 1.3 Environmental management systems overview ................................................... 1 1.4 Consultation ........................................................................................................ 1

2 Purpose and objectives ............................................................................................. 3 2.1 Purpose............................................................................................................... 3 2.2 Objectives ........................................................................................................... 3 2.3 Targets ................................................................................................................ 3

3 Environmental requirements ..................................................................................... 4 3.1 Relevant legislation and guidelines ..................................................................... 4 3.2 Conditions of Approval ........................................................................................ 6 3.3 Revised Environmental Management Measures (REMMs) .................................. 7 3.4 REF Environmental Safeguards ........................................................................ 10

4 Existing environment ............................................................................................... 13 4.1 Topography and soil characteristics .................................................................. 13 4.2 Surface water .................................................................................................... 13 4.3 Groundwater ..................................................................................................... 14 4.4 Rainfall .............................................................................................................. 14 4.5 Flooding ............................................................................................................ 15

5 Environmental aspects and impacts ....................................................................... 16 5.1 Construction activities ....................................................................................... 16 5.2 Impacts ............................................................................................................. 16


7 Compliance management ........................................................................................ 23 7.1 Roles and responsibilities .................................................................................. 23 7.2 Training ............................................................................................................. 23 7.3 Monitoring and inspections ................................................................................ 23 7.4 Licenses and permits ........................................................................................ 24 7.5 Auditing ............................................................................................................. 25 7.6 Reporting .......................................................................................................... 25

8 Review and improvement ........................................................................................ 26 8.1 Continuous improvement................................................................................... 26 8.2 SWMP update and amendment......................................................................... 26

CRSC Reconfiguration Soil and Water Management Sub Plan iii

Tables Table 1-1 Summary of CEMPr consultation comments relevant to the SWMP ..................2 Table 3-1 Conditions relevant to the SWMP ......................................................................6 Table 3-2 REMMs relevant to this SWMP .........................................................................7 Table 3-3 Addendum REF environmental safeguards .....................................................10 Table 4-1 Watercourses, wetlands and water quality ......................................................13 Table 4-2 Summary of rainfall records (1999 to 2017) .....................................................14 Table 6-1 Soil and water management and mitigation measures ....................................18 Table 7-1 CRSC Licensed Discharge Points under EPL 20996.......................................24 Table 7-2 EPL 20996 Discharge water quality criteria .....................................................25

Annexures Annexure A - Contaminated Land Management Sub Plan Annexure B - Surface Water Quality Monitoring Program Annexure C - Pollution Incident Response Management Plan Annexure D - Progressive Erosion and Sediment Control Plans

CRSC Reconfiguration Soil and Water Management Sub Plan iv

Glossary / Abbreviations APRb Albion Park Rail Bypass

AREF Addendum REF

ASS Acid sulfate soils

CEMPr Construction Environmental Management Process












FM Act Fisheries Management Act 1994


NOW NSW Office of Water


PESCP Progressive Erosion and Sediment Control Plan


REF Albion Park Rail bypass - Utility works review of environmental factors and associated addendums

REMMs Revised Environmental Management Measures



SWMP Soil and Water Management Plan

CRSC Reconfiguration Soil and Water Management Sub Plan v


CRSC Reconfiguration Soil and Water Management Sub Plan 1

1 Introduction 1.1 Context This Soil and Water Management Sub Plan (SWMP) forms part of the Construction Environmental Management Process (CEMPr) for the Croom Regional Sporting Complex Reconfiguration (CRSC) (the Project).

This SWMP has been prepared to address the requirements of the conditions of approval (CoA) as set out in the Infrastructure Approval (SSI 6878 dated 30 January 2018), the Revised Environmental Management Measures (REMMs), the Utility Works Review of Environmental Factors (REF) and Addendum REF and all applicable legislation.

1.2 Background The Albion Park Rail bypass (APRb) Environmental Impact Statement (EIS), as amended by the Submissions and Preferred Infrastructure Report (SPIR), assessed the impacts of construction and operation of the Project on soils, surface water, hydrology, flooding and groundwater. The REF and Addendum REF assessed the impacts of utility work for the CRSC.

A number of environmental management measures and safeguards were identified to manage the potential impacts of the Project.

1.3 Environmental management systems overview The overall Environmental Management System for the Project is described in the CEMPr.

Management measures identified in this SWMP will be incorporated into site or activity specific Environmental Work Method Statements (EWMS) and Progressive Erosion and Sediment Control Plans (PESCP).

EWMS will be developed and signed off by environment and management representatives prior to associated works and construction personnel will be required to undertake works in accordance with the identified mitigation and management measures. PESCPs are designed for use as a practical guide and may be produced in conjunction with EWMS to provide more detailed site-specific environmental mitigation measures.

Used together, the CEMPr, sub plans, strategies, procedures, EWMS and PESCP form management guides that clearly identify required environmental management actions for reference by Contractor personnel and contractors.

The review and document control processes for this Plan are described in Sections 9 and 10 of the CEMPr.

1.4 Consultation CoA A11 requires the CRSC CEMPr to be prepared in consultation with relevant government agencies and Shellharbour City Council. In order to address this requirement, Roads and Maritime provided the draft CEMPr to the Office of Environment and Heritage (OEH), Environment Protection Authority (EPA), Department of Primary Industries (DPI) Water and Shellharbour City Council in January 2018. A summary of the comments relevant to the SWMP received from the EPA is provided in Table 1-1, together with a response as to how the comment has been addressed in the SWMP. No comments specific to the SWMP were provided by OEH, DPI Water or Shellharbour Council.


Table 1-1 Summary of CEMPr consultation comments relevant to the SWMP

SWMP Ref Summary of agency comment Response

EPA

App B4 - SWMP License limits for TSS, pH and Oil and Grease are specified under Section 7.4 and will be in EPL 20996. The EPA suggests that information is also provided in this document about establishing a relationship between turbidity and TSS, whereby turbidity limits could replace TSS limits at LDP1-LDP4.

Text addressing this requirement added in Section 7.4


2 Purpose and objectives 2.1 Purpose The purpose of this SWMP is to describe how construction impacts on soil and water quality will be minimised and managed.

2.2 Objectives The key objective of the SWMP is to ensure that impacts on soil and water quality are minimised. To achieve this objective, the following will be undertaken:

• ensure best management practice controls and procedures are implemented duringconstruction activities to avoid or minimise erosion/sedimentation impacts and potentialimpacts to water quality in rivers, creeks and groundwater along the Project corridor

• ensure appropriate measures are implemented to address the relevant CoA, REMMs andAddendum REF safeguards

• ensure appropriate measures are implemented to comply with all relevant legislation andother requirements as described in Section 3.1 of this SWMP.

2.3 Targets The following targets have been established for the management of soil and water impacts during the Project:


• meet environment protection licence (EPL) 20996 water quality discharge parameters forall planned basin discharges (ie those within design capacity)

• manage downstream water quality impacts attributable to the Project (ie maintainwaterway health by avoiding the introduction of nutrients, sediment and chemicalsoutside of that permitted by the EPL and/or ANZECC guidelines)

• ensure training on best practice soil and water management is provided to allconstruction personnel through site inductions.



3.1.1 Legislation

Legislation relevant to soil and water management includes:


• Environmental Planning and Assessment Regulation 2000

• Protection of the Environment Operations Act 1997

• Water Management Act 2000

• Fisheries Management Act 1994

• Commonwealth Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999

• Water Act 1912.



The main guidelines, specifications and policy documents relevant to this SWMP include:

• Australian and New Zealand Guidelines for Fresh and Marine Water Quality (ANZECCand ARMCANZ 2000)

• Department of Environment and Conservation (DEC): Bunding & Spill Management.Insert to the Environment Protection Manual for Authorised Officers - Technical section"Bu" November 1997

• Managing Urban Stormwater: Soils and Construction. Landcom, (4th Edition) March 2004(reprinted 2006) (the “Blue Book”). Volume 1 and Volume 2

• Volume 2A Installation of Services (DECCW 2008)

• Volume 2C Unsealed Roads (DECCW 2008)

• Volume 2D Main Roads Construction (DECCW 2008)

• DIPNR Roads and Salinity Guideline, 2003

• DLWC, 1998. Constructed Wetlands Manual

• Fairfull, S. and Witheridge, G. (2003) Why do Fish Need to Cross the Road? FishPassage Requirements for Waterway Crossings. NSW Fisheries, Cronulla, 16 pp

• NSW Fisheries, November 2003. Fishnote – Policy and Guidelines for Fish FriendlyWaterway Crossings (Ref: NSWF – 1181)

• Roads and Maritime Dewatering Guideline

• Roads and Maritime Pacific Highway Practice Note for Dewatering

• RTA’s Code of Practice for Water Management – Road Development and Management(1999)

• Approved Methods for the Sampling and Analysis of Water Pollutants in NSW – March2004


• Roads and Maritime Environment Direction Management of Tannins from Vegetation Mulch

• Stockpile Site Management Guideline, Roads and Maritime 2011

• Environmental Best Management Practice Guideline for Concreting Contractors, DEC, 2004.


3.2 Conditions of Approval The CoA relevant to this SWMP are listed Table 3-1 below. This includes reference to the timing of when the condition applies and responsibility for implementation.

Table 3-1 Conditions relevant to the SWMP

CoA No. Condition Requirement Resp Timing

E56 Erosion and sediment controls must be installed and appropriately maintained to minimise water pollution. When implementing such controls, any relevant guidance in the Managing Urban Stormwater series must be considered.


E89 Where available and practicable, and of appropriate chemical and biological quality, stormwater, recycled water or other water sources shall be used in preference to potable water for the delivery of the Project, including dust control.


E90 Drainage feature crossings (permanent and temporary watercourse crossings and stream diversions) and drainage swales and depressions must be undertaken in accordance with relevant guidelines and designed by a suitably qualified and experienced person in consultation with DPI Fisheries and the EPA.



3.3 Revised Environmental Management Measures (REMMs) The relevant REMMs detailed in the SPIR are listed in Table 3-2 below. This includes reference to the relevant issue, the timing of when the commitment applies and responsibility for implementation.

Table 3-2 REMMs relevant to this SWMP

Ref # Issue Management Measure Resp Timing

SW01 Stormwater runoff, risk of erosion and sedimentation, and risk to water quality

Industry standard erosion and sediment controls will be designed and implemented in accordance with the following specifications and guidelines: Managing Urban Stormwater: Soils and Construction (Landcom, 2004) Roads and Maritime's Erosion and Sedimentation Management Procedure

(PN143) Roads and Maritime’s Soil and Water Management Specification (G38) The Department of Primary Industry (Water) guidelines for Controlled

Activities Volume 2D Main Road Construction published (DECC, 2008). These controls will be established before the start of construction and maintained in effective working order for the duration of the construction period until the site is restored.



The construction environmental management plan will include a construction soil and water quality management plan to manage potential impacts on soils and receiving watercourses, to include, but not be limited to: Objectives and targets for soil and water quality management Information on the relevant statutory and other requirements relating to

soils and water quality, including any permits or licences required for the project

Details of any consultation requirements under the Plan An overview of the existing environment and potential impacts related to

the construction works Measures to manage impacts of the project including in relation to:

- Soils, erosion and sedimentation - Stockpile management - Spoil and fill management



Ref # Issue Management Measure Resp Timing - Surface water quality- Groundwater levels- Discharges from sedimentation basins, acid sulfate soil treatment

areas and groundwater de-watering- Acid sulfate soils and contaminated lands- Significant weather events (such as heavy rainfall or flooding)- Re-fuelling of vehicles and other equipment and accidental spills- Unexpected finds such as asbestos or contaminated fill

A surface water quality monitoring program that as a minimum addressesthe requirements of the project Environment Protection Licence

Auditing and reporting requirements Site inductions and training for construction personnel in the

implementation of the Plan.The strategy will be prepared in accordance with the relevant industry standard guidelines and procedures.


The size, location and number of temporary sedimentation basins to treat site runoff during construction will be confirmed during detailed design. The design process will consider the site constraints (such as topography and ecology), land take, and proximity to receiving waters and / or sensitive receiving waters. They will be designed in accordance with Managing Urban Stormwater: Soils and Construction (Landcom, 2004).


SW04 Accidental spills during construction

An emergency spill response procedure will be prepared to minimise the impact of any accidental spills, and include details on the requirements for managing spills, disposing of any contaminated waste, and reporting of any such incidents.


GW03 Interception of groundwater by water quality and detention basins

The potential for detention basins and water quality basins to intercept groundwater will be considered, and if identified as a potential impact, the detailed design will demonstrate how it has managed the impact.


HF01 Impacts on flood behaviour during construction

Temporary works will consider flood impacts during construction including flood duration as well as warning and response times. Should construction staging require a temporary departure from the design (e.g. higher embankments for preloading, temporary diversions or temporary crossings),



Ref # Issue Management Measure Resp Timing flood impacts will be assessed utilising the proposed design before finalising the approach.

HF02 Impacts on flood behaviour during construction

Where stockpiles are to be located in the floodplain, they will be located and sized to ensure that temporary impacts are not greater than those specified in the design criteria.


HF03 Impact of flooding on construction activities

For ancillary sites with flood immunity of less than 20 year ARI, a flood contingency plan will be prepared. This plan will consider likelihood of flooding, evacuation routes, warning times, and potential impacts from the site flooding. It will include, but not be limited to: any monitoring requirements to ensure advance notice of a flood event procedures to be implemented in the event of a flood details of the required training and staff inductions.


HF11 Emergency access and evacuation during construction

Consultation would be undertaken with the emergency services and the SES once the construction staging and program has been developed, to discuss any potential impacts on emergency access and flood evacuation, and (if required) alternative access / egress routes during construction.



3.4 REF Environmental Safeguards Relevant environmental safeguards detailed in the Addendum REF are listed Table 3-3 below.

Table 3-3 Addendum REF environmental safeguards


9 Soil and water management

Works must be undertaken in accordance with Roads and Maritime specifications, including but not limited to: - G38 Soil and Water Management (Soil and Water Management Plan) - R44 Earthworks (Cut, Fill, Imported Fill and Imported Selected Material) - R50 Stabilisation of Earthworks (where relevant)

Erosion and sediment control plans must be prepared for all discrete utility works Works within wetlands must be undertaken during dry conditions if feasible and in line

with an Environmental Work Method Statement to minimise water quality impacts. Industry standard erosion and sediment controls will be designed and implemented in

accordance with the following specifications and guidelines: - Managing Urban Stormwater: Soils and Construction (Landcom, 2004) - Roads and Maritime Erosion and Sedimentation Management Procedure

(PN143) - The Department of Primary Industry (Water) guidelines for Controlled Activities

These controls will be established before the start of construction and maintained in effective working order for the duration of the construction period until the site is restored.


The CEMP will include a Construction Soil and Water Quality Management Plan to manage potential impacts on soils and receiving watercourses, to include, but not limited to - Objectives and targets for soil and water quality management - Information on the relevant statutory and other requirements relating to soils and

water quality, including any permits or licences required for the project - Details of any consultation requirements under the Plan - An overview of the existing environment and potential impacts related to the

construction works

- Measures to manage impacts of the project including in relation to:




• soils, erosion and sedimentation• stockpile management• spoil and fill management• surface water quality• significant weather events (such as heavy rainfall or flooding)• re-fuelling of vehicles and other equipment and accidental spills• unexpected finds such as asbestos or contaminated fill

- Auditing and reporting requirements- Site inductions and training for construction personnel in the implementation of

the plan.

11 Flood management For ancillary sites with flood immunity of less than a 20 year ARI, a flood contingency plan will be prepared. This plan will consider likelihood of flooding, excavation routes, warning times, and potential impacts from the site flooding. It will include but not limited to;

any monitoring requirements to ensure advanced notice of a flood event procedures to be implemented in the event of a flood details of the required staff training and staff inductions.


12 Stockpile management

Stockpiles must be managed in accordance with the Stockpile Site Management Guideline EMS-TG-10 (RTA 2011).


13 Pollution Concrete washout must be carried out offsite or in concrete washout areas describedin the EWMS and/or CEMP and identified on the ESCP.

Procedures for testing, treatment and discharge of construction waste water must beas described in the EWMS and/or CEMP.

All fuels, chemicals, and liquids must be stored at least 50 metres away from anywaterways or drainage lines and must be stored in an impervious bunded area.

The refuelling of plant and maintenance of machinery must be undertaken inimpervious bunded areas.

Machinery must be checked daily to ensure there is no oil, fuel or other liquids leakingfrom the machinery.




14 Pollution incident An emergency spill response procedure will be prepared to minimise the impact ofany accidental spill, and include details on the requirement for managing spills,disposing of any contaminated waste and reporting of such incidents.

All staff must be appropriately trained through toolbox talks or similar for the minimisation and management of accidental spills.

If a spill occurs, Roads and Maritime's Environmental Incident Classification andManagement Procedure must be followed and Roads and Maritime's ContractManager notified as soon as possible.



4 Existing environment The following sections summarise what is known about factors influencing soils and water within and adjacent to the Project area.

4.1 Topography and soil characteristics The area in the vicinity of the CRSC is characterised by gently undulating hills of the Berry Formation. The geology of the area comprises bedrock of siltstone and sandstone. Basalt is also noted in the area. The project area has a local relief of about 20 metres and slopes in the order of five per cent.

Potential acid sulfate soils contain iron sulfides (pyrites), which may oxidise when exposed to air, resulting in the soil acidification and dissolved acid and metal discharge into nearby surface water bodies via surface water runoff and groundwater flows. Soil acidification and dissolved acid runoff can result in detrimental impacts on the health of land and aquatic plants and animals. The acid sulfate soil analyses in the EIS indicated that the project area is considered Class 5. Class 5 represents the lowest level of risk as acid sulphate soils are generally not found in these areas.

4.2 Surface water The project area drains into Frazers Creek, which feeds the Macquarie Rivulet watercourse. This watercourse is characterised by largely rural landscapes which are predominantly cleared for rural purposes such as grazing. This watercourse, and Lake Illawarra, comprise the receiving waters for the project, and have the potential to be impacted by the project during its construction.

There is also potential for impacts on surrounding sensitive receivers, such as threatened ecological communities and wetlands mapped under State Environmental Planning Policy No 14 - Coastal Wetlands (SEPP 14 wetlands).

A water sampling regime undertaken as part of the EIS concluded that the Macquarie Rivulet was already subject to an existing level of impact from the road network and other activities in the catchment. It is noted that the existing road network has limited provision for treating stormwater runoff from the road surface. This is likely contributing to some of the observed water quality issues, along with other land uses in the catchment, including the railway, urban development, agriculture and sporting fields.

A general qualitative evaluation of water quality from the EIS is provided in Table 4-1.

Table 4-1 Watercourses, wetlands and water quality

Location Waterways Summary of water quality

CRSC to Lake Illawarra

Macquarie Rivulet – Fed by Frazers Creek

Chlorophyll levels were well under the upper limit Nitrogen was over the upper limit Phosphorus was over the upper limit Dissolved oxygen was within the lower and upper

limits


4.3 Groundwater Based on the geology, the main groundwater unit is the sandstone and siltstone basement rock. This Permian consolidated rock is a simplified geological grouping of sandstone, siltstone and volcanics. The consolidated rock aquifer is semi-confined to unconfined. Groundwater flow in the project area generally drains towards Lake Illawarra.

Regarding water quality, 20 bores, all of which are located to the west of the project area, were assessed. The datasets were often limited to physical parameters (pH and electrical conductivity) and major ions (calcium, magnesium, potassium, sodium, sulphate, chloride and carbonates) for most of these bores. The majority of the data was collected between the 1960s and the late 1980s. Water quality was observed to be fresh to brackish, with the fresher groundwater located in the foothills. Based on the fact that the data collation and review in relation to contaminated soils did not identify any known sites of contamination, it is considered that there is a low likelihood of encountering contaminated groundwater.

Freshwater wetlands in the area may be only partly sustained by groundwater, relying primarily on surface water flows. A SEPP 14 wetland on Frazers Creek, located to the north of the project area, supports low-level vegetation and freshwater fauna, and is potentially partially supported by groundwater.

It is expected that only deep-rooted freshwater wetland communities would be reliant on groundwater. This would include the nearby Illawarra Lowland Grassy Woodland endangered ecological community, which is thought to be partially reliant on groundwater. This community is therefore considered to be a groundwater dependent ecosystem.

As identified in the EIS, there is a low risk of negative impacts on groundwater quality during the construction due to:

• earthworks

• disturbance of contaminated material (if present)

• vehicles, machinery and plant

• ancillary sites where stockpiling and chemical storage would be occur.

4.4 Rainfall The rainfall records from Albion Park (Wollongong Airport), BoM Site Number 068241, have been sourced from the Bureau of Meteorology online website and tabled below.

Table 4-2 Summary of rainfall records (1999 to 2017)

Summer / Autumn Winter / Spring

Dec Jan Feb Mar Apr Ma Jun July Aug Sep Oct Nov Year

Mean rainfall (mm) 67.9 73.8 141.8 111.1 79.3 59.8 97.4 54.1 57 45 66.8 81.2 922.7 Mean rain

days 11.7 11.1 11.9 11.9 11.6 8.2 9.9 7.8 7.9 8.4 9.7 12.7 122.8

Rainfall is typically higher during summer and autumn. Winter and spring are typically drier periods during the year.


4.5 Flooding Frazers Creek runs on the western side of the CRSC, draining into the Macquarie Rivulet. To the north of the existing CRSC cricket pitch, the creek meanders with floodplain flows to the west of the creek. Water is up to 2.5 metres deep at this location in the 100 year Average Recurrence Interval (ARI) flood event.

No changes to flood levels are predicted for the existing sporting grounds within the CRSC as a result of the works.


5 Environmental aspects and impacts 5.1 Construction activities Key aspects of the CRSC works that could result in adverse impacts to soils and water include:

• vegetation clearing and topsoil stripping

• bulk earthworks

• site access

• culvert and drainage works

• material stockpiles including the treatment of acid sulfate soil and rock

• paving activities

• water use / extraction

• ancillary site operation including fuel and chemical storage, refuelling and chemicalhandling

• noxious weed treatment including herbicide spraying.

Refer also to the Aspects and Impacts Register included in the CEMPr.

5.2 Impacts The potential for impacts on soil and water will depend on a number of factors. Primarily impacts will be dependent on the nature, extent and magnitude of construction activities and their interaction with the natural environment. Potential impacts attributable to construction might include:

• exposure of soils during vegetation clearing and earthworks, creating the potential for off-site transport of eroded sediments and pollutants

• production of tannins from mulch during clearing

• alteration of surface and subsurface flows that could cause disturbances to hydrologyand hydraulics

• intercepting with cuts perched water tables or layers of relatively low permeabilitysoil/rock that support surrounding ecosystems and groundwater sensitive areas

• a reduction in groundwater levels and flows, and off-site discharge of water containingsediment from dewatering activities

• interception and interference with an aquifer that could obstruct groundwater flow andlimit groundwater availability

• contamination of soils, and surface and groundwater from accidental spills or oil leaks.this might include grease or fuel from machinery and vehicles, construction sites orcompounds, or spills of other chemicals that may be used during the course ofconstruction

• disturbance of unidentified contaminated land and subsequent generation ofcontaminated runoff.

Relevant aspects and the potential for related impacts have been considered in a risk assessment in the CEMPr. Section 6 provides a suite of management measures that will be implemented to avoid or minimise project impacts.


6 Environmental management measures A range of environmental requirements and control measures are identified in the various environmental documents, including the EIS, SPIR, CoA, REF and other Roads and Maritime documents. Specific measures and requirements to address impacts on soil and water are outlined in Table 6-1.

The following procedures have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of CoA, EIS, SPIR, REF, Addendum REF and are attached to this SWMP:

• Annexure A – Contaminated land management plan

• Annexure B – Surface water quality monitoring program

• Annexure C – Pollution Incident Response Management Plan in accordance with EPL20996.

• Annexure D – Progressive erosion and sediment control plans (ESCPs)


Table 6-1 Soil and water management and mitigation measures

ID Measure When to implement

Responsibility Reference

SW01 Training will be provided to all project personnel, including relevant sub-contractors on sound erosion and sediment control practices and the requirements from this plan through inductions, toolboxes and targeted training.



REMM SW02 G38/G36 AREF 14

SW02 EPL 20996 for scheduled activities has been obtained and will be implemented for the Project. A copy of EPL 20996 licence will be kept at the CRSC site office. The EPL will be produced to any authorised officer of the EPA who asks to see it. The EPL will be available for inspection by any personnel working at the premises.

Construction / Post construction

Construction Manager POEO Act 1997

SW03 Industry standard erosion and sediment controls will be designed, implemented and maintained in accordance with the following specifications and guidelines: Managing Urban Stormwater: Soils and Construction Landcom, 2004) Roads and Maritime's Erosion and Sedimentation Management Procedure

(PN143) Roads and Maritime’s Soil and Water Management Specification (G38) The Department of Primary Industry (Water) guidelines for Controlled Activities. Volume 2D Main Road Construction (DECC, 2008)These controls will be established before the start of construction and maintained in effective working order for the duration of the construction period until the site is restored.

Construction Construction Manager / Environment Manager Superintendent / Foreman

CoA E56 REMM SW01 AREF 9

SW04 An Pollution Incident Response Management Plan (PIRMP) in accordance with the requirements of EPL 20996 will be prepared and implemented for emergency spill response to avoid and minimise the impact of any accidental spills, and include details on the requirements for managing spills, location of spill equipment/ kits, disposing of any contaminated waste, and reporting of any such incidents.

Construction Contractor REMM SW04 G36 EPL AREF 14 Annexure C

SW04a An EWMS will be prepared and implemented for sediment basin management and discharge. Basins will not be discharged until all monitoring and water quality criteria has been verified and documented in accordance with EPL 20996 (refer Section 7.4). The EWMS will include provisions for the following: sediment basins and associated drainage will be installed and commissioned

prior to the commencement of any clearing or grubbing works within the catchment area of the sediment basin that may cause sediment to leave the site

Construction Superintendent / Foreman

REMM SW02 REMM SW03 AREF 13 G36




sediment basins will be designed (stability, location, type and size), constructed,operated and maintained in accordance with the guideline Managing UrbanStormwater - Soils and Construction, Volume 2D, Main Road Construction(DECC 2008), to be read and used in conjunction with Managing UrbanStormwater: Soils and Construction (Landcom 2006).

the design storage capacity of the sediment basins will be reinstated within 5 days of the cessation of a rainfall event that causes runoff to occur on or fromthe site

the LDPs for water discharged from the sediment basins will be provided andmaintained in an appropriate condition to permit:- the clear identification of each sediment basin and discharge point- the collection of representative samples of water discharged from the

sediment basins- access to the sampling points at all times by an authorised officer of the

EPA.

SW05 An EWMS will be prepared and implemented for stockpile management. Stockpiles must be managed in accordance with the Stockpile Site Management Guideline EMS-TG-10 (RTA 2011).


Construction Manager / Environment Manager Superintendent / Foreman

AREF 12 G36

SW07 Progressive erosion and sediment control plans (ESCPs) will be prepared and implemented in advance of construction, including earthworks and stockpiling. ESCPs and will be updated as required.


Environment Officer / Foreman

G38 Annexure D

SW08 Works will be programmed to minimise the duration and extent of soil left exposed. This includes minimising the time between clearing and initial earthworks and commencement of subsequent works in intermittent and permanent watercourses.


Superintendent / Foreman

G38

SW09 Wastewater or “dirty” water generated during the construction process will, wherever possible, be collected, treated and disposed of by appropriate means. In areas where it is not possible to direct dirty water to sediment basins, other sediment controls will be implemented in accordance with “Blue Book” best practice.


G38

SW10 Clean and dirty water runoff will be adequately separated to avoid mixing where possible through the use of diversions, clean water drains, and the early installation of permanent drainage infrastructure. This will include: diversion of run-on waters from lands upslope and around the site while land

disturbance activities are being undertaken. diversion of stormwater runoff containing turbid water and suspended solids to

the site sediment basins


G38




control of runoff from all areas that will mobilise suspended solids and diversion through appropriate erosion and sediment control measures

minimisation of the area of the site that is able to generate suspended material when water runs over it.

SW11 Exposed batter slopes, and other areas exposed for extended periods but not worked, will be protected from erosion during construction through temporary seeding, or the early implementation of permanent stabilisation measures eg topsoiling, seeding, revegetation.


G38

SW12 Catch drains and diversion banks will be installed before earthworks commence. Construction Superintendent / Foreman

G38

SW13 Erosion and sediment control structures will remain installed and maintained until 70% of the disturbed area beyond the pavement is adequately stabilised.


G38

SW14 Ancillary sites, access tracks, stockpile sites and temporary work areas will be located to minimise erosion.



G38

SW15 Hardstand material, rumble grids or similar will be provided at exit points from construction areas onto public roads to minimise the tracking of soil and particulates onto public roads.



G38

SW16 Erosion and sediment controls will be provided to minimise mud tracking. Vehicle movements from site will be minimised during wet weather if the tracking of mud may become an issue. Any mud tracking on roads will be removed as soon as possible.



Good practice G38

SW17 Loose rock, soil, debris etc will be removed from road surfaces (including sweeping of the road) as soon as practical or at a minimum at the end of each work shift.



G38

SW18 Scour protection will be installed at the base of permanent and temporary drainage outlets.

Construction Engineers G38

SW19 Drainage works will be stabilised against erosion by appropriate selection of channel dimensions, slope and lining, and the inclusion, if necessary, of drop structures and energy dissipaters.

Construction Engineers Good practice

SW20 Culverts and permanent stream protection measures will be installed as early as possible in the construction program to facilitate transverse drainage during the early stages of construction.


Good practice

SW21 All sediment basins and associated drainage will be installed and commissioned prior to the commencement of clearing, grubbing and topsoil removal.


G38




SW22 Water captured in sediment basins, recycled water and other water sources will be reused for dust suppression, compaction, or other construction activities in preference to potable water, where these meet chemical and biological quality requirements.


CoA E89 G38

SW23 All sediment basin discharge points will be clearly identified and access made available at all times for inspections or management. Sediment basins will also have a depth meter showing the 60% sediment storage zone.


SW24 Concrete trucks and other vehicles will be washed out in designated, impervious concrete washout areas. These areas must be appropriately signposted and be at least 100 m from areas prone to flash flooding and 50 m away from other natural and built drainage lines. Concrete washout must be carried out offsite or in concrete washout areas described in the EWMS and/or CEMP and identified on the ESCP.


AREF 13 G38

SW25 Refuelling, maintenance of plant and equipment, mix cutting oil with bitumen, or any other activity which may result in spillage of a chemical, fuel or lubricant will not be undertaken at any location which drains directly to waters or environmentally sensitive areas, unless appropriate temporary bunding has been provided. Refuelling operations will not be left unattended.


AREF 13 G36

SW26 Tannin leachate will be managed in accordance with the RMS Environmental Direction for the Management of Tannins from Vegetation Mulch.

Construction Environment Manager / Foreman

G38

SW27 Vegetation and mulch erosion and sediment control filters will only be used where it can be demonstrated that tannin leachate will not be discharged from the site either overland or into groundwater.

Construction Environment Manager / Foreman

Good practice

SW28 Acid sulfate soils and potential acid sulfate soils will be managed in accordance with the Guidelines for the Management of Acid Sulphate materials: Acid Sulphate Soils, Acid Sulphate Rock and Monosulphidic Black Ooze (RTA 2005).

Construction Foreman / Superintendent / Environment Manager

CoA E88 Annexure A

SW29 Potentially contaminated land, spoil or fill will be managed in accordance with the Contaminated Land Management Sub-Plan including immediately stopping works in the vicinity and notifying the Environmental Representative and Roads and Maritime Representative..

Construction Foreman / Superintendent / Environment Manager

G36 CoA E60 & E61 Annexure A

SW30 Progressive revegetation will be carried out. Construction Superintendent / Foreman

G38




SW31 Rainfall forecasts will be monitored daily and the site managed to minimise the erosion and sedimentation impacts of heavy rainfall and flood events.

Construction Superintendent / Foreman / Environmental Manager / Environment Officer

HF01 G38

SW32 Rainfall at the premises will be measured and recorded in millimetres per 24-hour period at the same time each day from the time that the site office associated with the activities is established.

Construction Superintendent / Foreman / Environmental Manager / Environment Officer

Good practice

SW33 Erosion and sediment controls will be inspected at least daily (with maintenance and/or modifications made as necessary). Inspections and/or maintenance will also be conducted as soon as practicable but at least within 3 hours (during normal work hours) or 24 hours (outside normal work hours) of the start of a rainfall event causing runoff on the site and during periods of prolonged rainfall.

Construction Foreman G38 Annexure D

SW34 Records of the following will be maintained: Register of inspection and maintenance measures Approvals and licences to extract water Dewatering records Approval notices to locate stockpiles on private land Records of spill prevention measures and responses Approvals, licences and permits


G36 & G38

SW35 Where stockpiles are to be located in the floodplain, they will be located and sized to ensure that temporary impacts are not greater than those specified in the design criteria.

Contractor Construction HF01

SW36 Machinery will be checked daily to ensure there is no oil, fuel or other liquids leaking from the machinery.

Contractor Construction AREF 13


7 Compliance management 7.1 Roles and responsibilities The Contractor’s environment related roles and responsibilities are outlined in Section 4.2 of the CEMPr. Specific responsibilities for the implementation of environmental controls are detailed in Section 6 of this SWMP.

7.2 Training All employees, contractors and utility staff working on site will undergo site induction training relating to soil and water management issues. The induction training will address elements related to soil and water management including:

• existence and requirements of this SWMP


• roles and responsibilities for soil and water management

• the location of ASS or PASS

• water quality management and protection measures

• procedure to be implemented in the event of an unexpected discovery of contaminated land.

Targeted training in the form of toolbox talks or specific training will also be provided to personnel with a key role in soil and water management. Examples of training topics include:

• ERSED control installation methodology

• sediment basin construction.

• sediment basin operation

• sediment basin maintenance

• working near or in drainage lines and creeks

• emergency response measures in high rainfall events

• preparedness for high rainfall events

• lessons learnt from incidents and other event eg high rainfall/flooding

• mulch and tannin management

• spill response

• stockpile location criteria

• identification of potentially contaminated spoil and fill material.


7.3 Monitoring and inspections Regular monitoring and inspections will be undertaken in the lead up to, during and following construction. Monitoring and inspections will include, but not be limited to:

• upstream and downstream of the project water quality monitoring at nominated locations

• groundwater monitoring, both level and quality at nominated locations


• monitoring of groundwater dependent endangered ecological communities to evaluatehealth and vitality

• construction sediment basin water quality prior to discharge (refer Section 7.4 below)

• weekly and post rainfall inspections to evaluate the effectiveness of erosion and sedimentcontrols measures in accordance with Section 8.1.1 of the CEMPr.

Rainfall at the site will be measured and recorded in millimetres per 24 hour period at the same time each day from the time that the site office associated with the CRSC is established.

The type, timing, frequency, assessment criteria and associated reporting requirements are detailed in the Contractor’s Water Quality Monitoring Program.

Additional requirements and responsibilities in relation to inspections are documented in Section 8.1 of the CEMPr.

7.4 Licenses and permits EPL 20996 has been obtained for “extractive activities”. The EPL prescribes the water quality parameters for the purposes of the monitoring and the setting of limits for discharges of pollutants to water. It also details the monitoring and analytical requirements.

The Licenced Discharge Points (LDP) approved in EPL 20996 are listed in Table 7-1.

Table 7-1 CRSC Licensed Discharge Points under EPL 20996

LDP Type of Monitoring/ Discharge Point

Location Description

LDP1 Discharge to waters Water quality monitoring

Sediment Basin 1 - Identified on drawing MMD-366050-C-DR-CV-01-0201.Northwest corner of site, located SW of existing Cricket/AFL oval, draining to Frazers Creek


Sediment Basin 2 - Identified on drawing MMD-366050-C-DR-CV-01-0202.Located West of Hockey Fields, draining to Frazers Creek.


Sediment Basin 3 - Identified on drawing MMD-366050-C-DR-CV-01-0203.Located West of new junior Cricket and AFL oval draining to Frazers Creek.


Sediment Basin 4 - Identified on drawing MMD-366050-C-DR-CV-01-0202.Located West of new junior Cricket and AFL oval draining to Frazers Creek.

The water quality discharge criteria which apply to the LDPs are listed in Table 7-2.


Table 7-2 EPL 20996 Discharge water quality criteria

Parameter Criteria Sampling method

Frequency of Sampling

Analytical method

pH 6.5 –8.5 Probe Daily during discharge

Field analysis and confirmed as required with laboratory assessment

Total Suspended Solids 50 mg/L Grab sample Daily during

discharge Laboratory analysis

Oil and Grease No visible Visual inspection Daily during discharge

Field analysis and confirmed as required with laboratory assessment

Monitoring will be done in accordance with Approved Methods for the Sampling and Analysis of Water Pollutants in NSW (EPA, 2004).

Exceedance of the limits specified in Table 7-2 for pH and TSS for discharges from LDPs 1, 2, 3, and 4 is only permitted when the 5 day total rainfall at the site exceeds 41.9 mm.

The Contractor may use turbidity (NTU) in place of TSS to determine compliance with the TSS limits in Table 7-2, provided a statistical correlation is developed which identifies the relationship between NTU and TSS for water quality from the discharge points in order to determine the NTU equivalent of 50 mg/L TSS before its use.

7.5 Auditing Audits will be undertaken to assess the effectiveness of environmental controls, compliance with this SWMP, CoA and other relevant approvals, REF, licenses and guidelines.




8 Review and improvement 8.1 Continuous improvement Continuous improvement of this SWMP will be achieved by the ongoing evaluation of environmental management performance against environmental policies, objectives and targets for the purpose of identifying opportunities for improvement.








8.2 SWMP update and amendment The processes described in Section 8 and Section 9 of the CEMPr may result in the need to update or revise this SWMP. This will occur as needed.

Any revisions to the SWMP will be in accordance with the process outlined in Section 1.6 of the CEMPr.


Annexure A Contaminated Land Management Sub Plan


MARCH 2018

CRSC Contaminated Land Management Sub Plan i


2 Purpose and objectives ............................................................................................. 1 2.1 Purpose ............................................................................................................ 1 2.2 Scope ............................................................................................................... 1

3 Environmental requirements ..................................................................................... 1 3.1 Relevant legislation and guidelines ................................................................... 1 3.2 Conditions of Approval ...................................................................................... 2 3.3 Revised Environmental Management Measures ............................................... 3 3.4 Addendum REF environmental safeguards ....................................................... 4

4 Areas of Known Contamination ................................................................................ 5 4.1 Environmental Controls ..................................................................................... 5

5 Acid Sulfate Soils ....................................................................................................... 6

6 Unexpected Finds Procedure .................................................................................... 7

Tables Table 3-1 Conditions relevant to the CLMSP .................................................................... 2 Table 3-2 Revised environmental management measures relevant to this CLMP ............. 3 Table 3-3 Addendum REF safeguards relevant to this CLMSP ......................................... 4 Table 4-1 Potential Contaminated Sites within the CRSC ................................................. 5

Figures Figure 6-1 Unexpected Finds Procedure ............................................................................ 8

Attachments Attachment A – Acid Sulfate Soil Management Procedure

CRSC Reconfiguration Contaminated Land Management Sub Plan 1

1 Introduction This Contaminated Land Management Sub Plan (CLMSP) forms Annexure A to the Soil and Water Management Plan (SWMP) for the Croom Regional Sporting Complex (CRSC) Reconfiguration (the Project).

This CLMSP has been prepared to address the requirements of the conditions of approval (CoA) as set out in the Infrastructure Approval (SSI 6878 dated 30 January 2018), the Revised Environmental Management Measures (REMMs), the Utility Works Review of Environmental Factors (REF) and Addendum REF and all applicable legislation.

2 Purpose and objectives 2.1 Purpose The purpose of this CLMSP is to outline how construction impacts on contaminated land will be minimised and managed. This CLMSP provides information for dealing with: • areas of known contamination• unexpected contamination finds, including asbestos• any land contamination resulting from construction activities• acid sulfate soils.

2.2 Scope This Procedure is applicable to all activities conducted by personnel on the CRSC Reconfiguration that have the potential to encounter contaminated soil and/or material.


3.1.1 Legislation

Legislation relevant to contaminated land management includes: • Contaminated Land Management Act 1997

Relevant provisions of the above legislation are explained in the register of legal and other requirements included in Appendix A1 of the CEMP.

3.1.2 Guidelines

The main guidelines, specifications and policy documents relevant to this CLMSP include: • Roads and Maritime QA Specification G36 – Environmental Protection (Management

System)• Acid Sulfate Soil Manual (ASSMAC 1998)• Acid Sulfate Soil and Rock – Victorian EPA Publication 655.1 – July 2009• RMS Guideline for the Management of Contamination (RMS 2013)• Waste Classification Guidelines (EPA 2014)• Guidelines for the Management of Acid Sulphate materials: Acid Sulphate Soils, Acid

Sulphate Rock and Monosulphidic Black Ooze (RTA 2005).


3.2 Conditions of Approval Relevant conditions are listed in Table 3-1 below. This includes reference to the relevant issue, the timing of when the condition applies and responsibility for implementation.

Table 3-1 Conditions relevant to the CLMSP

Ref # Management Measure Timing Resp CLMSP Ref

E57 A Site Contamination Report, documenting the outcomes of Stage 1 and Stage 2 contamination assessments of land upon which the SSI is to be carried out, that is suspected, or known to be, contaminated must be prepared by a suitably qualified and experienced person in accordance with guidelines made or approved under the Contaminated Land Management Act 1997 (NSW).

Pre-Construction

Contractor Section 4

E58 If a Site Contamination Report prepared under Condition E57 finds such land contains contamination, a site audit is required to determine the suitability of a site for a specified use. If a site audit is required, a Site Audit Statement and Site Audit Report must be prepared by a NSW EPA Accredited Site Auditor. Contaminated land must not be used for the purpose approved under the terms of this approval until a Site Audit Statement is obtained that declares the land is suitable for that purpose and any conditions on the Site Audit Statement have been complied with.

N/A N/A N/A

E59 A copy of the Site Audit Statement and Site Audit Report must be submitted to the Secretary and Relevant Council(s) for information no later than one (1) month before the commencement of operation.

N/A N/A N/A

E60 An Unexpected Contaminated Land and Asbestos Finds Procedure must be prepared and must be followed should unexpected contaminated land or asbestos be excavated or otherwise discovered during construction.

Construction Contractor Section 6

E61 The Unexpected Contaminated Land and Asbestos Finds Procedure must be implemented throughout construction.


E88 Strategies for the management of Acid Sulfate Soils during works must be implemented.

Construction Contractor Section 5 Attachment A


3.3 Revised Environmental Management Measures Relevant REMMS detailed in the SPIR are listed in Table 3-2 below. This includes reference to the relevant issue, the timing of when the commitment applies, relevant documents or sections of the environmental assessment influencing the outcome and implementation.

Table 3-2 Revised environmental management measures relevant to this CLMP

Issue Ref # Management Measure Timing Responsibility CLMSP Reference

Unexpected finds

SW01 The CEMP will include a construction soil and water quality management plan to manage potential impacts on soils and receiving watercourses, to include, but not be limited to: … Unexpected finds such as asbestos or contaminated fill… The strategy will be prepared in accordance with the relevant industry standard guidelines and procedures.

Pre-construction Contractor Appendix B4 SWMP

Section 6

Areas of potential concern

SW05 Areas of potential environmental concern with respect to contamination are identified in the EIS. The risks posed by work in these areas will be evaluated and managed through a Phase 2 Assessment including:

a review of historical information targeted sampling and analysis of samples at the areas

of potential environmental concern in accordance with the National Environmental Protection (Assessment of Site Contamination) Measure (2013).

In the event the Phase 2 Assessment identifies any areas of contamination that are to be impacted by the project, the Construction Environmental Management Plan will include a strategy to manage these areas, prepared in accordance with the Guidelines for the Management of Contamination (Roads and Maritime, 2013).

Pre-Construction Construction

Contractor Section 4


3.4 Addendum REF environmental safeguards Relevant environmental safeguards detailed in the Addendum REF are listed Table 3-3 below.

Table 3-3 Addendum REF safeguards relevant to this CLMSP

Ref # Impact Environmental Safeguard Timing Resp CLMSP Ref

15 Contamination If signs of contaminated soils are discovered (e.g. smell,discolouration, suspect rubbish), the site must be marked and thesoil replaced to cover the contamination.

The soil must be analysed without delay to determine the type ofcontamination

Appropriate management actions must be developed andimplemented.


16 ASS Management

An Acid Sulphate Soil Management plan must be prepared for any works likely to disturb potential ASS. The plan must be prepared in accordance with Guidelines for the Management of Acid Sulfate Materials: Acid Sulfate Soils, Acid Sulfate Rock and Monosulfidic Black Ooze (RTA 2005).

Construction Contractor Section 5 Attachment A


4 Areas of Known Contamination Potential areas of contamination within the CRSC works are documented in Environmental Site Assessment – PAEC A1: Southern Envirocycle System (Hyder Cardno JV, 2017). The only potentially contaminated area identified within the CRSC was a recycled water treatment facility. Table 4-1 below provides further information about the facility.

Table 4-1 Potential Contaminated Sites within the CRSC

Location (the site) Land Use Potential contamination type Potential impact

Lot 3 DP 549511

Lot 2 DP 605565

Recreational A variety of Chemicals of Potential Concern (COPCs)

Impacted

The assessment found no COPCs present at concentrations above the Tier 1 human health or ecological screening values. The soils meet the ‘unrestricted use’ biosolids classification and can be applied to a variety of land uses including public contact sites and urban landscaping. The assessment indicated that the potential risks to human health and/or the environment, associated with the microbiological constituents, are low and acceptable.

4.1 Environmental Controls The following management measures will be implemented for the CRSC works:

• should soil require off-site disposal, a separate waste classification letter will be prepared to accompany the soil to an appropriately licenced landfill

• where earthwork activities result in the disturbance or removal of wastewater infrastructure and faecal coliform contaminated soils, validation sampling will be undertaken of the residual soils, to confirm the underlying soils meet the Unrestricted Use criteria. Validation sampling will be undertaken in accordance with relevant regulatory guidance including the National Environment Protection (Assessment of Site Contamination) Measure 1999, as amended 2013. Should such validation sampling identify risk to human health or the environment, these will be managed in accordance with the Contaminated Land Management Act 1997

• infrastructure will be removed in accordance with relevant guidelines and industry best practice (e.g. Wollongong City Council’s ‘Guidelines for the decommissioning, reuse, removal and relocation of septic tanks; collection wells and aerated wastewater treatment systems’)

• a suitably qualified environmental consultant will attend the site during decommissioning and removal of the Envirocycle system to verify suitability of the residual soils surrounding the holding tanks and pipework.


5 Acid Sulfate Soils The NSW Coastal Acid Sulfate Soils Risk Mapping Series (Department of Land and Water Conservation, 1995) maps five classes acid of sulfate soil risk on the basis of the potential impacts that may result from different types of work. In the context of soil disturbance, Class 1 represents the highest risk and Class 5 the lowest risk.

The CRSC is located on land classified as Class 5 (low risk). Impacts due to acid sulfate soils (ASS) are therefore not anticipated for the CRSC reconfiguration works.

Any unexpected acid sulfate soils encountered will be managed in accordance with the Unexpected Finds Procedure (refer Section 6) and the Contractor’s Acid Sulphate Soil Management plan, which has been prepared in accordance with Guidelines for the Management of Acid Sulfate Materials: Acid Sulfate Soils, Acid Sulfate Rock and Monosulfidic Black Ooze (RTA 2005) (Attachment A).


6 Unexpected Finds Procedure 1. Potential Contaminated Soil/Material Encountered during Construction Activities

If potential contaminated soil/ asbestos /material is encountered during excavation/ construction activities:

• STOP ALL WORK in the immediate/affected area.

• Immediately notify the Environment Manager (EM), the Environmental Representativeand Roads and Maritime Representative.

• Recommence works in an alternate area where practicable.

2. Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)

Prior to any contamination investigation/management, appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) is to be worn as per the relevant Material Safety Data Sheet(s) (MSDS).

This may include, but not be limited to:

• eye goggles

• face mask

• rubber boots

• rubber gloves

• work clothes (ie long sleeve shirt/pants and steel capped boots).

3. Undertake a Site/Area Contamination Investigation

The G36 Hold Point for 6.15 Contaminated Land must be implemented.

The EM or Environmental Officer (EO) is to assess the situation and if considered necessary, commission a suitably qualified contamination specialist to undertake a contamination investigation in the area of the find.

The material is to be classified in accordance with the Waste Classification Guidelines (EPA, 2014).

If necessary, the EM will liaise with the relevant authorities to determine the appropriate management options.

The EM (in consultation with specialists) will determine the appropriate management measures to be implemented. This may include treatment or offsite disposal. If the material is to be disposed of offsite, ensure the waste facility is appropriately licensed.

If the material is determined to be acid sulfate soil or potential acid sulfate soil, the Guidelines for the Management of Acid Sulphate materials: Acid Sulphate Soils, Acid Sulphate Rock and Monosulphidic Black Ooze (RTA 2005) are to be followed.

4. Remedial Action

Remedial actions are to be incorporated into specific Environmental Work Method Statements (EWMS) and training provided to site personnel and subcontractors through inductions and toolbox training sessions. Remedial works are to be undertaken in line with the EWMS.


5. Recommence Works

Recommence works once remedial works have been implemented. The EM grants approval once hold point is released.

The Unexpected Find Procedure is summarised in Figure 6-1.

Figure 6-1 Unexpected Finds Procedure

CRSC Reconfiguration Contaminated Land Management Sub Plan

Attachment A – Acid Sulfate Soil Management procedure

CRSC Reconfiguration Contaminated Land Management Sub Plan


Acid Sulphate Soil Management Procedure CRSC

Title: Acid Sulphate Soil Management Procedure | Version 1 Revision 2 Effective Date: 21 March 2018 | Page 1 of 2

1. Site Description

The Croom Regional Sports Complex (CRSC) forms part of the Albion Park Rail Bypass Project, State Significant Infrastructure approved by the Minister for Planning on 30th January 2018. The CRSC project involves the reconfiguration of the existing sporting facilities, including the construction of new sporting fields, buildings and associated utilities. This Acid Sulphate Soil Management Procedure forms part of the Soil and Water Management Plan (SWMP), which in turn forms part of the Construction Environmental Management Process (CEMPr) for the CRSC.

The CRSC is located on the volcanic sandstones of the Berry Formation, an erosional landform of the Frazers Creek catchment. The depositional environment of the Berry Formation, combined with the erosional nature of the current landform, presents minimal risk of PASS materials within the project site. The project site is classified as an area of Class 5 Acid Sulphate Soil, which are generally listed as at risk of acidification only due to the potential presence of PASS material on surrounding facies, with further controls only required where disturbance may significantly alter the groundwater table in surrounding at-risk areas.

This Acid Sulphate Soil Management Procedure has been developed in consideration of the Acid Sulfate Soil Manual (ASSMAC 1998), and to meet the requirements of RMS Specification G36 for the CRSC.

2. Previous Studies

The EIS and SPIR both examined the risk related to Acid Sulphate Soils on the Albion Park Rail Bypass. Geotechnical investigations identified areas of PASS along the proposed motorway footprint in the Yallah area, however no areas of concern were identified in the footprint of the CRSC project site.

3. Identification of PASS/ASS Material

Due to the geology of the project site and results of previous geotechnical investigations, a reactive approach will be taken with regard to PASS material on the project site. This will involve daily examination of material for the duration of any bulk excavations on site, generally associated with the development of the AFL/cricket oval. Daily inspections will include a visual observation of the mineralogy of the excavated material focusing on the following:

Is the excavated material saturated – ASS risk is elevated where saturated soils aredewatered;

Is there are mottling of material – further evidence of saturated soils Are there any yellow flecks – sulphurous matter can often indicate ASS risk;

Where there is evidence of both saturated soils and sulphurous material, pH testing of a soil slurry will be undertaken to determine the presence of PASS/ASS materials. This testing is to be undertaken by mixing deionized water with the suspect soil and adding peroxide or a similar strong oxidising agent. Where the pH of this slurry is below 5.5, the soil will be managed as per the below management process.

4. Management of PASS/ASS Material

Where PASS/ASS material is confirmed, testing of the material will be undertaken to determine an appropriate rate of liming to neutralize any acid generated by the material.

Acid Sulphate Soil Management Procedure CRSC

Title: Acid Sulphate Soil Management Procedure | Version 1 Revision 2 Effective Date: 21 March 2018 | Page 2 of 2

Gypsum or agricultural lime will then be spread across the material at the required rate and ripped to ensure adequate mixing, prior to final placement on site.

CRSC Reconfiguration Soil and Water Management Sub Plan

Annexure B - Surface water quality monitoring program

Surface Water Quality Monitoring Program CRSC

Title: Surface Water Quality Monitoring Program | Version 1 Revision 1 Effective Date: 08 March 2018 | Page 1 of 2

1. Site DescriptionThe Croom Regional Sports Complex (CRSC) forms part of the Albion Park Rail Bypass Project, State Significant Infrastructure approved by the Minister for Planning on 30th January 2018. The CRSC project involves the reconfiguration of the existing sporting facilities, including the construction of new sporting fields, buildings and associated utilities. This Surface Water Quality Monitoring Program forms part of the Soil and Water Management Plan (SWMP), which in turn forms part of the Construction Environmental Management Process (CEMPr) for the CRSC.

The CRSC involves significant earthworks, including the bulk earthworks associated with the construction of a new AFL/cricket field, as well as large areas of disturbed surfaces during construction of other sporting fields. All disturbed areas will report to temporary sedimentation basins to be constructed prior to significant ground disturbance. Any overflows or releases form the sediment dams are licensed by the EPA through EPL 20996, with monitoring required to ensure compliance with license limits.

2. Monitoring ProgramThe following licensed discharge points are listed in EPL 20996, and are to be monitored for the analytes and at the frequencies described below. All discharge points are to be signed with the EPL Ref and Sediment Basin number following construction.

Location of Monitoring Points: EPL Ref Sediment Dam # Location

1 Sediment Basin 1 Northwest corner of site, located SW of existing Cricket/AFL oval, draining to Frazers Creek

2 Sediment Basin 2 Located West of Hockey Fields, draining to Frazers Creek

3 Sediment Basin 3 Located West of new junior Cricket and AFL oval draining to Frazers Creek

4 Sediment Basin 4 Located West of new junior Cricket and AFL oval draining to Frazers Creek

Monitoring parameters and frequencies for each licensed discharge point

Analyte Unit of measure

Sampling Method Sampling Frequency Investigation

Criteria

Oil and Grease Visible Visual check Daily during discharge Not visible

pH - In situ sample Daily during discharge 6.5 – 8.5

TSS mg/L Grab sample Daily during discharge ≤ 50

3. Turbidity as a substitute for Suspended SolidsIt is envisaged that for each sampling episode, in situ sampling for turbidity will also be undertaken, to allow a comparison with TSS. The statistical correlation between these analytes will be assessed, and where a close correlation is demonstrated in accordance with condition L2.6 of EPL 20996, Cleary Bros will request the EPA approve the sampling of turbidity in lieu of TSS. This will allow demonstration of compliance in real time, allowing

Surface Water Quality Monitoring Program CRSC

Title: Surface Water Quality Monitoring Program | Version 1 Revision 1 Effective Date: 08 March 2018 | Page 2 of 2

improved management of captured stormwater. Once approval is approved from the EPA, sampling for TSS will no longer be undertaken.

4. Review and ReportingMonitoring results are to be reviewed by the Cleary Bros Environmental Manager on the day of receiving results, to assess compliance with the requirements of EPL 20996. Where all parameters are within the license limits described above, the water will be released if it cannot be reused on the site. Where the pH or TSS/turbidity are outside of the license limits, the total quantity of rainfall recorded by the site in the previous 5 days will be calculated, and where this is greater than 41.9mm, the water will be released if it cannot be reused on the site. In each case the project will be considered as complying with license limits.

Where any sediment basin has overflowed without an active release of water, the total rainfall recorded over the previous 5 days shall be calculated. Where this quantity exceeds 41.9mm, the recorded values for pH and TSS/turbidity will not be considered in assessing compliance with EPL 20996. Where rainfall during the preceding 5 days does not exceed 41.9mm, the discharge will only be considered compliant with EPL 20996 where the investigation criteria in the table above have not been exceeded, otherwise the discharge will be considered a non-compliant discharge. the adequacy of the size of the sedimentation basin will assessed following dewatering.

Monitoring results from any compliant discharge will be reported to the Cleary Bros website within 14 days of receiving results. In the event of a non-compliant discharge, Cleary Bros will provide verbal notification to RMS and the EPA immediately, and an investigation will be undertaken into the cause of the non-compliance in line with Section 8.3 of the CEMPr and condition M5 of EPL 20096.


Annexure C - Pollution Incident Response Management Plan

Pollution Incident Response Management Plan CRSC

Title: Pollution Incident Response Management Plan | Version 1 Revision 2 Effective Date: 21 March 2018 | Page 1 of 6

1. Definitions

Terms Definitions / Abbreviations

Incident An unplanned event which causes or has the potential to cause injury, damage or environmental failure.

Pollution Incident

Means an incident or set of circumstances during or as a consequence of which there is or is likely to be a leak, spill of other escape or deposit of a substance, as a result of which pollution has occurred, is occurring or is likely to occur. It includes an incident or set of circumstances in which a substance has been placed or disposed of on premises, but it does not include an incident or set of circumstances involving only the emission of any noise. A pollution incident is required to be notified if there is a risk of “material harm to the environment”.

Emergency Controller Project Manager

Environmental Officer Cleary Bros Environment Manager

2. Site Description And Likelihood Of Hazards

The Croom Regional Sports Complex (CRSC) forms part of the Albion Park Rail Bypass Project, State Significant Infrastructure approved by the Minister for Planning on 30th January 2018. The CRSC project involves the reconfiguration of the existing sporting facilities, including the construction of new sporting fields, buildings and associated utilities. This Pollution Incident Response Management Plan forms part of the Soil and Water Management Plan (SWMP), which in turn forms part of the Construction Environmental Management Process (CEMPr) for the CRSC. As the CRSC project operates under EPL 20996, a Pollution Incident Response Management Plan (PIRMP) is required to be prepared and maintained.

The CRSC involves significant earthworks, including the bulk earthworks associated with the construction of a new AFL/cricket field, as well as large areas of disturbed surfaces during construction of other sporting fields. Various mobile equipment operate on site with the potential to affect local air quality if not well managed. Similarly, various chemicals and fuels are stored or used on the site, including the refuelling of mobile plant.

There are no major hazards to human health or the environment associated with the execution of the CRSC project. Low to moderate hazards include the following:

Risk to offsite water quality due to large areas of surface disturbance in the eventrainfall event exceeds the capacity of the sedimentation basins

Risk to local air quality due to large areas of surface disturbance Risk of land and water contamination due to storage, use and transfer of chemicals

including fuels on the site or the decommissioning of the Envirocycle unit

3. Pre-Emptive Actions To Be Taken

The Soil and Water Management sub-plan for the project outlines various actions that will be taken to reduce the risk of surface water quality impacts including:

Construction of sedimentation basins at the commencement of works in an area,which have been sized to an 85th percentile 5-day event, providing the required levelof protection for sensitive sites in accordance with the Blue Book;



Reducing time and extent of areas subject to ground disturbance, in accordancewith the project schedule;

Implementing all feasible and reasonable sediment control devices in line with theConstruction Industry Blue Book;

Training and education of all site personnel of their obligations regarding soil andwater management; and

Monitoring of the quality of any surface water discharges from sediment basins.

The Air Quality Management sub-plan for the project outlines various actions that will be taken to reduce the risk of impacts to the local airshed including:

Reducing time and extent of areas subject to ground disturbance, in accordancewith the project schedule;

Use of dust suppression including water carts on the site; Covering of vehicles transporting construction material/waste; Progressive rehabilitation/spray-grassing of disturbed areas; Modifying site activities at times of adverse weather to reduce impacts to air quality; Training and education of all site personnel of their obligations regarding soil and

water management; and Monitoring of dust deposition impacts on sensitive receivers adjacent to the project.

In the event of a chemical spill, spill kits will be deployed to control the spread of the spill and to prevent the spill from entering any waterways. Small-medium sized earthmoving equipment will also be available at all times on the site when fuels are transferred to form a bund and prevent any pollutant from entering the waterways. In addition a street sweeper is available to the site. A preliminary site assessment has indicated that there are no contaminants of potential concern identified in the vicinity of the Envirocycle.

4. Inventory Of Potential Pollutants

No bulk chemicals/fuels will be stored on site. Minor quantities of miscellaneous chemicals including fuels and household/builders chemicals will be stored in the site containers adjacent to the site office. Estimates of maximum quantities of fuels and other chemicals stored include:

Diesel fuels – 100L Unleaded (and related) fuels – 50L Miscellaneous chemicals – up to 20L

5. Safety Equipment

White overalls, gloves, eye protection and gumboots are available in the site container for use as required by the relevant SDS if required to contain a spill. A spill kit is located in the site container as marked in the Emergency Evacuation Plan for the project.

6. Contact Details

The following list contains the names, position title and the 24-hour contact details of the Project Manager, Site Supervisor, and Environmental Manager for the site. The Project Manager is the Emergency Controller for the site, and will be responsible for managing the response, while the Environmental Manager is responsible for notifying the relevant authorities.



Name Position Title 24 hours contact details

Tapp Lautasi Project Manager 0419 433 477

Joel Carter Site Supervisor 0416 204 947

Mark Hammond Environmental Manager 0407 061 905

The Emergency Controller must immediately call 000 if the incident presents an immediate threat to human health or property. Fire and Rescue NSW, the NSW Police and the NSW Ambulance Service are the first responders, as they are responsible for controlling and containing incidents. If the incident does not require an initial combat agency, or once the 000 call has been made, notify the Environmental Manager who will immediately notify the relevant authorities in the following order

The EPA – phone Environment Line on 131 555 The Ministry of Health – During normal work hours phone 9391 9000 or after hours

phone 02 4295 2500 (Shellharbour Hospital) and ask for the Public Health Officeron call

The SafeWork NSW Authority – phone 13 10 50 Shellharbour City Council – 4221 6111 Fire and Rescue NSW – 4295 1940 (Shellharbour Fire Station)

7. Communicating With Neighbours And The Local Community

In the unlikely event of a chemical/fuel spill at the site, the pollutant would be prevented from entering the waterways using a bund or settling ponds. If the pollutant was still able to enter the waterway and/or posed a risk to the community, Cleary Bros would activate the notification requirements under Section 6. As Shellharbour City Council land is the only property within feasible distance downstream that may be impacted, further notification to the local community would not be required. Nevertheless, any areas downstream of the site on Frazers Creek to the Tongarra Road crossing would be inspected, and any persons who may be affected by the incident notified of the potential risk.

In the event of an incident on the site that may cause respiratory problems to residents, potentially affected persons, as determined based on the wind direction at the time of the incident, will be contacted via doorknocking potentially affected premises. The location of sensitive receivers is shown on the map below.

In the event of an incident on site that poses a potential risk to users of the existing Croom Road Sports Complex facilities, those potentially affected will be verbally notified of the risk.

8. Minimising Harm To Persons On The Premises

In the event of an emergency that poses a threat to the health and safety of personnel onsite, the site Emergency Evacuation Procedure will be activated.

9. Maps

A site map is attached to this Plan which shows the location of the sensitive receivers to the site.



10. Actions To Be Taken During Or Immediately After APollution Incident

In the unlikely event of a pollution incident on the site, the process or equipment is to be shut down. A spill kit is to be deployed to contain any spill. If there is a possibility that the pollutant may enter the waterways, use any available earthmoving equipment to bund the area to stop the pollutant from entering the waterways.

In the event of an incident that potentially causes offsite impacts to air quality, site operations will be reduced to limit offsite impacts, and /or additional dust suppression equipment/facilities will be mobilised.

In the event of a potential release of turbid water from the site, additional sedimentation controls will be installed to encourage the removal of suspended solids, focused on:

Slowing down the velocity of water using swales, bunds, or checks; Filtering large fines from the water using hay bales, sediment fences etc; Trapping the water on site by directing to existing features such as sediment basins

and open excavations if required.

11. Testing

This plan is to be tested every 12 months in May each year. The test will involve either a desktop simulation or a practical drill on site. The testing will be initiated by the Cleary Bros Environmental Manager who will carry out a desktop review of the PIRMP, review the description and likelihood of hazards, and review the accuracy of the Emergency Contact Numbers.

The Environmental Manager will be responsible for recording the dates on which the testing occurred and the names of the staff members who carried out the testing. The date of the test will be recorded in the Table below.

Last Test Date Tested By Type of Test Not yet tested To be tested in May 2018

Plans must also be tested within one month of any pollution incident occurring at the site and in light of that incident, whether the information included in the plan is accurate and up to date, and if the plan is still capable of being implemented in a workable and efficient manner.



12. Map Of Sensitive Receivers To The Project Site



13. Map of Project Works and Sediment Basins


Annexure D - Progressive erosion and sediment control plans

APPENDIX B5 Heritage Management Sub Plan


MARCH 2018

CRSC Reconfiguration Heritage Management Sub Plan i

Document control File name Appendix B5 - CRSC - HMP.docx

Report name Croom Regional Sporting Complex Redevelopment Heritage Management Sub Plan



22/3/2018 22/3/2018






1

2

26/3/2018

CRSC Reconfiguration Heritage Management Sub Plan ii


1.1 Context................................................................................................................ 1 1.2 Background ......................................................................................................... 1 1.3 Environmental management system overview..................................................... 1 1.4 Consultation ........................................................................................................ 1

2 Purpose and objectives ............................................................................................. 4 2.1 Purpose............................................................................................................... 4 2.2 Objectives ........................................................................................................... 4 2.3 Targets ................................................................................................................ 4

3 Environmental requirements ..................................................................................... 5 3.1 Relevant legislation and guidelines ..................................................................... 5 3.2 Conditions of Approval ........................................................................................ 6 3.3 Revised Environmental Management Measures ................................................. 9 3.4 Addendum REF environmental safeguards ....................................................... 11

4 Existing environment ............................................................................................... 13 4.1 Aboriginal cultural heritage ................................................................................ 13 4.2 Non-Aboriginal heritage ..................................................................................... 13

5 Environmental aspects and impacts ....................................................................... 14 5.1 Construction activities ....................................................................................... 14 5.2 Aboriginal cultural heritage impacts ................................................................... 14 5.3 Non-Aboriginal heritage impacts........................................................................ 15

6 Environmental mitigation and management measures ......................................... 16

7 Compliance management ........................................................................................ 21 7.1 Roles and responsibilities .................................................................................. 21 7.2 Training ............................................................................................................. 21 7.3 Monitoring and inspections ................................................................................ 21 7.4 Auditing ............................................................................................................. 21 7.5 Reporting .......................................................................................................... 21

8 Review and improvement ........................................................................................ 22 8.1 Continuous improvement................................................................................... 22 8.2 HMP update and amendment ............................................................................ 22

CRSC Reconfiguration Heritage Management Sub Plan iii

Tables Table 1-1 Summary of CEMPr consultation comments relevant to HMP ...........................2

Table 3-1 Conditions relevant to the HMP .........................................................................6

Table 3-2 Requirements relevant to the CRSC works from Table 11 of Appendix G of the SPIR ..................................................................................................................7

Table 3-3 REMMs relevant to this HMP ............................................................................9

Table 3-4 REF environmental safeguards relevant to this HMP ......................................11

Table 4-1 Archaeological sites ........................................................................................13

Table 4-2 Non-Aboriginal heritage items .........................................................................13

Table 5-1 Aboriginal archaeology - impacts and management ........................................14

Table 5-2 Non-Aboriginal heritage – impacts and mitigation ............................................15

Table 6-1 Heritage management measures ....................................................................17

Annexures Annexure A Roads and Maritime Heritage Procedure 02: Unexpected Heritage Items

CRSC Reconfiguration Heritage Management Sub Plan iv



AHIMS Aboriginal Heritage Information System

AHIP Aboriginal Heritage Impact Permit








HMP Heritage Management Sub Plan


NPW Act National Parks and Wildlife Act 1974



RAP Registered Aboriginal Party




Secretary Secretary of DP&E



CRSC Reconfiguration Heritage Management Sub Plan v


CRSC Reconfiguration Heritage Management Sub Plan 1

1 Introduction 1.1 Context This Heritage Management Sub Plan (HMP) forms part of the Construction Environmental Management Process (CEMPr) for the Croom Regional Sporting Complex (CRSC) Reconfiguration (the Project).

This HMP has been prepared to address the requirements of the conditions of approval (CoA) set out in the Infrastructure Approval (SSI 6878 dated 30 January 2018), the Revised Environmental Management Measures (REMMs), the Utility Works Review of Environmental Factors (REF), Addendum REF and all applicable legislation.

1.2 Background The Albion Park Rail bypass (APRb) Environmental Impact Statement (EIS), as amended by the Submissions and Preferred Infrastructure Report (SPIR), assessed the Aboriginal and non-Aboriginal heritage impacts of construction and operation of the Project. The REF and Addendum REF assessed the impacts of the utility works on aboriginal and non-aboriginal heritage.


1.3 Environmental management system overview The overall Environmental Management System for the Project is described in the CEMPr. This HMP forms a sub plan to the CEMPr.

Management measures identified in this HMP will be incorporated into site or activity specific Environmental Work Method Statements (EWMS).



The review and document control processes for this HMP are described in Sections 9 and 10 of the CEMPr.

1.4 Consultation

1.4.1 Consultation undertaken for the EIS and SPIR

Consultation and collaboration with registered Aboriginal stakeholders has been integral to the assessment and management of Aboriginal cultural heritage for the project. Consultation between 2013 and 2017, including site surveys, correspondence, advertising and focus groups, is outlined in the EIS and SPIR.


1.4.2 Consultation for the CEMPr

CoA A11 requires the CRSC CEMPr to be prepared in consultation with relevant government agencies and Shellharbour City Council. In order to address this requirement, Roads and Maritime provided the draft CEMPr to the Office of Environment and Heritage (OEH), Environment Protection Authority (EPA), Department of Primary Industries (DPI) Water and Shellharbour City Council in January 2018. A summary of the comments relevant to the HMP received is provided in Table 1-1, together with a response as to how the comment has been addressed in the CEMPr.

Roads and Maritime has prepared a standard unexpected heritage finds procedure (Unexpected Heritage Items - Heritage Procedure 02) for implementation on its projects. In accordance with the requirements of CoA E34, the procedure was submitted to OEH for consultation on 25 January 2018. A response letter from OEH, as delegate of the NSW Heritage Council, was received on 8 February 2018. OEH advised that it considered the Roads and Maritime procedure was an appropriate guide and process to use to manage any unexpected heritage finds during the CRSC works and did not recommend or request any changes to the standard procedure for implementation on the CRSC project.

Table 1-1 Summary of CEMPr consultation comments relevant to HMP

Summary of agency comment Response

OEH

App B5 HMP Section 2.3 Appendix A

OEH supports the inclusion of the Standard Management Process, dated 2015, to cover unexpected heritage finds.

Noted

HMP Annexure A

OEH recommends that the project-specific contact details for OEH also include the OEH Queanbeyan office Archaeologist via (02) 6229 7188.

Details included in Annexure A

HMP OEH notes that additional approvals may be required under Part 5 of the Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979 for any associated utility works. These utility works may subsequently require an Aboriginal Heritage Impact Permit (AHIP) to be issued under the National Parks and Wildlife Act 1974 where any utility work would impact an Aboriginal heritage site.

Addressed in Table 6-1

(H18)

HMP OEH recommends that an additional management measure is included in Table 3-2 to ensure that all works for the delivery of the SSI are coordinated with utility works, including those works undertaken by third parties, to ensure potential impacts to Aboriginal objects are adequately assessed and AHIPs issued where required.

Additional measure included

in Table 6-1 (H20)

EPA

HMP There is repetition in the Sub Plan. 'Standard Management Procedure Unexpected Heritage Items - March 2015' (RMS 12.003 | ISBN 9781922040305) appears after Section 2 'Purpose and Objectives’ and includes Appendices A - G. This document is then repeated in Appendix B5 - Heritage Management Sub Plan Appendix A.

Noted and corrected


Summary of agency comment Response

DPI (Water)

• no comments received N/A


• no comments applicable to the HMP N/A

1.4.1 Consultation during construction

Ongoing consultation and collaboration with registered Aboriginal parties (RAPs) will be undertaken where necessary, such as in the event of any unexpected Aboriginal objects being identified during works (refer Appendix A).

If required, ongoing consultation with the Aboriginal community in accordance with the Procedure for Aboriginal cultural heritage consultation and investigation (PACHI) (Roads and Maritime, 2012) and the Aboriginal heritage consultation requirements for applicants (Department of Environment, Climate Change and Water, 2010) will be undertaken.


2 Purpose and objectives 2.1 Purpose The purpose of this HMP is to describe how Aboriginal and non-Aboriginal heritage will be protected and managed during construction of the Project.

2.2 Objectives The key objective of the HMP is to ensure that impacts to Aboriginal and non-Aboriginal heritage are minimised. To achieve this objective, the following will be undertaken:

• facilitate engagement with the local Aboriginal community to appropriately manage theAboriginal cultural heritage values associated with the Project

• ensure appropriate controls and procedures are implemented during constructionactivities to avoid or minimise potential adverse impacts to Aboriginal and non-Aboriginalheritage within the Project area

• ensure appropriate measures are implemented to address the relevant CoA, REMMs andREF safeguards

• ensure appropriate measures are implemented to comply with all relevant legislation andother requirements as described in Section 3.1 of this HMP.

2.3 Targets The following targets have been established for the management of Aboriginal cultural heritage and non-Aboriginal heritage impacts during the project:


• minimise or avoid impacts on known Aboriginal and non-Aboriginal heritage sites

• follow correct procedure and ensure notification of any Aboriginal heritage objects/placesuncovered during construction

• ensure Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Awareness Training is provided to all personnel in theform of inductions before they begin work on-site.



3.1.1 Legislation

Legislation relevant to heritage management includes:


• National Parks and Wildlife Act 1974 (NPW Act)

• Heritage Act 1977 (Heritage Act)

• Environment Protection Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 (EPBC Act) (Commonwealth)

• Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Heritage Protection Act 1984 (Commonwealth).


3.1.2 Guidelines

The main guidelines, specifications and policy documents relevant to this HMP include:

• Roads and Maritime QA Specification G36 – Environmental Protection (ManagementSystem)

• Roads and Maritime Heritage Procedure 02: Unexpected Heritage Items (November2015)

• Procedure for Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Consultation and Investigation (Roads andMaritime 2011)

• Aboriginal cultural heritage consultation requirements for proponents 2010 (DECCW2010) (for reference only)

• Altering Heritage Assets (Heritage Office and DUAP 1996)

• Assessing Heritage Significance (NSW Heritage Office 2001)

• RTA Heritage Guidelines (March 2004)

• Archaeological Assessment Guidelines (NSW Heritage Office and NSW Department ofUrban Affairs and Planning 1996)

• NSW Government’s Aboriginal Participation in Construction Guidelines (2007)

• How to Prepare Archival Recording of Heritage Items (Heritage Branch 1998)

• Photographic Recording of Heritage Items Using Film or Digital Capture (Heritage Branch2006).


3.2 Conditions of Approval The CoA relevant to this HMP are listed Table 3-1 below. Table 3-1 includes reference to the timing of when the condition applies, responsibility for implementation and a cross reference to where the condition is addressed in this HMP or other project documents.

Table 3-1 Conditions relevant to the HMP

CoA Condition Requirements Resp Timing HMP Reference

E27 The approval does not allow the Proponent to harm, modify, or otherwise impact human remains uncovered during the construction and operation of the SSI.

Contractor Construction Annexure A

E28 The proponent must implement the mitigation measures described in: Tables 11 and 12 of Appendix G Addendum Statement of Heritage

Impact, (September 2017) of the SPIR and Table 6 and section 7.0 of the APRb Project PACHCI Stage 3, Aboriginal

Cultural Heritage Assessment Report, Report to HCJV, October 2015.except as required by this approval.

Contractor Construction Section 6 Annexure A

E34 An Unexpected Heritage Finds and Human Remains Procedure must be prepared to manage unexpected heritage finds in accordance with any guidelines and standards prepared by the Heritage Council of NSW or OEH. The Procedure must undertake consultation with the RAPs in the event that previously unidentified Aboriginal heritage is discovered. The Procedure must be prepared by a suitably qualified and experienced heritage specialist in consultation with OEH and or the Heritage Council of NSW and submitted to the Secretary for information no later than one month prior to the commencement of construction or within another timeframe agreed with the Secretary.


E35 The Unexpected Heritage Finds and Human Remains Procedure, as submitted to the Secretary, must be implemented for the duration of works. Note: Human remains that are found unexpectedly during works are under the jurisdiction of the NSW State Coroner and must be reported to the NSW Police immediately.


CRSC Reconfiguration Heritage Management Sub Plan

3.2.1 Further details on CoA E28

CoA E28 requires the implementation the mitigation measures described in:

• Tables 11 and 12 of Appendix G Addendum Statement of Heritage Impact, (September2017) of the SPIR and

• Table 6 and section 7.0 of the APRb Project PACHCI Stage 3, Aboriginal Cultural HeritageAssessment Report, Report to HCJV, October 2015.

except as required by this approval.

The items and requirements of Table 11 of Appendix G of the SPIR relevant to the CRSC are reproduced Table 3-2. The identified mitigation measures have been included in Table 6-1.

Table 3-2 Requirements relevant to the CRSC works from Table 11 of Appendix G of the SPIR

Heritage item Original EIS impacts to heritage

Design Refinement impact to heritage

Mitigation Measures

Swansea Dairy site, figtree and silo (Shellharbour LEP no. I182)

Visual: Minor impacts on views and vistas Impacts to built fabric: Moderate impact on items curtilage. No impact on structures Archaeological impacts: None

Visual: Moderate temporary impacts on views and vistas. Minor long term impact Impacts on built fabric: Moderate impact on items curtilage. Negligible impact on structures Archaeological impacts: None

Impacts to land within the temporary works area should result in as little impact to the existing nature of the landscape as possible. This would allow the land to be returned to its original use once development has concluded. Completion of a construction noise and vibration management plan Roads and Maritime Unexpected Finds Procedure (2015)

Swansea Farmhouse (Shellharbour LEP no. I198)

Visual: Moderate impacts on views and vistas Impacts on built fabric: Minor impact on items curtilage. No impact on structures Archaeological impacts: None

Visual: Moderate impacts on views and vistas Impacts on built fabric: Moderate impact on items curtilage. No impact on structures Archaeological impacts: None

Impacts to land within the temporary works area should result in as little impact to the existing nature of the landscape as possible. This would allow the land to be returned to its original use once development has concluded. Completion of a construction noise and vibration management plan Roads and Maritime Unexpected Finds Procedure (2015)

The only relevant requirement from Table 12 of Appendix G of the SPIR is REMM HH05 (refer Table 3-3).


None of the Aboriginal sites directly or indirectly impacted by the CRSC works are included in Table 6 of the APRb Project PACHCI Stage 3, Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Assessment Report. Section 7 of the report provides the following recommendations applicable to the CRSC works:

• If impacts cannot be avoided, no further archaeological investigation is required at the siteswhich have been assessed as demonstrating low archaeological significance (YTOF AS 3,YTOF AS 8, YTOF IF 1, YTOF IF 2).

• Long term arrangements for the management of excavated artefacts, such as reburial,should be determined in accordance with the recommendations of registered Aboriginalstakeholders.

• Site impact recording forms should be submitted to AHIMS for sites which would beimpacted by the proposed works (YTOF AS 3, YTOF AS 8) following the commencementof work.

• Inadvertent impacts to sites outside of the project boundary should be avoided by includinginformation on the location of these sites in the CEMP. Where necessary, fencing may beused to assist workers in avoiding sites outside of the project boundary.

• A CEMP and accompanying unexpected finds procedure will provide a method to managepotential heritage constraints and unexpected finds during construction works. Aspects ofsite and cultural area protection that should be included in the CEMP include:

- Establishing no-harm areas where appropriate. Depending on the nature and timing ofworks in the vicinity of identified Aboriginal sites or cultural areas that will not beimpacted by the proposed works, it may be appropriate to establish visual markersaround no-harm areas to avoid inadvertent impacts.

- Nature of the visual markers around no-harm areas. The CEMP should document whattype of visual marker will be put in place, such as temporary fencing, high visibilitytape, and temporary signage.

- Provide clear guidance to all site workers on access restrictions to no-harm areas.

- Unexpected finds procedure in accordance with the Roads and Maritime UnexpectedHeritage Items Procedure 2015 would be followed.

• It is recommended that an Aboriginal Heritage Management Plan (AHMP) should beprepared and implemented as part of the Construction Environmental Management Plan(CEMP). The AHMP should provide specific guidance on measures and controls to beundertaken to avoid and mitigate impacts on Aboriginal cultural heritage duringconstruction. lt is recommended that a cultural heritage consultant be present at thecontractor inductions. The AHMP should directly reference and outline the mitigationmeasures outlined in the CHAR.

• If any suspected human remains are located during any stage of the proposed works, workshould stop immediately procedures outlined in the Roads and Maritime UnexpectedHeritage Items Procedure 2015 would be followed.

These identified mitigation measures have been included in Table 6-1.


3.3 Revised Environmental Management Measures Relevant REMMs detailed in the SPIR are listed Table 3-3 below. Table 3-3 includes reference to the timing of when the REMM applies, responsibility for implementation and a cross reference to where the condition is addressed in this HMP or other project management documents.

Table 3-3 REMMs relevant to this HMP

Issue REMM Management Measure Resp Timing HMP Reference

Site management

AH01 An Aboriginal Heritage Management Plan will be prepared to manage the impacts of construction works on Aboriginal cultural heritage, to include, but not be limited to:

Contractor Pre-Construction Construction

This HMP

details of the management measures and procedures to becarried out during construction

Section 6

site inductions and training for construction personnel, includingAboriginal cultural awareness training and their obligations underthe National Parks and Wildlife Act 1974, to be conducted by aheritage specialist

Section 7.2

ongoing consultation with the Aboriginal community inaccordance with the Procedure for Aboriginal cultural heritageconsultation and investigation (Roads and Maritime, 2012) andthe Aboriginal heritage consultation requirements for applicants(Department of Environment, Climate Change and Water, 2010)

Section 1.4

a framework for ongoing consultation with Aboriginal stakeholdersregarding any salvage excavations, reburial of retrieved artefacts and in the event of any unexpected Aboriginal objects being identified during works

Salvage excavations not required for Stg 1. Annexure A

the mitigation measures outlined in Aboriginal Cultural HeritageAssessment Report.

Section 6

Site protection

AH04 An updated AHIMS search will be carried out prior to the start of construction.

Roads and Maritime

Construction Section 6


Issue REMM Management Measure Resp Timing HMP Reference

Unexpected discoveries

AH06 In the event of the unexpected discovery of suspected archaeological Aboriginal human remains during the proposed works, in addition to the procedures outlined in the Roads and Maritime Unexpected Heritage Items Procedure (2015), the Aboriginal Heritage Management Plan require that Roads and Maritime immediately notify the identified knowledge holders of the discovery. If the material is confirmed to be archaeological Aboriginal human remains that consultation occur with the identified knowledge holders in relation to: the development of a Management Plan for future proposed

works in the relevant area cultural ceremonies in relation to the human remains and the site

of their occurrence repatriation of the human remains.


Protection of heritage items

HH05 If unexpected archaeological finds are discovered during construction, the Unexpected Heritage Items Procedure will be followed (Roads and Maritime, 2015). The NSW Heritage Division will be notified of the discovery of a relic in accordance with Section 146 of the Heritage Act 1977. Construction personnel will be inducted in their responsibilities under the Heritage Act 1977 and trained in the Procedure.



3.4 Addendum REF environmental safeguards Relevant environmental safeguards detailed in the REF and Addendum REF are listed Table 3-4 below. Table 3-4 includes reference to the timing of when the REMM applies, responsibility for implementation and a cross reference to where the condition is addressed in this HMP or other project documents.

Table 3-4 REF environmental safeguards relevant to this HMP

Impact Ref # Environmental Safeguard Resp Timing HMP Reference

Impacts to heritage sites

38 • Heritage site boundaries and heritage structures must beidentified on sensitive area maps within the CEMP

• Heritage sites must be included in the induction process• There must be no impact to structures within the Swansea Farm

House, Swansea Dairy Site, Fig Tree and Silo heritage sites• There must be no impact to the Albion Park Rail Cemetery

heritage site.

Contractor Construction Appendix A5 Section 4

Section 7.2 Section 5.3

Impacts to known Aboriginal Heritage Sites

40 An Aboriginal Heritage Management Plan will be prepared to manage the impacts of the construction works on Aboriginal cultural heritage, including but not limited to the following: • The Aboriginal heritage sites must be identified on sensitive area

maps as no go zones within the CEMP • The Aboriginal sites must be protected through temporary means

on site (eg. fencing, flagging tape) to ensure there are noinadvertent impacts during construction

• If impacts to Aboriginal heritage sites are unavoidable, an AHIPwill be required

Contractor Construction This HMP

Section 4 Appendix A5

Section 5.2, Section 6


Impact Ref # Environmental Safeguard Resp Timing HMP Reference

Unexpected finds – Aboriginal andnon-Aboriginalheritage

42 • If unexpected Aboriginal and/or non-Aboriginal heritage items arediscovered during construction, the Roads and MaritimeUnexpected Heritage Items Procedure (2015) will be followed.

• The NSW Heritage Division will be notified of the discovery of arelic in accordance with Section 146 of the Heritage Act 1977.

• The process for the unexpected discovery of items of Aboriginaland non-Aboriginal heritage and responsibilities under theHeritage Act 1977 and the National Parks and Wildlife Act 1974must be included in the induction process.

Contractor Construction Section 6 Annexure A


4 Existing environment The following section summarises what is known about Aboriginal and non-Aboriginal heritage within and adjacent to the CRSC based on the information in the Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Assessment Report and Non-Aboriginal Heritage Assessment and Statement of Heritage Impact in the EIS and the SPIR.

4.1 Aboriginal cultural heritage The CRSC reconfiguration works will have direct, indirect and potential impacts on the archaeological sites identified in Table 4-1. The locations of these sites are shown on the Sensitive Area Plans included in Appendix A5 of the CEMPr.

Table 4-1 Archaeological sites

Name Site Type Research Potential

Education Potential

Overall Significance

YTOF AS 3 Artefact Low Low Low

YTOF AS 8 Artefact Low Low Low

YTOF IF 1 Artefact Low Low Low

YTOF IF 2 Artefact Low Low Low

Note: AS – Artefact Scatter, IF – Isolated Find

4.2 Non-Aboriginal heritage Non-Aboriginal heritage items located within or adjacent to the CRSC are listed in Table 4-2 below. The locations of these items are shown on the Sensitive Area Plans included in Appendix A5 of the CEMPr.

Table 4-2 Non-Aboriginal heritage items

Name Location Significance

Swansea Farmhouse Croome Road Local

Swansea Dairy Site, fig tree and silo Croome Road Local

Albion Park Rail Cemetery Croome Road Local


5 Environmental aspects and impacts 5.1 Construction activities Key aspects of the CRSC reconfiguration works that could result in adverse impacts to Aboriginal and Non-Aboriginal heritage include:

• services relocations

• planned salvage of aboriginal heritage items

• initial clearing and/or grubbing of vegetation

• initial removal of topsoil

• construction of site compound and spoil / mulch and / or equipment stockpile areas

• temporary access roads during construction.

Refer to Appendix A2 of the CEMPr – Aspects and Impacts Register.

5.2 Aboriginal cultural heritage impacts Table 5-1 summarises identified impacts and management measures in relation to Aboriginal archaeological sites.

Table 5-1 Aboriginal archaeology - impacts and management

Name Impact Degree of impact

Management

YTOF AS 3 Direct Total

CRSC reconfiguration works and trenching for installation of sewer infrastructure would result in a direct impact to this site. Submit site impact recording form to Aboriginal Heritage Information System (AHIMS) following impacts

YTOF AS 8 Direct Total

CRSC reconfiguration works would result in a direct impact to this site. Submit site impact recording form to AHIMS following impacts

YTOF IF 1 Potential direct

None anticipated

The CRSC utility works will be undertaken in close proximity to this site. There is potential for a direct impact if the site is not adequately protected during construction activities.

YTOF IF 2 Potential direct

None anticipated

The utility works will be undertaken in close proximity to this site. There is potential for a direct impact if the site is not adequately protected during construction activities.

YTOF AS 3 and YTOF 8 are located within the boundary of the CRSC and will be impacted by relocation of parts of the CRSC. YTOF 1 and YTOF 2

These sites have been assessed as demonstrating low archaeological significance (refer Table 4-1). Conservation would be attempted where possible however if this is not practicable no mitigation measures will be implemented for work carried out in accordance with the Infrastructure approval. There is potential direct impact on YTOF IF 1 and YTOF IF 2 during the stage 1 utility works. These sites will be protected during construction activities


to prevent impacts. Utility work must not impact on an Aboriginal heritage site unless in accordance with an AHIP.

5.3 Non-Aboriginal heritage impacts Table 5-2 summarises identified impacts and management measures in relation to Aboriginal cultural heritage sites.

Table 5-2 Non-Aboriginal heritage – impacts and mitigation

Name Impact Management

Swansea Farmhouse No impact Protection and monitoring

Swansea Dairy Site No impact from the (CRSC Reconfiguration)

Protection and monitoring

Albion Park Rail Cemetery

No impact from the CRSC Reconfiguration

No mitigation measures required

Trenching works and establishment of ancillary facility within the curtilage of the Swansea Farmhouse may result in minor temporary ground disturbances. However, no direct impacts to any structures within the site would occur.

The decommissioning of utilities at the Croome Road and East-West Link Road roundabout has potential for some minor ground disturbances along the boundary within the curtilage of the Swansea Dairy site.


6 Environmental mitigation and management measures

A range of environmental requirements and control measures are identified in the various environmental documents, including the EIS, SPIR, CoA, REF and other Roads and Maritime documents. Specific measures and requirements to address impacts on Aboriginal and non-Aboriginal heritage are outlined in Table 6-1.


Table 6-1 Heritage management measures


GENERAL

H01 An Aboriginal Heritage Management Plan will be prepared to manage the impacts of the construction works on Aboriginal cultural heritage

Pre-construction

Roads and Maritime Environment Manager

CoA E28 REMM AH01 AREF 40

H02 Works must not impact on an Aboriginal heritage site unless in accordance with an AHIP.

Construction Environment Manager All personnel and subcontractors

H03 The Contractor must not harm, modify, or otherwise impact human remains uncovered during the construction and operation of the SSI.

Construction All personnel and subcontractors

CoA E27

H04 There must be no impact to structures within the Swansea Farm House, Swansea Dairy Site, Fig Tree and Silo heritage sites. There must be no impact to the Albion Park Rail Cemetery heritage site.

Construction Environment Manager CoA E28 AREF 38

TRAINING AND AWARENESS

H05 Training will be provided for all personnel working on the Site training on their responsibilities pertaining to the Aboriginal Heritage provisions of the National Parks and Wildlife Act 1974 (NSW). Personnel will be made aware of all Aboriginal archaeological sites and areas of cultural sensitivity.


Environment Manager CoA E28 AH01

H06 Site inductions and training for construction personnel, including Aboriginal cultural awareness training and their obligations under the National Parks and Wildlife Act 1974, to be conducted by a heritage specialist


Environment Manager

H07 Heritage sites must be included in the induction process Pre-construction Construction

Environment Manager AREF 38



UNEXPECTED FINDS

H08 An Unexpected Heritage Finds and Human Remains Procedure must be prepared to manage unexpected heritage finds. The Unexpected Heritage Finds Procedure will be implemented for the duration of works.


Environment Manager s CoA E28, E34 and E35 AREF 42 REMM AH06, HH06

H09 The NSW Heritage Division will be notified of the discovery ofa relic in accordance with Section 146 of the Heritage Act1977.

The process for the unexpected discovery of items ofAboriginal and non-Aboriginal heritage and responsibilitiesunder the Heritage Act 1977 and the National Parks andWildlife Act 1974 must be included in the induction process.

Construction Environment Manager AREF 42

H10 In the event of the unexpected discovery of suspected archaeological Aboriginal human remains during the proposed works, in addition to the procedures outlined in the Roads and Maritime Unexpected Heritage Items Procedure (2015), the identified knowledge holders will be notified immediately of the discovery. If the material is confirmed to be archaeological Aboriginal human remains that consultation occur with the identified knowledge holders in relation to: • the development of a Management Plan for future proposed

works in the relevant area• cultural ceremonies in relation to the human remains and the

site of their occurrence• repatriation of the human remains.

Construction Environment Manager REMM AH06 AREF 42

CONSULTATION

H11 Ongoing consultation with the Aboriginal community in accordance with the Procedure for Aboriginal cultural heritage consultation and investigation (Roads and Maritime, 2012) and the Aboriginal heritage consultation requirements for applicants (Department of Environment, Climate Change and Water, 2010)

Pre-Construction

Environment Manager REMM AH01



H12 A framework for ongoing consultation with Aboriginal stakeholders regarding any salvage excavations, reburial of retrieved artefacts and in the event of any unexpected Aboriginal objects being identified during works

Pre-Construction

Environment Manager REMM AH01

SENSITIVE AREAS

H13 Heritage site boundaries and heritage structures will be identified on sensitive area maps within the CEMP. The Aboriginal heritage sites will be identified on sensitive area maps as no go zones within the CEMP

Construction Roads and Maritime Environment Manager

CoA E28 AREF 38, 40

H14 The no-harm Aboriginal sites will be protected through temporary means on site (eg. temporary fencing, high visibility flagging tape and temporary signage) to ensure there are no inadvertent impacts during construction.

Construction Environment Manager CoA E28 AREF 40

H15 All site workers will be provided with training on access restrictions to no-harm areas

Construction Environment Manager CoA E28

REPORTS AND SEARCHES

H16 An updated AHIMS search will be carried out prior to the start of construction.

Pre-Construction

Roads and Maritime REMM AH04

H17 Site impact recording forms will be submitted to AHIMS for sites YTOF AS 3 and YTOF AS 8 following the commencement of work.


H18 If impacts to Aboriginal heritage sites are unavoidable, an AHIP will be required

Construction Environment Manager AREF 40

NOISE AND VIBRATION

H19 A NVMP will be prepared and implemented to minimise impacts on the Swansea Dairy and Swansea Farmhouse




COORDINATION

H20 The CRSC reconfiguration works will be coordinated with utility works, including those works undertaken by third parties, to ensure potential impacts to Aboriginal objects are adequately assessed and AHIPs issued where required.

Construction Environment Manager OEH recommendation


7 Compliance management 7.1 Roles and responsibilities The Contractor’s environment related roles and responsibilities are outlined in Section 4.2 of the CEMPr. Specific responsibilities for the implementation of environmental controls are detailed in Section 6 of this HMP.

7.2 Training All employees, contractors and utility staff working on site will undergo site induction training relating to Aboriginal and non-Aboriginal heritage management issues. The induction training will be conducted by a heritage specialist and will address elements related to heritage management including:

• existence and requirements of this HMP

• relevant legislation, including obligations under the National Parks and Wildlife Act 1974

• Aboriginal cultural awareness training

• roles and responsibilities for heritage management

• location of identified heritage sites

• location of no-harm areas and sensitive areas

• proposed heritage management and protection measures

• procedure to follow in the event of an unexpected heritage item find or discovery ofhuman remains during construction works (Roads and Maritime Heritage Procedure 02:Unexpected Heritage Items (November 2015).


7.3 Monitoring and inspections Inspections of sensitive areas and activities with the potential to impact Aboriginal and non-Aboriginal heritage will occur for the duration of the project.

Requirements and responsibilities in relation to monitoring and inspections are documented in Section 8.1 of the CEMPr.

7.4 Auditing Audits will be undertaken to assess the effectiveness of environmental controls, compliance with this HMP, CoA and other relevant approvals, the REF, licenses and guidelines.


7.5 Reporting Reporting requirements and responsibilities are documented in Table 6-1 above and in Section 8.3 of the CEMPr.


8 Review and improvement 8.1 Continuous improvement Continuous improvement of this HMP will be achieved by the ongoing evaluation of environmental management performance against environmental policies, objectives and targets for the purpose of identifying opportunities for improvement.








8.2 HMP update and amendment The processes described in Section 8 and Section 9 of the CEMPr may result in the need to update or revise this HMP. This will occur as needed.

Any revisions to the HMP will be in accordance with the process outlined in Section 1.6 of the CEMPr.



Annexure A – Roads and Maritime Heritage Procedure 02 (November 2015): Unexpected Heritage Items


The Procedure was developed in consultation with Heritage Division archaeologists. The following OEH guidelines and policies were referenced during the drafting of the Procedure:

• Assessing heritage significance (2001), NSW Heritage Office

• Photographic recording of heritage items using film or digital capture (NSW Heritage Office, 2006)

• Skeletal remains: Guidelines for management of human skeletal remains (NSW Heritage Office, 1988)

• Due diligence code of practice for the protection of Aboriginal objects in NSW (OEH, 2010)

• Aboriginal cultural heritage consultation requirement for proponents (OEH, 2010)

• Code of practice for the archaeological investigation of Aboriginal objects in NSW (OEH, 2010)

• Guide to investigating, assessing and reporting on Aboriginal cultural heritage in NSW (OEH, 2011)

The Procedure was prepared by two suitably qualified and experienced heritage specialists:

• Gretta Logue, former Environment Officer (Heritage) with Roads and Maritime Services. Gretta has a B.Sc. Hons (Archaeology), M.Sc. Hons (Forensic Anthropology, PG Diploma (Environment Law) and at the time of preparation of the procedure had 10 years professional heritage experience

• Daniel Percival, Environment Officer (Heritage) with Roads and Maritime Services. Daniel has a BA Hons (Archaeology) (First Class) with over 10 years professional heritage experience

The Procedure includes the requirement that consultation with Registered Aboriginal Parties will be undertaken in the event that previously unidentified Aboriginal heritage is discovered.

If an unexpected heritage item is identified, the Roads and Maritime Environment Manager, Southern Region must be contacted immediately. The OEH Queanbeyan office Archaeologist will also be notified on (02) 6229 7188.

Unexpected Heritage Items Heritage Procedure 02 November 2015

BLANK PAGE

Heritage Procedure 2: Unexpected Heritage Items ii

Contents

1 Purpose.................................................................................................................................... 1 2 Scope ....................................................................................................................................... 2 3 Types of unexpected heritage items and their legal protection ........................................... 4

3.1 Aboriginal objects ............................................................................................................. 4 3.2 Historic heritage items ...................................................................................................... 5 3.3 Human skeletal remains ................................................................................................... 6

4 Responsibilities ....................................................................................................................... 7 5 Acronyms ................................................................................................................................ 9 6 Overview of the Procedure ................................................................................................... 10 7 Unexpected heritage items procedure ................................................................................. 11 8 Seeking advice ...................................................................................................................... 20 9 Related information............................................................................................................... 21 Key environmental contacts ...................................................................................................... 37 About this release ....................................................................................................................... 47 Appendices

Appendix A Identifying Unexpected Heritage items Appendix B Unexpected Heritage Item Recording Form 418 Appendix C Photographing Unexpected Heritage Items Appendix D Key Environment Contacts Appendix E Uncovering Bones Appendix F Archaeological Advice Checklist Appendix G Template Notification Letter Appendix H Identifying Unexpected Heritage items

Please note This procedure applies to all development and activities concerning roads, road infrastructure and road related assets undertaken by Roads and Maritime.

For advice on how to manage unexpected heritage items as a result of activities related to maritime infrastructure projects, please contact the Senior Environmental Specialist (Heritage).

Heritage Procedure 2: Unexpected Heritage Items iii

1 Purpose

This procedure has been developed to provide a consistent method for managing unexpected heritage items (both Aboriginal and non-Aboriginal) that are discovered during Roads and Maritime activities. This procedure includes Roads and Maritime’s heritage notification obligations under the Heritage Act 1977 (NSW), National Parks and Wildlife Act 1974 (NSW), Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Heritage Protection Act 1984 (Cth) and the Coroner’s Act 2009 (NSW). This document provides relevant background information in Section 3, followed by the technical procedure in Sections 6 and 7. Associated guidance referred to in the procedure can be found in Appendices A-H.

Heritage Procedure 2: Unexpected Heritage Items

This procedure applies to all Road and Maritime construction and maintenance activities

2 Scope

This procedure assumes that an appropriate level of Aboriginal and non-Aboriginal heritage assessment has been completed before work commences on site. In some cases, such as exempt development, detailed heritage assessment may not be required. Despite appropriate and adequate investigation, unexpected heritage items may still be discovered during maintenance and construction works. When this happens, this procedure must be followed. This procedure provides direction on when to stop work, where to seek technical advice and how to notify the regulator, if required.

This procedure applies to:

• The discovery of any unexpected heritage item (usually during construction), where Roads and Maritime does not have approval to disturb the item or where safeguards for managing the disturbance (apart from this procedure) are not contained in the environmental impact assessment.

• All Roads and Maritime projects that are approved or determined under Part 3A (including Transitional Part 3A Projects), Part 4, Part 5 or Part 5.1 of the Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979 (EP&A Act), or any development that is exempt under the Act.

This procedure must be followed by Roads and Maritime staff, alliance partners (including local council staff working under Road Maintenance Council Contracts, [RMCC]), developers under works authorisation deeds or any person undertaking Part 5 assessment for Roads and Maritime. This procedure does not apply to:

• The legal discovery and disturbance of heritage items as a result of investigations being undertaken in accordance with OEH’s Code of Practice for the Archaeological Investigation of Aboriginal Objects in NSW (2010); an Aboriginal Heritage Impact Permit (AHIP) issued under the National Parks and Wildlife Act 1974; or an approval issued under the Heritage Act 19771.

• The legal discovery and disturbance of heritage items as a result of investigations (or other activities) that are required to be carried out for the purpose of complying with any environmental assessment requirements under Part 3A (including Transitional Part 3A Projects) or Part 5.1 of the EP&A Act.

• The legal discovery and disturbance of heritage items as a result of construction related activities, where the disturbance is permissible in accordance with an AHIP2; an approval issued under the Heritage Act 1977; the Minister for Planning’s conditions of project approval; or safeguards (apart from

1 RMS’ heritage obligations are incorporated into the conditions of heritage approvals. 2 RMS Procedure for Aboriginal cultural heritage consultation and investigation (2011) recommends that Part 4 and Part 5 projects that are likely to impact Aboriginal objects during construction seek a whole-of-project AHIP. This type of AHIP generally allows a project to impact known and potential Aboriginal objects within the entire project area, without the need to stop works. It should be noted that an AHIP may exclude impact to certain objects and areas, such as burials or ceremonial sites. In such cases, the project must follow this procedure.


this procedure) that are contained in the relevant environmental impact assessment.

All construction environment management plans (CEMPs) must make reference to and/or include this procedure (often included as a heritage sub-plan). Where approved CEMPs exist they must be followed in the first instance. Where there is a difference between approved CEMPs and this procedure, the approved CEMP must be followed. Where an approved CEMP does not provide sufficient detail on particular issues, this procedure should be used as additional guidance. When in doubt always seek environment and legal advice on varying approved CEMPs.


3 Types of unexpected heritage items and their legal protection

The roles of project, field and environmental staff are critical to the early identification and protection of unexpected heritage items. Appendix A illustrates the wide range of heritage discoveries found on Roads and Maritime projects and provides a useful photographic guide. Subsequent confirmation of heritage discoveries must then be identified and assessed by technical specialists (usually an archaeologist). An ‘unexpected heritage item’ means any unanticipated discovery of an actual or potential heritage item, for which Roads and Maritime does not have approval to disturb3 or does not have a safeguard in place (apart from this procedure) to manage the disturbance. These discoveries are categorised as either:

(a) Aboriginal objects

(b) Historic (non-Aboriginal) heritage items

(c) Human skeletal remains.

The relevant legislation that applies to each of these categories is described below.

3.1 Aboriginal objects The National Park and Wildlife Act 1974 protects Aboriginal objects which are defined as: “any deposit, object or material evidence (not being a handicraft made for sale) relating to the Aboriginal habitation of the area that comprises New South Wales, being habitation before or concurrent with (or both) the occupation of that area by persons of non Aboriginal extraction, and includes Aboriginal remains”4. Examples of Aboriginal objects include stone tool artefacts, shell middens, axe grinding grooves, pigment or engraved rock art, burials and scarred trees.

IMPORTANT!All Aboriginal objects, regardless of significance, are protected under law.If any impact is expected to an Aboriginal object, an Aboriginal Heritage Impact Permit (AHIP) is usually required from the Office of Environment and Heritage (OEH)5. Also, when a person becomes aware of an Aboriginal object they must notify

3 Disturbance is considered to be any physical interference with the item that results in it being destroyed, defaced, damaged, harmed, impacted or altered in any way (this includes archaeological investigation activities). 4 Section 5(1) National Park and Wildlife Act 1974.5 Except when Part 3A, Division 4.1 of Part 4 or Part 5.1 of the EP&A Act applies.


the Director-General of OEH about its location6. Assistance on how to do this is provided in Section 7 (Step 5).

3.2 Historic heritage items Historic (non-Aboriginal) heritage items may include:

• Archaeological ‘relics’

• Other historic items (i.e. works, structures, buildings or movable objects). 3.2.1 Archaeological relics The Heritage Act 1977 protects relics which are defined as:

“any deposit, artefact, object or material evidence that relates to the settlement of the area that comprises NSW, not being Aboriginal settlement; and is of State or local heritage significance”7.

Relics are archaeological items of local or state significance which may relate to past domestic, industrial or agricultural activities in NSW, and can include bottles, remnants of clothing, pottery, building materials and general refuse.

IMPORTANT!

All relics are subject to statutory controls and protections.

If a relic is likely to be disturbed, a heritage approval is usually required from the NSW Heritage Council8. Also, when a person discovers a relic they must notify the NSW Heritage Council of its location9. Advice on how to do this is provided in Section 7 (Step 5).

3.2.2 Other historic items

Some historic heritage items are not considered to be ‘relics’; but are instead referred to as works, buildings, structures or movable objects. Examples of these items that Roads and Maritime may encounter include culverts, historic road formations, historic pavements, buried roads, retaining walls, tramlines, cisterns, fences, sheds, buildings and conduits. Although an approval under the Heritage Act 1977 (NSW) may not be required to disturb these items, their discovery must be managed in accordance with this procedure. As a general rule, an archaeological relic requires discovery or examination through the act of excavation. An archaeological excavation permit under Section 140 of the Heritage Act is required to do this. In contrast, ‘other historic items’ either exist above the ground’s surface (e.g. a shed), or they are designed to operate and exist beneath the ground’s surface (e.g. a culvert).

6 This is required under s89(A) of the National Park and Wildlife Act 1974 (NSW) and applies to all projects assessed under Part 3A, Part 4, Part 5 and Part 5.1 of the EP&A Act, including exempt development.

7 Section 4(1) Heritage Act 1977. 8 Except when Part 3A, Division 4.1 of Part 4 or Part 5.1 of the EP&A Act applies. 9 This is required under s146 of the Heritage Act 1977 and applies to all projects assessed under Part 3A, Part 4, Part 5 and Part 5.1 of the EP&A Act, including exempt development.


Despite this difference, it should be remembered that relics can often be associated with ‘other heritage items’, such as archaeological deposits within cisterns and underfloor deposits under buildings.

3.3 Human skeletal remains Human skeletal remains can be classed as:

• Reportable deaths

• Aboriginal objects

• RelicsWhere it is suspected that less than 100 years has elapsed since death, human skeletal remains come under the jurisdiction of the State Coroner and the Coroners Act 2009 (NSW). Under s 35(2) of the Act, a person must report the death to a police officer, a coroner or an assistant coroner as soon as possible. This applies to all human remains less than 100 years old10 regardless of ancestry. Public health controls may also apply. Where remains are suspected of being more than 100 years old, they are considered to be either Aboriginal objects or non-Aboriginal relics depending on the ancestry of the individual. Aboriginal human remains are protected under the National Parks and Wildlife Act 1974, while non-Aboriginal remains are protected under the Heritage Act 1977. The approval and notification requirements of these Acts are described above in sections 3.1 and 3.2. Additionally, the discovery of Aboriginal human remains also triggers notification requirements to the Commonwealth Minister for the Environment under s 20(1) of the Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Heritage Protection Act 1984 (Cth).

IMPORTANT!

All human skeletal remains are subject to statutory controls and protections.

All bones must be treated as potential human skeletal remains and work around them must stop while they are protected and investigated urgently.

. Guidance on what to do when suspected human remains are found is in Appendix E.

10 Under s 19 of the Coroners Act 2009, the coroner has no jurisdiction to conduct an inquest into reportable death unless it appears to the coroner that (or that there is reasonable cause to suspect that) the death or suspected death occurred within the last 100 years.


4 Responsibilities

The following roles and responsibilities are relevant to this procedure:

Role Definition/responsibility Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Advisor (ACHA)

Provides Aboriginal cultural heritage advice to project teams. Acts as Aboriginal community liaison for projects on cultural heritage matters. Engages and consults with the Aboriginal community as per the Roads and Maritime Procedure for Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Consultation and Investigation.

Aboriginal Sites Officer (ASO)

Is an appropriately trained and skilled Aboriginal person whose role is to identify and assess Aboriginal objects and cultural values. For details on engaging Aboriginal Sites Officers, refer to Roads and Maritime Procedure for Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Consultation and Investigation.

Archaeologist (A) Professional consultant, contracted on a case-by-case basis to provide heritage and archaeological advice and technical services (such as reports, heritage approval documentation etc). Major projects with complex heritage issues often have an on call Project archaeologist.

Project Manager (PM) Ensures all aspects of this procedure are implemented. The PM can delegate specific tasks to a construction environment manager, Roads and Maritime site representatives or regional environment staff, where appropriate.

Regional Environment Staff (RES)

Provides advice on this procedure to project teams. Ensuring this procedure is implemented consistently by supporting the PM. Supporting project teams during the uncovering of unexpected finds. Reviewing archaeological management plans and liaising with heritage staff and archaeological consultants as needed.

Registered Aboriginal Parties (RAPs)

RAPs are Aboriginal people who have registered with Roads and Maritime to be consulted about a proposed Roads and Maritime project or activity in accordance with OEH’s Aboriginal cultural heritage consultation requirements for proponents (2010).

Senior Environmental Specialist (Heritage) (SES(H))

Provides technical assistance on this procedure and archaeological technical matters, as required. Reviewing the archaeological management plans and facilitating heritage approval applications, where required. Assists with regulator engagement, where required.

Team Leader - Regional Maintenance Delivery (TL-RMD)

Ensures Regional Maintenance Delivery staff stop work in the vicinity of an unexpected heritage item. Completes Unexpected Heritage Item Recording Form 418 and notifies WS-RMD.

Technical Specialist Professional consultant contracted to provide specific technical advice that relates to the specific type of unexpected heritage find (eg a forensic or physical anthropologist who can identify and analyse human skeletal


remains). Works Supervisor - Regional Maintenance Delivery (WS-RMD)

Ensures Regional Maintenance Delivery staff are aware of this procedure. Supports the Team Leader - Regional Maintenance Delivery during the implementation of this procedure and ensures reporting of unexpected heritage items through environment management systems.


5 Acronyms

The following acronyms are relevant to this procedure:

Acronym Meaning A Archaeologist ACHA Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Advisor AHIP Aboriginal Heritage Impact Permit ASO Aboriginal Site Officer CEMP Construction Environment Management Plan OEH Office of Environment and Heritage. PACHCI Procedure for Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Consultation and Investigation PM Project Manager RAP Registered Aboriginal Parties RES Regional Environmental Staff SES(H) Senior Environmental Specialist (Heritage) TL-RMD Team Leader – Regional Maintenance Division RMD Regional Maintenance Delivery RMS Roads and Maritime WS-RMD Works Supervisor - Regional Maintenance Division


6 Overview of the Procedure

On discovering something that could be an unexpected heritage item (‘the item’), the following procedure must be followed. There are eight steps in the procedure. These steps are summarised in Figure 1 below and explained in detail in Section 7.

Figure 1: Overview of steps to be undertaken on the discovery of an unexpected heritage item.

IMPORTANT!

RMS may have approval or specific safeguards in place (apart from this procedure) to impact on certain heritage items during construction. If you discover a heritage item and you are unsure whether an approval or safeguard is in place, STOP works and follow this procedure.

1. Stop work, protect item and inform Roads andMaritime environment staff

2. Contact and engage an archaeologist, and whererequired, an Aboriginal Site Officer.

3. Complete a preliminary assessment and recordingof the item

4. Formulate an archaeological or heritagemanagement plan

5. Formally notify the regulator by letter, if required

6. Implement archaeological or heritage managementplan

8. Resume work

Unexpected item discovered

7. Review CEMPs and approval conditions

Item

not

her

itage


7 Unexpected heritage items procedure

Table 1: Specific tasks to be implemented following the discovery of an unexpected heritage item. Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Advisor (ACHA); Aboriginal Sites Officer (ASO); Archaeologist (A); Project Manager (PM); Regional Environment Staff (RES); Registered Aboriginal Parties (RAPs); Senior Environmental Specialist (Heritage) (SES(H)); Team leader – Roads and Maintenance Division (TL - RMD); Works supervisor – Roads and Maintenance Division (WS - RMD).

Step Task Responsibility Guidance & Tools

1 Stop work, protect item and inform Roads and Maritime environment staff

1.1 Stop all work in the immediate area of the item and notify the Project Manager or Team Leader-RMD. (For maintenance activities, the Team Leader is to also notify the Works Supervisor-RMD)

All Appendix A (Identifying Unexpected Heritage items)

1.2 Establish a ‘no-go zone’ around the item. Use high visibility fencing, where practical. PM or TL-RMD

1.3 Inform all site personnel about the no-go zone. No further interference, including works, ground disturbance, touching or moving the item must occur within the no-go zone. PM or TL-RMD

1.4

Inspect, document and photograph the item using ‘Unexpected Heritage Item Recording Form 418’.

PM or TL-RMD

Appendix B (Unexpected Heritage Item Recording Form 418) Appendix C (Photographing Unexpected Heritage items)



1.5

Is the item likely to be bone? If yes, follow the steps in Appendix E – ‘Uncovering bones’. Where it is obvious that the bones are human remains, you must notify the local police by telephone immediately. They may take command of all or part of the site. If no, proceed to next step.

PM or WS-RMD Appendix E (Uncovering Bones)

1.6

Is the item likely to be: a) A relic? (A relic is evidence of past human activity which has local or state heritage

significance. It may include items such as bottles, utensils, remnants of clothing, crockery, personal effects, tools, machinery and domestic or industrial refuse) and/or

b) An Aboriginal object? (An Aboriginal object may include a shell midden, stone tools, bones, rock art or a scarred tree).

If yes, proceed directly to Step 1.8 If no, proceed to next step.

PM or WS-RMD Appendix A (Identifying heritage items)

1.7

Is the item likely to be a “work”, building or standing structure? (This may include tram tracks, kerbing, historic road pavement, fences, sheds or building foundations). If yes, can works avoid further disturbance to the item? (E.g. if historic road base/tram tracks have been exposed, can they be left in place?) If yes, works may proceed without further disturbance to the item. Complete Step 1.8 within 24 hours. If works cannot avoid further disturbance to the item, works must not recommence at this time. Complete the remaining steps in this procedure.

PM or WS-RMD Appendix A (Identifying heritage items)



1.8 Inform relevant Roads and Maritime Regional Environmental Staff of item by providing them with the completed ‘Form 418’.

PM or WS-RMD (RES)

Appendix D (Key Environmental Contacts)

1.9

Regional Environmental Staff to advise Project Manager or Works Supervisor whether RMS has an approval or safeguard in place (apart from this procedure) to impact on the ‘item’. (An approval may include an approval under the Heritage Act, the National Parks and Wildlife Act or the Planning and Assessment Act). Does RMS have an approval, permit or appropriate safeguard in place to impact on the item? If yes, work may recommence in accordance with the approval, permit or safeguard. There is no further requirement to follow this procedure. If no, continue to next step.

1.10 Liaise with Traffic Management Centre where the delay is likely to affect traffic flow. PM or WS-RMD

1.11 Report the item as a ‘Reportable Event’ in accordance with the Roads and Maritime Environmental Incident Classification and Reporting Procedure. Implement any additional reporting requirements related to the project’s approval and CEMP, where relevant.

PM or WS-RMD

RMS Environmental Incident Classification and Reporting Procedure

2 Contact and engage an archaeologist and, where required, an Aboriginal site officer

2.1

Contact the Project (on-call) Archaeologist to discuss the location and extent of the item and to arrange a site inspection, if required. The project CEMP may contain contact details of the Project Archaeologist. OR

PM or WS-RMD (A; RES; SES(H))

Also see Appendix D (Key Environmental Contacts)


http://home.rta.nsw.gov.au/dts/cserv/os/original/environment/ems-tp-07.pdf





Where there is no project archaeologist engaged for the works, engage a suitably qualified and experienced archaeological consultant to assess the find. A list of heritage consultants is available on the RMS contractor panels on the Buyways homepage. Regional environment staff and Roads and Maritime heritage staff can also advise on appropriate consultants.

Buyways

2.2

Where the item is likely to be an Aboriginal object, speak with your Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Advisor to arrange for an Aboriginal Sites Officer to assess the find. Generally, an Aboriginal Sites Officer would be from the relevant local Aboriginal land council. If an alternative contact person (ie a RAP) has been nominated as a result of previous consultation, then that person is to be contacted.

PM or WS-RMD (ACHA; ASO)

2.3 If requested, provide photographs of the item taken at Step 1.4 to the archaeologist, and Aboriginal Sites Officer if relevant.

PM or WS-RMD (RES)

Appendix C (Photographing Unexpected Heritage items)

3 Preliminary assessment and recording of the find

3.1

In a minority of cases, the archaeologist (and Aboriginal Sites Officer, if relevant) may determine from the photographs that no site inspection is required because no archaeological constraint exists for the project (eg the item is not a ‘relic’, a ‘heritage item’ or an ‘Aboriginal object’). Any such advice should be provided in writing (eg via email) and confirmed by the Project Manager or Works Supervisor - RMD.

A/PM/ASO/ WS-RMD Proceed to Step 8

3.2 Arrange site access for the archaeologist (and Aboriginal Sites Officer, if relevant) to inspect the item as soon as practicable. In the majority of cases a site inspection is required to conduct a preliminary assessment.

PM or WS-RMD

3.3 Subject to the archaeologist’s assessment (and the Aboriginal Sites Officer’s assessment, if relevant), work may recommence at a set distance from the item. This is to protect any other archaeological material that may exist in the vicinity, which has not yet been uncovered. Existing protective fencing established in Step 1.2 may need to be adjusted to

A/PM/ASO/ WS-RMD


http://home.rta.nsw.gov.au/org/structure/infra/infcontr/buyways/index.html


reflect the extent of the newly assessed protective area. No works are to take place within this area once established.

3.4

The archaeologist (and Aboriginal Sites Officer, if relevant) may provide advice after the site inspection and preliminary assessment that no archaeological constraint exists for the project (eg the item is not a ‘relic’, a ‘heritage item’ or an ‘Aboriginal object’). Any such advice should be provided in writing (eg via email) and confirmed by the Project Manager or Works Supervisor - RMD.

A/PM/ASO/ WS-RMD Proceed to Step 8

3.5 Where required, seek additional specialist technical advice (such as a forensic or physical anthropologist to identify skeletal remains). Regional environment staff and/or Roads and Maritime heritage staff can provide contacts for such specialist consultants.

RES/SES(H) Appendix D (Key Environmental Contacts)

3.6 Where the item has been identified as a ‘relic’, ‘heritage item’ or an ‘Aboriginal object’ the archaeologist should formally record the item. A

3.7 The regulator can be notified informally by telephone at this stage by the archaeologist, Project Manager (or delegate) or Works Supervisor - RMD. Any verbal conversations with regulators must be noted on the project file for future reference.

PM/A/WS-RMD

4 Prepare an archaeological or heritage management plan

4.1

The archaeologist must prepare an archaeological or heritage management plan (with input from the Aboriginal Sites Officer, where relevant) shortly after the site inspection. This plan is a brief overview of the following: (a) description of the feature, (b) historic context, if data is easily accessible, (c) likely significance, (d) heritage approval and regulatory notification requirements, (e) heritage reporting requirements, (f) stakeholder consultation requirements, (g) relevance to other project approvals and management plans etc.

A/ASO

Appendix F (Archaeological/ Heritage Advice Checklist)

4.2

In preparing the plan, the archaeologist with the assistance of regional environment staff must review the CEMP, any heritage sub-plans, any conditions of heritage approvals, conditions of project approval (and or Minister’s Conditions of Approval) and heritage assessment documentation (eg Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Assessment Report). This will outline if the unexpected item is consistent with previous heritage/project approval(s)

A/RES/PM

Appendix F (Archaeological/ Heritage Advice Checklist)



and/or previously agreed management strategies. The Project Manager and regional environment staff must provide all relevant documents to the archaeologist to assist with this. Discussions should occur with design engineers to consider if re-design options exist and are appropriate.

4.3

The archaeologist must submit this plan as a letter, brief report or email to the Project Manager outlining all relevant archaeological or heritage issues. This plan should be submitted to the Project Manager as soon as practicable. Given that the archaeological management plan is an overview of all the necessary requirements (and the urgency of the situation), it should take no longer than two working days to submit to the Project Manager.

A

4.4

The Project Manager or Works Supervisor must review the archaeological or heritage management plan to ensure all requirements can reasonably be implemented. Seek additional advice from regional environment staff and Roads and Maritime heritage staff, if required.

PM/RES/SES(H)/ WS-RMD

5 Notify the regulator, if required.

5.1

Review the archaeological or heritage management plan to confirm if regulator notification is required. Is notification required?

If no, proceed directly to Step 6

If yes, proceed to next step.

PM/RES/SES(H)/ WS-RMD

5.2 If notification is required, complete the template notification letter. PM or WS-RMD Appendix G (Template Notification Letter)

5.3 Forward the draft notification letter, archaeological or heritage management plan and the site recording form to regional environment staff and Senior Environmental Specialist (Heritage) for review, and consider any suggested amendments.

PM/RES/SES(H)/WS-RMD



5.4

Forward the signed notification letter to the relevant regulator (ie notification of relics must be given to the Heritage Division, Office of Environment and Heritage (OEH), while notification for Aboriginal objects must be given to the relevant Aboriginal section of OEH). Informal notification (via a phone call or email) to the regulator prior to sending the letter is appropriate. The archaeological management plan and the completed site recording form must be submitted with the notification letter. For Part 3A and Part 5.1 projects, the Department of Planning and Environment must also be notified.

PM or WS-RMD Appendix D (Key Environmental Contacts)

5.5 A copy of the final signed notification letter, archaeological or heritage management plan and the site recording form should be kept on file by the Project Manager or Works Supervisor- RMD and a copy sent to the Senior Environmental Specialist (Heritage).

PM or WS-RMD

6 Implement archaeological or heritage management plan

6.1 Modify the archaeological or heritage management plan to take into account any additional advice resulting from notification and discussions with the regulator.

A/PM or WS-RMD (RES)

6.2

Implement the archaeological or heritage management plan. Where impact is expected, this would include such things as a formal assessment of significance and heritage impact assessment, preparation of excavation or recording methodologies, consultation with registered Aboriginal parties, obtaining heritage approvals etc, if required.

PM or WS-RMD (RAPs and RES) PACHCI Stage 3

6.3

Where heritage approval is required contact regional environment staff for further advice and support material. Please note time constraints associated with heritage approval preparation and processing. Project scheduling may need to be revised where extensive delays are expected.

PM/RES/WS-RMD

6.4

For Part 3A/Part 5.1 projects, assess whether heritage impact is consistent with the project approval or if project approval modification is required from the Department of Planning and Environment. Seek advice from regional environment staff and Environment Branch specialist staff if unsure.

PM/RES



6.5 Where statutory approvals (or project approval modification) are required, impact upon relics and/or Aboriginal objects must not occur until heritage approvals are issued by the appropriate regulator.

PM or WS-RMD

6.6 Where statutory approval (or Part 3A/Part 5.1 project modification) is not required and where recording is recommended by the archaeologist, sufficient time must be allowed for this to occur.

PM or WS-RMD

6.7

Ensure short term and permanent storage locations are identified for archaeological material or other heritage material is removed from site, where required. Interested third parties (eg museums or local councils) should be consulted on this issue. Contact regional environment staff and Senior Environmental Specialist (Heritage) for advice on this matter, if required.

PM or WS-RMD

7 Review CEMPs and approval conditions

7.1 Check whether written notification is required to be sent to the regulator before re-commencing work. Where this is not explicit in heritage approval conditions, expectations should be clarified directly with the regulator.

PM

7.2

Update the CEMP, site mapping and project delivery program as appropriate with any project changes resulting from final heritage management (eg retention of heritage item, salvage of item). Updated CEMPs must incorporate additional conditions arising from any heritage approvals, and Aboriginal community consultation if relevant. Include any changes to CEMP in site induction material and update site workers during toolbox talks.

PM

8 Resume work

8.1

Seek written clearance to resume project work from regional environment staff and the archaeologist (and regulator, if required). Clearance would only be given once all archaeological excavation and/or heritage recommendations (where required) are complete. Resumption of project work must be in accordance with the all relevant project/heritage approvals/determinations.

RES/A/PM/WS-RMD

8.2 If required, ensure archaeological excavation/heritage reporting and other heritage PM/A/WS-RMD



approval conditions are completed in the required timeframes. This includes artefact retention repositories, conservation and/or disposal strategies.

8.3

Forward all heritage/archaeological assessments, heritage location data and its ownership status to the Senior Environmental Specialist (Heritage). They will ensure all heritage items in Roads and Maritime ownership and/or control are considered for the Roads and Maritime S170 Heritage and Conservation Register.

PM/SES(H)/ WS-RMD

8.4 If additional unexpected items are discovered this procedure must begin again from Step 1. PM/TL-RMD


IMPORTANT!

Roads and Maritime Services staff and contractors are not to seek advice on this procedure directly from the Office of Environment and Heritage without first seeking advice from regional environment staff and heritage policy staff.

8 Seeking advice

Advice on this procedure should be sought from Roads and Maritime regional environment staff in the first instance. Contractors and alliance partners should ensure their own project environment managers are aware of and understand this procedure. Regional environment staff can assist non-Roads and Maritime project environment managers with enquires concerning this procedure.

Technical archaeological or heritage advice regarding an unexpected heritage item should be sought from the contracted archaeologist. Technical specialist advice can also be sought from heritage policy staff within Environment Branch to assist with the preliminary archaeological identification and technical reviews of heritage/archaeological reports.

Roads & Maritime Services

Level 00, Building Name 000, Street Name, City NSW 0000 | PO Box 000 City NSW 0000 DX00 City T 02 0000 0000 | F 02 0000 0000 | E [email protected] www.rta.nsw.gov.au | 13 22 13


9 Related information

Contact details: Senior Environmental Specialist (Heritage), Environment Branch, 02 8588 5754 Effective date: 01 February 2015 Review date: 01 February 2016

This procedure should be read in conjunction with: • Roads and Maritimes’ Heritage Guidelines 2015.• Roads and Maritime Services Environmental Incident Classification and

Reporting Procedure• Roads and Maritime’s Procedure for Aboriginal Cultural Heritage

Consultation and Investigation• RTA Environmental Impact Assessment Guidelines.

This procedure replaces: • Procedure 5.5 (“unexpected discovery of an archaeological relic or

Aboriginal object”) outlined in the RTA’s Heritage Guidelines 2004.Other relevant reading material:

• NSW Heritage Office (1998), Skeletal remains: guidelines for themanagement of human skeletal remains.

• Department of Environment and Conservation NSW (2006), Manual forthe identification of Aboriginal remains.

• Department of Health (April 2008), Policy Directive: Burials - exhumationof human remains11.

11 http://www.health.nsw.gov.au/policies/pd/2008/pdf/PD2008_022.pdf


http://www.health.nsw.gov.au/policies/pd/2008/pdf/PD2008_022.pdf

Appendix A

Identifying Unexpected Heritage Items


The following images can be used to assist in the preliminary identification of potential unexpected items (both Aboriginal and non-Aboriginal) during construction and maintenance works. Please note this is not a comprehensive typology.

Top left hand picture continuing clockwise: Stock camp remnants (Hume Highway Bypass at Tarcutta); Linear archaeological feature with post holes (Hume Highway Duplication), Animal bones (Hume Highway Bypass at Woomargama); Cut wooden stake; Glass jars, bottles, spoon and fork recovered from refuse pit associated with a Newcastle Hotel (Pacific Highway, Adamstown Heights, Newcastle area).


Top left hand picture continuing clockwise: Woodstave water pipe with tar and wire sealing (Horsley Drive); Tram tracks (Sydney); Brick lined cistern (Clyde); Retaining wall (Great Western Highway, Leura).


Top left hand picture continuing clockwise: Road pavement (Great Western Highway, Lawson); Sandstone kerbing and guttering (Parramatta Road, Mays Hill); Telford road (sandstone road base, Great Western Highway, Leura); Ceramic conduit and sandstone culvert headwall (Blue Mountains, NSW); Corduroy road (timber road base, Entrance Road, Wamberai).


Top left hand corner continuing clockwise: Alignment Pin (Great Western Highway, Wentworth Falls); Survey tree (MR7, Albury); Survey tree (Kidman Way, Darlington Point, Murrumbidgee); Survey tree (Cobb Highway, Deniliquin); Milestone (Great Western Highway, Kingswood, Penrith); Alignment Stone (near Guntawong Road, Riverstone). Please note survey marks may have additional statutory protection under the Surveying and Spatial Information Act 2002.


Remnant Bridge Piers

Mine Shaft Historic fence boundary

Dairy shed

Top left hand corner continuing clockwise: Remnant bridge piers (Putty Road, Bulga); Wooden boundary fence (Campbelltown Road, Denham Court); Dairy shed (Ballina); Golden Arrow Mine Shaft.


Top left hand corner: Culturally modified stone discovered on Main Road 92, about two kilometres west of Sassafras. The remaining images show a selection of stone


artefacts retrieved from test and salvage archaeological excavations during the Hume Highway Duplication and Bypass projects from 2006-2010.


Appendix B

Unexpected Heritage Item Recording Form 418


Unexpected heritage item recording form 418 This form is to be filled in by a project manager (or their delegate) or a team leader – Road and Maintenance Division, on the discovery of an unexpected heritage item during construction or maintenance works.

Date: Recorded by: (Include name and position)

Project name:

Description of works being undertaken (eg Removal of failed pavement by excavation and pouring concrete slabs in 1m x 1m replacement sections).

Description of exact location of item (eg Within the road formation on Parramatta Road, east bound lane, at the corner of Johnston Street, Annandale, Sydney).

Description of item found (What type of item is it likely to be? Tick the relevant boxes).

A. A relic A ‘relic’ is evidence of a past human activity relating to the settlement of NSW with local or state heritage significance. A relic might include bottles, utensils, plates, cups, household items, tools, implements, and similar items.

B. A ‘work, building or structure’ A ‘work’ can generally be defined as a form infrastructure such as tram tracks, a culvert, road base, a bridge pier, kerbing, and similar items.

C. An Aboriginal object An ‘Aboriginal object’ may include stone tools, stone flakes, shell middens, rock art, scarred trees and human bones.

D. Bone Bones can either be human or animal remains. Remember that you must contact the local police immediately by telephone if you are certain that the bone(s) are human remains.

E. Other


Provide short description of item (eg Metal tram tracks running parallel to road alignment. Good condition. Tracks set in concrete, approximately 10cms (100 mm) below the current ground surface).

Sketch (Provide a sketch of the item’s general location in relation to other road features so its approximate location can be mapped without having to re-excavate it. In addition, please include details of the location and direction of any photographs of the item taken).

Action taken (Tick either A or B)

A. Unexpected item would not be further impacted on by works Describe how works would avoid impact on the item. (eg The tram tracks will be left in situ, and recovered with road paving).

B. Unexpected item would be further impacted on by works

Describe how works would impact on the item. (eg Milling is required to be continued to 200 mm depth to ensure road pavement requirements are met. Tram tracks will need to be removed). Important: It is a statutory offence to disturb Aboriginal objects and historic relics (including human remains) without an approval. All works affecting objects and relics must cease until an approval is sought. Approvals may also be required to impact on certain works. Contact your regional environment staff for guidance. Project manager / works supervisor signature


Appendix C

Photographing Unexpected Heritage Items


Photographs of unexpected items in their current context (in situ) may assist heritage staff and archaeologists to better identify the heritage values of the item. Emailing good quality photographs to specialists can allow for better quality and faster heritage advice. The key elements that must be captured in photographs of the item include its position, the item itself and any distinguishing features. All photographs must have a scale (ruler, scale bar, mobile phone, coin) and a note describing the direction of the photograph.

Context and detailed photographs It is important to take a general photograph (Figure 1) to convey the location and setting of the item. This will add much value to the subsequent detailed photographs also required (Figure 2).

Figure 1: Telford road uncovered on the Great Western Highway (Leura) in 2008.

Photographing distinguishing features Where unexpected items have a distinguishing feature, close up detailed photographs must be taken of this, where practicable. In the case of a building or bridge, this may include diagnostic details architectural or technical features. See Figures 3 and 4 for examples.

Figure 4: Detail of the stamp allows ‘Tooth & Co Limited’ to be made out. This is helpful to a specialist in gauging the artefact’s origin, manufacturing date and likely significance.

Figure 3: Ceramic bottle artefact with stamp.

Photographing bones The majority of bones found on site will those of be recently deceased animal bones often requiring no further assessment (unless they are in archaeological context). However, if bones are human, Roads and Maritime must contact the police immediately (see Appendix F for detailed guidance). Taking quality photographs of the bones can often resolve this issue quickly. Heritage staff in Environment Branch can confirm if bones are human or non-human if provided with appropriate photographs.

Figure 2: Close up detail of the sandstone surface showing material type, formation and construction detail. This is essential for establishing date of the feature.


Ensure that photographs of bones are not concealed by foliage (Figure 5) as this makes it difficult to identify. Minor hand removal of foliage can be undertaken as long as disturbance of the bone does not occur. Excavation of the ground to remove bone(s) should not occur, nor should they be pulled out of the ground if partially exposed. Where sediment (adhering to a bone found on the ground surface) conceals portions of a bone (Figure 6) ensure the photograph is taken of the bone (if any) that is not concealed by sediment.

Figure 5: Bone concealed by foliage. Figure 6: Bone covered in sediment

Ensure that all close up photographs include the whole bone and then specific details of the bone (especially the ends of long bones, the epiphysis, which is critical for species identification). Figures 7 and 8 are examples of good photographs of bones that can easily be identified from the photograph alone. They show sufficient detail of the complete bone and the epiphysis.

Figure 7: Photograph showing complete bone. Figure 8: Close up of a long bone’s epiphysis.


Appendix C

Key Environmental Contacts


Key environmental contacts Hunter region Environmental Manager (Hunter) 4924 0440

Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Advisor 4924 0383 Northern region Environment Manager (North) 6640 1072

Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Advisor 6604 9305 Southern region Environmental Manager (South) 6492 9515

Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Advisor 4221 2767 South West region Environment Manager (South West) 6937 1634

Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Advisor 6937 1647 Sydney region Environment Manager (Sydney) 8849 2516

Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Advisor 8849 2583 Western region Environment Manager (West) 6861 1628

Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Advisor 6861 1658 Pacific Highway Office Environment Manager 6640 1375 Regional Maintenance Delivery

Environment Manager 9598 7721

Environment Branch Senior Environmental Specialist (Heritage)

8588 5754

Heritage Regulators

Heritage Division Office of Environment and Heritage Locked Bag 5020 Parramatta NSW 2124 Phone: (02) 9873 8500

Department of the Environment (Clth) GPO Box 787 Canberra ACT 2601 Phone: (02) 6274 1111

Office of Environment and Heritage (Sydney Metropolitan) Planning and Aboriginal Heritage Section PO Box 668 Parramatta NSW 2124 Phone: (02) 9995 5000

Office of Environment and Heritage (North Eastern NSW) Planning and Aboriginal Heritage Section Locked Bag 914 Coffs Harbour NSW 2450 Phone: (02) 6651 5946

Office of Environment and Heritage (North Western NSW) Environment and Conservation Programs PO Box 2111 Dubbo NSW 2830 Phone: (02) 6883 5330

Office of Environment and Heritage (Southern NSW) Landscape and Aboriginal Heritage Protection Section PO Box 733 Queanbeyan NSW 2620 Phone: (02) 6229 7188

Project-Specific Contacts Position Name Phone Number Project Manager Site/Alliance Environment Manager Regional Environmental Officer Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Advisor Consultant Archaeologist Local Police Station OEH: Environment Line 131 555


Appendix E

Uncovering Bones


This appendix provides Project Managers with (1) advice on what to do when bones are discovered; (2) guidance on the notification pathways; and (3) additional considerations and requirements when managing the discovery of human remains.

1. First uncovering bones

Stop all work in the vicinity of the find. All bones uncovered during project works should be treated with care and urgency as they have the potential to be human remains. Therefore they must be identified as either human or non-human as soon as possible by a qualified forensic or physical anthropologist. These specialist consultants can be sought by contacting regional environment staff and/or heritage staff at Environment Branch.

On the very rare occasion where it is instantly obvious from the remains that they are human, the Project Manager (or a delegate) should inform the police by telephone prior to seeking specialist advice. It will be obvious that it is human skeletal remains where there is no doubt, as demonstrated by the example in Figure 1. Often skeletal elements in isolation (such as a skull) can also clearly be identified as human. Note it may also be obvious that human remains have been uncovered when soft tissue and clothing are present.

Figure 1: Schematic of a complete skeleton that is ‘obviously’ human12.

Figure 2: Disarticulated bones that require assessment to determine species.

This preliminary phone call is to let the police know that Roads and Maritime is undertaking a specialist skeletal assessment to determine the approximate date of death which will inform legal jurisdiction. The police may wish to take control of the site at this stage. If not, a forensic or physical anthropologist must be requested to make an on-site assessment of the skeletal remains.

12 After Department of Environment and Conservation NSW (2006), Manual for the identification of Aboriginal Remains: 17.


Action A police officer must be notified immediately as per the obligations to report a death or suspected death under s35 of the Coroners Act 2009 (NSW). It should be assumed the police will then take command of the site until otherwise directed.

Action The OEH and the RMS Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Advisor (ACHA) must be notified immediately. The ACHA must contact and inform the relevant Aboriginal community stakeholders who may request to be present on site. Relevant stakeholders are determined by the RTA’s Procedure for Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Consultation and Investigation.

Action The OEH (Heritage Branch, Conservation Team) must be notified immediately.

Where it is not ‘obvious’ that the bones are human (in the majority of cases, illustrated by Figure 2), specialist assessment is required to establish the species of the bones. Photographs of the bones can assist this assessment if they are clear and taken in accordance with guidance provided in Appendix C. Good photographs often result in the bones being identified by a specialist without requiring a site visit; noting they are nearly always non-human. In these cases, non-human skeletal remains must be treated like any other unexpected archaeological find.

If the bones are identified as human (either by photographs or an on-site inspection) a technical specialist must determine the likely ancestry (Aboriginal or non-Aboriginal) and burial context (archaeological or forensic). This assessment is required to identify the legal regulator of the human remains so urgent notification (as below) can occur. Preliminary telephone or verbal notification by the Project Manager or regional environment staff is considered appropriate. This must be followed up later by Roads and Maritime’s formal letter notification as per Appendix G when a management plan has been developed and agreed to by the relevant parties.

2. Range of human skeletal notification pathways

The following is a summary of the different notification pathways required for human skeletal remains depending on the preliminary skeletal assessment of ancestry and burial context.

A. Human bones are from a recently deceased person (less than 100 years old).

B. Human bones are archaeological in nature (more than 100 years old) and are likely to be Aboriginal remains.

C. Human bones are archaeological in nature (more than 100 years old) and likely to be non-Aboriginal remains.

The simple diagram below summarises the notification pathways on finding bones.


After the appropriate verbal notifications (as described in B and C), the Project Manager must proceed through the Unexpected Heritage Items Procedure to formulate an archaeological management plan (Step 4). Note no archaeological management plan is required for forensic cases (A), as all future management is a police matter. Non-human skeletal remains must be treated like any other unexpected archaeological find and so must proceed to recording the find as per Step 3.6.

3. Additional considerations and requirementsUncovering archaeological human remains must be managed intensively and needs to consider a number of additional specific issues. These issues might include facilitating culturally appropriate processes when dealing with Aboriginal remains (such as repatriation and cultural ceremonies). Roads and Maritime’s ACHA can provide advice on this and how to engage with the relevant Aboriginal community. Project Managers, more generally, may also need to consider overnight site security of any exposed remains and may need to manage the onsite attendance of a number of different external stakeholders during assessment and/or investigation of remains. Project Managers may also be advised to liaise with local church/religious groups and the media to manage community issues arising from the find. Additional investigations may be required to identify living descendants, particularly if the remains are to be removed and relocated. If exhumation of the remains (from a formal burial or a vault) is required, Project Managers should also be aware of additional approval requirements under the Public Health Act 1991 (NSW). Specifically, Roads and Maritime is required to apply to the Director General of NSW Department of Health for approval to exhume human remains as per Clause 26 of the Public Health (Disposal of Bodies) Regulation 2002 (NSW)13. Further, the exhumation of such remains needs to consider health risks such as infectious disease control, exhumation procedures and reburial approval and registration. Further guidance on this matter can be found at the NSW Department of Health website. In addition, due to the potential significant statutory and common law controls and prohibitions associated with interfering with a public cemetery, project teams are

13 This requirement is in addition to heritage approvals under the Heritage Act 1977.


http://www.health.nsw.gov.au/PublicHealth/environment/general/disposal_dead.asp

advised, when works uncover human remains adjacent to cemeteries, to confirm the cemetery’s exact boundaries.


Appendix F

Archaeological Heritage Advice Checklist

The following checklist can be used by the Project Manager and the archaeologist to ensure all relevant archaeological issues are considered when developing the management plan required at Step 4 of this procedure.

An archaeological or heritage management plan can include a range of activities and processes, which differ depending on the find and its significance.

Required Outcome/notes Assessment and investigation • Assessment of significance Yes/No • Assessment of heritage impact Yes/No • Archaeological excavation Yes/No • Archival photographic recording Yes/No

Heritage approvals and notifications • AHIPs, Section 140, S139 exceptions

etc Yes/No

• Regulator relics/objects notification Yes/No • Roads and Maritime’s S170 Heritage

and Conservation Register listing requirements

Yes/No

• Compliance with CEMP or other project heritage approvals

Yes/No

Stakeholder consultation • Aboriginal stakeholder consultation

requirements and how it relates to RTA Procedure for Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Consultation and Investigation (PACHCI).

Yes/No

• Advice from regional environmental staff, Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Advisor, Roads and Maritime heritage team.

Yes/No

Artefact/ heritage item management • Retention or conservation strategy (eg

items may be subject to long conservation and interpretation)

• Disposal strategy (eg former road pavement)

• Short term and permanent storage locations (interested third parties should be consulted on this issue).

Yes/No

• Control Agreement for Aboriginal objects.

Yes/No

Program and budget • Time estimate associated with

archaeological or heritage conservation work.

• Total cost of archaeological/heritage work.

Appendix G

Template Notification Letter

NB: On finding Aboriginal human skeletal remains this letter must also be sent to the Commonwealth Minister for Sustainability, Environment, Water, Populations and Communities (SEWPC) in accordance with notification requirements under Section 20(1) of the Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Heritage Protection Act 1984 (Cth).

PASTE INTO RMS LETTER TEMPLATE

"[Select and type date]" [Select and type reference number] [Select and type file number] [Insert recipient’s name and address, see Appendix D]

[Select and type salutation and name],

Re: Unexpected heritage item discovered during Roads and Maritime Services project works. I write to inform you of an unexpected [select: relic, heritage item or Aboriginal object] found during Roads and Maritime Services construction works at [insert location] on [insert date]. [Where the regulator has been informally notified at an earlier date by telephone, this should be referred to here].

This letter is in accordance with the notification requirement under [select: Section 146 of the Heritage Act 1977 (NSW) or Section 89(A) of the National Parks and Wildlife Act 1974 (NSW) NB: There may be not be statutory requirement to notify of the discovery of a ‘heritage Item that is not a relic or Aboriginal object].

[Provide a brief overview of the project background and project area. Provide a summary of the description and location of the item, including a map and image where possible. Also include how the project was assessed under the Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979 (NSW) (eg Part 5). Also include any project approval number, if available]. Roads and Maritime Services [or contractor] has sought professional archaeological advice regarding the item. A preliminary assessment indicates [provide a summary description and likely significance of the item]. Please find additional information on the site recording form attached.

Resulting from these preliminary findings, Roads and Maritime Services [or contractor] is proposing [provide a summary of the proposed archaeological/heritage approach (eg develop archaeological research design (where relevant), seek heritage approvals, undertake archaeological investigation or conservation/interpretation strategy). Also include preliminary justification of such heritage impact with regard to project design constraints and delivery program].

The proposed approach will be further developed in consultation with a nominated Office of Environment and Heritage staff member.

Please contact me if you have any input on this approach or if you require any further information.

Yours sincerely [Sender name and position] [Attach the archaeological/heritage management plan and site recording form].

About this release

Reference number RMS 12.003 | PN 285 P02

Title Unexpected Heritage Items Procedure

Parent procedure RMS Heritage Guidelines

Prepared by Environment Officer (Heritage) Gretta Logue Environment Officer (Heritage) Daniel Percival

Approved by Manager Environmental Policy, Planning and Assessment Michael Crowley

Document location Objective - SF2013/153770 / Unexpected heritage items procedure.doc

Document status Version 1.0, 16 March 2015 Version Date Revision description

1.0 01/11/11 First issue

Revised 23 July 2012

Amended to reflect that (a) unexpected finds do not include items covered by a relevant approval; (b) Aboriginal people must be consulted where an unexpected find is likely to be an Aboriginal object; (c) the Department of Planning and Environment must be notified in accordance with Step 5 of this procedure for Part 3A and Part 5.1 projects.

Revised 09 October 2013

Amended to clarify that the procedure applies to all types of unexpected heritage items, not just archaeological items. The procedure introduces the term ‘Historic Items’ to cover both ‘archaeological relics’ and ‘other historic items’ such as works, structures, buildings and movable objects. The title of the document has been amended to better reflect this clarification.

Revised 16 March 2015

The procedure was streamlined to address all project types including maintenance works. The separate maintenance procedure (formerly Appendix B) was removed. Names and titles updated throughout.

Your comments and suggestions to improve this or any of the Heritage Guidelines and associated documents may be sent to: Senior Environmental Specialist (Heritage) Environmental Policy, Planning and Assessment Environment Branch, Roads and Maritime Services Level 17, 101 Miller Street North Sydney, NSW 2060 Ph: 8588 5726

rms.nsw.gov.au

[email protected]

Customer feedback Roads and Maritime Locked Bag 928, North Sydney NSW 2059

APPENDIX B6 Air Quality Management Sub Plan


MARCH 2018

CRSC Reconfiguration Air Quality Management Sub-Plan i

Document control File name Appendix B6 - CRSC - AQMP.docx

Report name Croom Regional Sporting Complex Reconfiguration Air Quality Management Sub-Plan



22/03/2018 22/03/2018





0 22/3/2018 Issued to ER for endorsement

1

2

26/03/2018

CRSC Reconfiguration Air Quality Management Sub-Plan ii


1.1 Context................................................................................................................ 1 1.2 Background ......................................................................................................... 1 1.3 Environmental management system overview..................................................... 1

2 Purpose and objectives ............................................................................................. 2 2.1 Purpose............................................................................................................... 2 2.2 Objectives ........................................................................................................... 2

3 Environmental requirements ..................................................................................... 3 3.1 Relevant legislation and guidelines ..................................................................... 3 3.2 Conditions of Approval ........................................................................................ 4 3.3 Revised Environmental Management Measures ................................................. 5 3.4 REF Environmental Safeguards .......................................................................... 6

4 Existing environment ................................................................................................. 7 4.1 Air quality records ............................................................................................... 7 4.2 Rainfall, soil dryness and wind ............................................................................ 8 4.3 Soil characteristics ............................................................................................ 10 4.4 Sensitive receivers ............................................................................................ 10

5 Air quality criteria ..................................................................................................... 11

6 Environmental aspects and impacts ....................................................................... 12 6.1 Construction activities ....................................................................................... 12 6.2 Factors likely to affect dust generation and impacts .......................................... 12 6.3 Impacts ............................................................................................................. 13


8 Compliance management ........................................................................................ 18 8.1 Roles and responsibilities .................................................................................. 18 8.2 Training ............................................................................................................. 18 8.3 Monitoring and inspection.................................................................................. 18 8.4 Complaints ........................................................................................................ 18 8.5 Licenses and permits ........................................................................................ 19 8.6 Auditing ............................................................................................................. 19 8.7 Reporting .......................................................................................................... 19

9 Review and improvement ........................................................................................ 20 9.1 Continuous improvement................................................................................... 20 9.2 AQMP update and amendment ......................................................................... 20

CRSC Reconfiguration Air Quality Management Sub-Plan iii

Tables Table 3-1 Conditions relevant to this AQMP ......................................................................4

Table 3-2 REMMs relevant to this AQMP ..........................................................................5

Table 3-3 Addendum REF environmental safeguards relevant to this AQMP ....................6

Table 4-1 PM10 and NO2 concentrations .............................................................................7

Table 4-2 Pollutant background concentrations .................................................................8

Table 4-3 Climate Averages for Albion Park AWS .............................................................9

Table 4-4 Soil type and characteristics ............................................................................10

Table 5-1 Air quality monitoring criteria for deposited dusta .............................................11

Table 7-1 Air quality management measures ..................................................................15

Annexures Annexure A - Air quality monitoring program

Annexure B - Contingency plan

CRSC Reconfiguration Air Quality Management Sub-Plan iv



AQMP Air Quality Management Sub Plan

BoM Bureau of Meteorology

CEMPr Construction Environmental Management Process

CMS Complaints Management System












PESCP Progressive Erosion and Sediment Control Plan







CRSC Reconfiguration Air Quality Management Sub-Plan v


CRSC Reconfiguration Air Quality Management Sub-Plan 1

1 Introduction 1.1 Context This Air Quality Management Sub Plan (AQMP) forms part of the Construction Environmental Management Process (CEMPr) for the Croom Regional Sporting Complex Redevelopment (the Project).

This AQMP has been prepared to address the requirements of the conditions of approval (CoA) set out in the Infrastructure Approval (SSI 6878 dated 30 January 2018), the Revised Environmental Management Measures (REMMs), the Utility Works Review of Environmental Factors (REF) and Addendum REF and all applicable legislation.

1.2 Background The Albion Park Rail bypass (APRb) Environmental Impact Statement (EIS), as amended by the Submissions and Preferred Infrastructure Report (SPIR), assessed the impacts of construction of the Project on air quality. The REF and Addendum REF assessed the impacts of the utility works on air quality.


1.3 Environmental management system overview The overall Environmental Management System for the Project is described in the CEMPr. This AQMP forms a sub plan to the CEMPr.

Management measures identified in this AQMP will be incorporated into site or activity specific Environmental Work Method Statements (EWMS).


Used together, the CEMPr, strategies, procedures and EWMS form management guides that clearly identify required environmental management actions for reference by Contractor personnel and contractors.

The review and document control processes for this Plan are described in Sections 9 and 10 of the CEMPr.

1.4 Consultation CoA A11 requires the CRSC CEMPr to be prepared in consultation with relevant government agencies and Shellharbour City Council. In order to address this requirement, Roads and Maritime provided the draft CEMPr to the Office of Environment and Heritage (OEH), Environment Protection Authority (EPA), Department of Primary Industries (DPI) Water and Shellharbour City Council in January 2018. No comments relevant to the AQMP were received from the agencies or Council.


2 Purpose and objectives 2.1 Purpose The purpose of this AQMP is to describe how construction impacts on air quality will be minimised and managed.

2.2 Objectives The key objective of the AQMP is to ensure that impacts air quality are minimised and within the scope permitted by the planning approval. To achieve this objective, the following will be undertaken:

• ensure appropriate controls and procedures are implemented during construction activities to avoid or minimise air quality impacts and potential adverse impacts to sensitive receivers along the Project corridor

• ensure appropriate measures are implemented to address the relevant CoA, REMMs and Addendum REF safeguards

• ensure appropriate measures are implemented to comply with all relevant legislation and other requirements as described in Section 3.1 of this AQMP.



3.1.1 Legislation

Legislation relevant to air quality management includes:



• National Greenhouse and Energy Reporting Act 2007.

Relevant provisions of the above legislation are explained in the register of legal and other requirements included in Appendix A1 of the CEMPr. Matters relating to the National Greenhouse and Energy Reporting Act 2007 are addressed in the Waste and Energy Management Sub Plan.


The main guidelines, specifications and policy documents relevant to this AQMP include:

• National Environment Protection Council’s (NEPC) – NEPM for Ambient Air Quality Guidelines

• Protection of the Environment Operations (Clean Air) Regulation, 2002

• AS 2922 Ambient Air Guide for Citing of Sampling Equipment

• AS 3580.10.1-1991 Methods of Sampling Analysis of Ambient Air

• Action for Air 1998 (NSW DEC)

• Approved Methods and Guidance for the Modelling and Assessment of Air Pollutants in NSW (DEC 2005)

• Air Quality Monitoring Criteria for Deposited Dust (DEC Guideline), Refer to Table 5-1 below.


3.2 Conditions of Approval The CoA relevant to this AQMP are listed Table 3-1 below. Table 3-1 includes reference to the timing of when the condition applies and responsibility for implementation and any additional reference documents. A cross reference is also included to indicate where the condition is addressed in this AQMP or other Project documentation.

Table 3-1 Conditions relevant to this AQMP

No. Condition Requirements Resp Timing AQMP Reference

E1 In addition to the performance outcomes, commitments and mitigation measures specified in the EIS as amended by the SPIR, all feasibly and reasonably practicable measures must be implemented to minimise the emission of dust and other air pollutants during works and operation of the SSI.

Contractor Construction This AQMP Section 7


3.3 Revised Environmental Management Measures Relevant REMMs detailed in the SPIR are listed Table 3-2 below. Table 3-2 includes reference to the relevant issue, the timing of when the measure applies, responsibility for implementation and a cross reference to where the condition is addressed in this AQMP.

Table 3-2 REMMs relevant to this AQMP

Issue Ref # Management measure Resp Timing Reference

Provide a strategy in the CEMPr to manage air quality during construction.

AQ1 The Construction Environmental Management Plan will include a strategy to manage air quality during construction. It will include, but not be limited to: air quality and dust management objectives potential sources and impacts of dust, identifying all dust-

sensitive receptors mitigation measures to minimise dust impact, such as the

use of water carts to suppress dust, stabilisation of exposed soils, covering trucks transporting loose material, and stopping dust generating activities during windy conditions

a monitoring program to assess compliance with the identified objectives

contingency plans to be implemented in the event of non-compliances and / or complaints about dust

reporting on the use and performance of off-road diesel plant and equipment.

Contractor Construction This AQMP Section 2.2 Sections 6 and 4.4 Section 7 Section 8.3 Sections 8.3 and 8.4 Table 7-1 (AQ19) Annexure B Section 8.7


3.4 REF Environmental Safeguards Relevant environmental safeguards detailed in the REF and Addendum REF are listed Table 3-3 below. Table 3-3 includes reference to required outcomes, the timing of when the commitment applies, responsibility for implementation and a cross reference to where the condition is addressed in this AQMP.

Table 3-3 Addendum REF environmental safeguards relevant to this AQMP

Impact Ref # Environmental Safeguard Resp Timing AQMP Reference

Air Quality

23 The CEMP must include a strategy to manage air quality during construction. It will include, but not limited to; air quality and dust management objectives potential sources and impacts of dust, identifying all dust sensitive receptors mitigation measures to minimise dust impacts, such as the use of water carts

to supress dust, stabilisation of exposed soils, covering trucks transporting loose material, and stopping dust generating activities during windy conditions.

a monitoring program to assess compliance with the identified objectives contingency plans to be implemented in the event of non-compliances and /or

complaints about dust.

Contractor Pre-Construction

This AQMP Section 2.2 Sections 6 & 4.4 Section 7 Section 8.3 Sections 8.3 & 8.4 Annexure B


4 Existing environment The following sections summarise what is known about factors influencing air quality within and adjacent to the Project corridor. The key reference document is Technical Paper 12 – Air Quality of the EIS.

4.1 Air quality records No air quality monitoring has been undertaken specifically for the Project. However, the NSW Office of Environment and Heritage (OEH) monitors air quality at one site in Albion Park South, located south of the Airport. The concentrations at Albion Park South were therefore considered to be the representative of background air quality in the study area. The assumptions made concerning background values using the Albion Park South data are described below.

The highest annual mean NO2 concentration was 8.6 μg/m3 measured in 2013, which is well below the air quality criterion of 62 μg/m3. The highest one-hour mean NO2 concentration was 84 μg/m3, measured in 2010, which again is well below the one-hour mean air quality criterion of 246 μg/m3.

The highest annual mean PM10 concentration was 16.2 μg/m3, and this was taken to be the background annual mean PM10 concentration for the Project. This value is well below the annual mean air quality criterion of 30 μg/m3.

As shown in Table 4-1 below, the 24 hour mean PM10 criterion of 50 μg/m3 was exceeded at the Albion Park South site in 2011 and 2014. These exceedances were generally due to regional events such as bushfires or dust storms rather than specific local sources. Using the maximum monitored concentrations as background levels to which the contribution from the Project can be added is therefore an overly conservative and unrealistic approach, especially in the case of particulate matter.

Table 4-1 PM10 and NO2 concentrations

Year NO2 (µg/m3) PM10 (µg/m3)

Maximum 1 Hour Mean Annual Mean Maximum 1

Hour Mean Annual Mean

2010 84 5.6 42 14.0

2011 82 4.3 51 13.6

2012 76 7.6 44 13.6

2013 80 8.6 69 14.6

2014 78 8.0 48 16.2

PM2.5 is not measured at the OEH Albion Park South site, and therefore PM2.5 concentrations were inferred from measurements at another nearby site. The closest OEH monitoring site to the Project, that measure PM2.5, is Wollongong, about 20 km to the northeast.

The annual mean background concentration of PM2.5 for the Project was determined by multiplying the annual mean PM10 concentration at Albion Park South for all five years (14.4 μg/m3) by the annual mean PM2.5:PM10 ratio from Wollongong for all five years of 0.33, giving a value of 4.7 μg/m3.

A summary of the background concentrations used in the EIS is provided in Table 4-2.


Table 4-2 Pollutant background concentrations

Pollutant

Background Concentration (µg/m3)

Annual Mean 24 Hour Mean Maximum 1 Hour Mean

NOx (for NOx to NO2 conversion) 8.3 N/A 133

PM10 14.4 37.9 N/A

PM2.5 4.7 12.5 N/A

4.2 Rainfall, soil dryness and wind The Bureau of Meteorology (BoM) collects climatic information in the vicinity of the Project. A range of climatic information collected from the Albion Park (Wollongong Airport) Automatic Weather Station (Site Number 062841 – commenced 1999) is presented in Table 4-3 below.


Table 4-3 Climate Averages for Albion Park AWS

Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Annual

9am Mean Dry-Bulb and Wet-Bulb Temperatures (ºC) and Relative Humidity (%)

Dry-Bulb 22.5 22.0 20.2 19.2 15.8 13.0 12.5 14.0 17.1 19.0 19.7 21.4 18.0

Humidity 68.0 74.0 76.0 68.0 69.0 73.0 68.0 61.0 57.0 58.0 67.0 66.0 67.0

3pm Mean Dry-Bulb and Wet-Bulb Temperatures (ºC) and Relative Humidity (%)

Dry-Bulb 24.8 24.5 23.5 21.3 18.8 16.7 16.2 17.3 19.3 20.4 21.6 23.5 20.7

Humidity 63.0 67.0 64.0 61.0 58.0 57.0 54.0 49.0 53.0 58.0 63.0 61.0 59.0

Daily Maximum Temperature (ºC)

Mean 26.8 26.3 25.2 23.1 20.3 18.2 17.5 18.9 21.4 22.7 23.7 25.5 22.5

Rainfall (mm)

Mean 63.5 146.7 1.1.0 67.7 67.8 72.4 63.6 30.5 42.9 79.8 87.2 66.4 883.4

Rain Days (Number)

Mean 11.0 11.6 12.3 10.5 9.3 9.3 8.1 7.8 8.2 11.1 13.5 11.3 124.0


Table 4.3 provides data for the typical climatic factors that contribute to the proliferation of dust particulates. In addition to the exposure of unconsolidated material during construction (e.g. earthworks), climatic factors such as prolonged dry weather combined with high winds, can increase the likelihood of dust particulate emissions.

Rainfall data collected at the Albion Park AWS shows that February is the wettest month, with an average rainfall of 147 mm over an average of 11.6 rain days. The average annual rainfall is 883 mm with an average of 124 rain days per year.

4.3 Soil characteristics The soil types along the Project are described in Table 4-4, with an indication of the potential for wind erosion i.e. dust emissions.

Table 4-4 Soil type and characteristics

Soil type Characteristics Soil Landscape (OEH 2010)

Silty clay and alluvial soils Granular deposits Erosional

4.4 Sensitive receivers The reconfiguration of the CRSC will interact with a number of sensitive receivers and natural environments. The land surrounding the CRSC has been considered for potential sensitivity to dust and air quality impacts. The potential sensitive receivers include:

• surrounding residences

• native vegetation

• sensitive commercial or industry users

• road users

• watercourses.

The nearest potentially affected non-residential sensitive receivers have been identified as:

• CRSC and associated fields

• Croom Reserve Conservation Area

• Swansea Dairy Site.


5 Air quality criteria The EPA sets goals for ambient dust concentrations and dust deposition, which is a measure of the impacts of nuisance (EPA 2001).

The acceptable increment in annual average dust deposition depends on the existing deposition level. These are based on research by Dean (1990) and other investigations, which detail community response to dust fallout. Air quality goals relate to the total dust burden in the air and not just the dust from the Project. Therefore background levels should be taken into account when using these goals to assess impacts.

Table 5-1 details the air quality monitoring criteria for deposited dust.

Table 5-1 Air quality monitoring criteria for deposited dusta

Pollutant Annual concentration Source

Deposited dustb 2 g/m2/monthc 4 g/m2/monthd NERDDC (1998)

Note: a. Adapted from DECCW guideline; Approved Methods for the Modelling and Assessment of Air Pollutants

in New South Wales (DECCW 2005) b. Dust is assessed as insoluble solids as defined by AS 3580.10.1-1991 (AM-19) c. Maximum increase in deposited dust level d. Maximum total deposited dust level


6 Environmental aspects and impacts 6.1 Construction activities Emissions to the atmosphere during construction that could result in adverse impacts to air quality are typically divided into:

• dust and particulates

• gaseous emissions.

Key aspects of the CRSC reconfiguration works that could result in dust emissions include:

• general earthworks particularly during site establishment

• vegetation clearing

• bulk earthworks

• drilling

• operating, crushing and screening

• topsoil / material handling including stockpiling, material loading and material haulage

• vehicular movements over unpaved surface (including unsealed access roads)

• wind erosion of exposed areas and temporary stockpiles

• tracking of dirt onto roads.

Air emissions, other than dust, which may be generated by construction activities include:

• vehicle and plant exhaust emissions, which may be excessive if vehicles and plant are poorly maintained

• odours/gases released during excavation of organic or contaminated materials or during sealing works.

The REF found that the proposed utility relocation works would have very minimal impact on the existing air quality in the region.

6.2 Factors likely to affect dust generation and impacts In addition to the inherent risks of specific construction activities creating the potential to generate dust, a number of other environment factors also affect the likelihood of dust emissions including:

• wind direction – determines whether dust and suspended particles are transported in the direction of the sensitive receivers

• wind speed – governs the potential suspension and drift resistance of particles

• soil type - more erodible soil types have an increased soil or dust erosion potential

• soil moisture – increased soil moisture reduces soil or dust erosion potential

• rainfall or dew – rainfall or heavy dew that wets the surface of the soil and reduces the risk of dust generation.


6.3 Impacts Air quality impacts are primarily related to the nature, extent and magnitude of construction activities and their interaction with the natural environment. Potential impacts attributable to construction include:

• deposition of dust on surfaces where it may cause damage and/or lead to a need for increased cleaning or repair

• aesthetic effects that arise from visible airborne dust plumes and from deposits of dust on surfaces

• need for increased maintenance of air filtering systems (eg air conditioners)

• potential adverse health effects including eye, nose and throat irritation from excessive inhalation of fine particles

• impacts on water quality and/or vegetation health from dust deposition

• impacts on residential sensitive receivers, including impacts on living areas, swimming pools and general amenities

• complaints from the public relating to dust or odours.

Some impacts on air quality due to the CRSC reconfiguration works are anticipated and have been described in the EIS. Chapter 18 of the EIS provides a suite of mitigation measures that will be implemented to avoid or minimise those impacts.


7 Environmental management measures A range of environmental requirements and control measures are identified in the various environmental documents, including the CoA, EIS, SPIR, REF and other Roads and Maritime documents. Specific measures and requirements to address impacts on air quality are outlined in Table 7-1.

The Contractor has prepared and will implement the following procedures in accordance with the requirements of CoA, EIS, SPIR, REF, Addendum REF and the measures in Table 7-1:

• Annexure A - an air quality monitoring program to assess compliance with the identified objectives

• Annexure B - a contingency plan to be implemented in the event of non-compliances and / or complaints about dust


Table 7-1 Air quality management measures


AQ1 Training will be provided to all project personnel, including relevant sub-contractors on sound air quality control practices and the requirements from this plan through inductions, toolboxes and targeted training.



G36

AQ2 Air quality control measures from this plan will be included in relevant EWMS and/or Progressive Erosion and Sediment Control Plans (PESCP).


Site Engineer / Environmental Officer

G36

AQ3 Areas of exposed surface will be minimised through construction site planning and programming, to reduce the area of potential construction dust emission sources.

Construction Site Engineer Foreman

G36

AQ4 Exposed surfaces with no scheduled work for two weeks will be treated to minimise dust generation. Exposed surfaces will be stabilised progressively using the most practical site specific methods, including watering and geo-fabrics for short term exposure and emulation spray, spray grass, soil compaction and revegetation for longer term exposed areas or final finishes.

Construction Foreman REMM AQ1 AREF 23 G36

AQ5 Control measures including water carts, sprinklers, sprays, dust screens or the application of geo-binding agents will be utilised on any unsealed surfaces or other exposed areas where applicable to control dust emissions. The frequency of use will be modified accommodate prevailing conditions.

Construction Foreman CoA E1 REMM AQ1 AREF 23 G36

AQ6 The application of pesticides will be avoided when winds will cause drift of pesticides into non-target areas


AQ7 Stockpiles will be located in accordance with the criteria established in the CEMPr and managed in accordance with the RMS Stockpile Site Management Guidelines (2015)

Construction Environmental Manager/ Site Engineer / Foreman

G36

AQ8 There will be no burning off of any materials on site Construction Foreman G36 G36

AQ9 Work activities will be reviewed if the dust suppression measures are not adequately restricting dust generation.

Construction Superintendent Foreman

EIS G36



AQ10 A progressive stabilisation/rehabilitation plan will be prepared for disturbed surfaces with the aim of minimising exposed surfaces and windblown dust. This includes: treating topsoil stripped areas with no scheduled activities within two

weeks to prevent dust generation rehabilitating disturbed surfaces within 20 days of final construction

levels, and temporary stabilisation of disturbed surfaces within 1 week.

Construction Superintendent Foreman Environmental Officer

G36

AQ11 Boundary screening will be erected around all ancillary facilities that are adjacent to sensitive receivers (unless otherwise agreed with Relevant Council(s), and affected residents, business operators or landowners) to minimise are quality impacts on these receivers.


Environmental Manager Construction Manager

CoA A19 & A20

AQ12 Hardstand material, rumble grids or similar will be provided at exit points from construction areas onto public roads to minimise the tracking of soil and particulates onto public roads.

Construction Superintendent G36 G38

AQ13 Loose rock, soil, debris etc will be removed from road surfaces (including sweeping of the road) as soon as practical or at a minimum at the end of each work shift.

Construction Foreman G38 G36

AQ14 Vehicle movement will be confined to designated haul roads and areas. These roads will have speed limits of 40km/h in order to reduce dust generation. Reduced speed limit maybe implemented where dust generation persists


AQ15 All loaded haulage trucks will be covered where there is a risk of release of dust or other materials and at all times on public roads.

Construction Foreman REMM AQ1 AREF 23 G36

AQ16 Haul trucks, vehicles, and plant equipment will be switched off when not in operation or for periods of more than 30 minutes.

Construction Foreman / Operators G36

AQ17 Construction plant, vehicles and machinery will be maintained in accordance with manufacturer’s specifications to ensure that exhaust emissions do not exceed EPA regulations. Periodic visual checks will be undertaken to ensure ongoing compliance, typically weekly.


AQ18 Crushers will be positioned in protected areas, where practical, to reduce wind dispersion of dust particles (eg within cuts). Water spraying will be utilised if necessary.

Construction Foreman Good practice



AQ19 Reports will be prepared monthly to track the use and performance of off-road diesel plant and equipment.

Construction Environmental Officer REMM AQ01

AQ20 An air quality monitoring program will be developed and implemented to assess compliance with the identified objectives


Contractor REMM AQ1 AREF 23

AQ21 A contingency plan will be developed and implemented in the event of non-compliances and / or complaints about dust


Contractor REMM AQ1 AREF 23

AQ22 Dust generating activities will cease during windy conditions Construction Contractor REMM AQ1 AREF 23


8 Compliance management 8.1 Roles and responsibilities The Project Team’s organisational structure and overall roles and responsibilities are outlined in Section 4.2 of the CEMPr. Specific responsibilities for the implementation of environmental controls are detailed in Section 7of this AQMP.

8.2 Training All employees, contractors and utility staff working on site will undergo site induction training relating to air quality management issues. The induction training will address elements related to air quality management including:

• existence and requirements of this AQMP


• roles and responsibilities for air quality management

• air quality mitigation and management measures

• procedure to be implemented in the event of an incident (e.g. release of dust or gaseous emissions from site).

Targeted training in the form of toolbox talks or specific training will also be provided to personnel with a key role in air quality management. Examples of training topics include:

• ERSED control installation methodology

• planning and preparedness for high wind events / dust risk periods

• lessons learnt from dusty periods, incidents and other event e.g. low rainfall/high wind.


8.3 Monitoring and inspection Regular monitoring and inspections will be undertaken during construction in accordance with the Contractor’s monitoring plan (Annexure A). Monitoring and inspections will include:

• air quality monitoring in accordance with the Contractor’s air quality monitoring plan

• weather data in the vicinity of the CRSC, including rainfall measured and recorded in millimetres per 24-hour period at the same time each day from the time that the site office is established.

Non-compliances will be addressed in accordance with Section 4 of the CEMPr.

Additional requirements and responsibilities in relation to inspections are documented in Section 8.1 of the CEMPr.

8.4 Complaints Complaints relating to dust and air quality will be managed in accordance with the CRSC Complaints Management System (CMS). The Contractor’s Contingency Plan (Annexure B) will be implemented in the event of non-compliances and / or complaints about dust.


8.5 Licenses and permits EPL 20996 has been obtained for the scheduled activity “extractive activities”. The EPL does not prescribe air quality parameters to be measured.

8.6 Auditing Audits will be undertaken to assess the effectiveness of environmental controls, compliance with this AQMP, CoA and other relevant approvals, the REF, licenses and guidelines.


8.7 Reporting The Contractor will report on the use and performance of off-road diesel plant and equipment.

Reporting requirements and responsibilities are documented in the Sections 8.3 of the CEMPr.


9 Review and improvement 9.1 Continuous improvement Continuous improvement of this AQMP will be achieved by the ongoing evaluation of environmental management performance against environmental policies, objectives and targets for the purpose of identifying opportunities for improvement.








9.2 AQMP update and amendment The processes described in Section 8 and Section 9 of the CEMPr may result in the need to update or revise this AQMP. This will occur as needed.

Any revisions to the AQMP will be in accordance with the process outlined in Section 1.6 of the CEMPr.


CRSC Reconfiguration Air Quality Management Sub-Plan

Annexure A – Air quality monitoring plan

Air Quality Monitoring Program CRSC

Title: Air Quality Monitoring Program | Version 1 Revision 1

Effective Date: 08 March 2018 | Page 1 of 2

1. Site Description The Croom Regional Sports Complex (CRSC) forms part of the Albion Park Rail Bypass Project, State Significant Infrastructure approved by the Minister for Planning on 30th January 2018. The CRSC project involves the reconfiguration of the existing sporting facilities, including the construction of new sporting fields, buildings and associated utilities. This Air Quality Monitoring Program (AQMPr) forms part of the Air Quality Management Plan (AQMP), which in turn forms part of the Construction Environmental Management Process (CEMPr) for the CRSC. The CRSC involves significant earthworks, including the bulk earthworks associated with the construction of a new AFL/cricket field, as well as large areas of disturbed surfaces during construction of other sporting fields. The AQMP describes the various dust mitigation strategies that will be employed on site to minimise dust emissions. The AQMPr has been designed to monitor the air quality impacts of the project on the following sensitive receivers:

Shellharbour City Stadium and hard netball courts Swansea Farmhouse heritage site Residences to the northeast of the project site in Albion Park Rail Residences to the west of the site in Albion Park

2. Monitoring Program The AQMPr will consist of depositional dust gauges established at three locations across the site as described in the table below and shown on the map at the end of this plan. Dust gauges will be sited in consideration of AS3580.1.1:2016 Methods for sampling and analysis of ambient air – Guide to siting air monitoring equipment with monitoring in accordance with AS3580.10.1:2016 Methods for sampling and analysis of ambient air – Determination of particular matter – Deposited matter – Gravimetric method. Location of Monitoring Points:

Site Location Measure Impacts to Receiver(s)

DDG1 Between stadium and netball courts

Shellharbour Stadium and netball courts Residences in Albion Park Rail

DDG2 NW corner of Swansea Farmhouse Swansea Farmhouse heritage site

DDG3 Next to Frazers Creek SW of project site Residences in Albion Park

Monitoring sites will be sampled for the analyte and at the frequencies described in the below table.

Analyte Unit of measure

Sampling Method

Sampling Frequency

Investigation Criteria

Total Insoluble Solids g/m2/month AS3580.10.1 28 ± 2 days 4.0 g/m2/month In addition to the above depositional dust monitoring, a rain gauge will be located at the site office, with daily rainfall recorded at 9am on each working day.

Air Quality Monitoring Program CRSC

Title: Air Quality Monitoring Program | Version 1 Revision 1


3. Review and Reporting Monitoring results are to be reviewed by the Cleary Bros Environmental Manager on the day of receiving results, to assess compliance with the criteria. Where the criteria are achieved at all monitoring sites, the existing air quality controls will continue to be implemented as described in the AQMP. Where the criteria are not achieved at any monitoring site, a non-conformance will be raised in accordance with Section 8.4 of the CEMPr. This will trigger a review into the activities that may have contributed to the exceedance, and the identification of preventative measures to ensure compliance with the criteria. Monitoring results will be reported to the RMS in the monthly environmental report.

Air

Qua

lity

Mon

itorin

g Pr

ogra

m

CR

SC

Title

: Air

Qua

lity

Mon

itorin

g P

rogr

am |

Ver

sion

1 R

evis

ion

1

Effe

ctiv

e D

ate:

08

Mar

ch 2

018

| P

age

3 of

2

Air

Qua

lity

Mon

itorin

g Si

tes


Annexure B – Contingency plan

Contingency Plan – Air Quality CRSC

Title: Contingency Plan – Air Quality | Version 1 Revision 2


1. Site Description The Croom Regional Sports Complex (CRSC) forms part of the Albion Park Rail Bypass Project, State Significant Infrastructure approved by the Minister for Planning on 30th January 2018. The CRSC project involves the reconfiguration of the existing sporting facilities, including the construction of new sporting fields, buildings and associated utilities. This Contingency Plan forms part of the Air Quality Management Plan (AQMP), which in turn forms part of the Construction Environmental Management Process (CEMPr) for the CRSC. The CRSC involves significant earthworks, including the bulk earthworks associated with the construction of a new AFL/cricket field, as well as large areas of disturbed surfaces during construction of other sporting fields. The CRSC is located close to a range of sensitive receivers including:

Shellharbour City Stadium and hard netball courts Swansea Farmhouse heritage site Residences to the northeast of the project site in Albion Park Rail Residences to the west of the site in Albion Park

There is potential for impacts from project activities to adversely impact on the amenity of the residents and users of the existing sporting facilities, the health of residents, and the significance of heritage properties, if activities are not well managed on the CRSC project site. This Contingency Plan describes how Cleary Bros will manage site activities in response to any complaints received during construction related to Air Quality. Further information on the processes for recording, responding to, and reporting community complaints is described in the Community Involvement Sub-Plan for CRSC.

2. Recording of Community Complaint The Community Consultation Strategy (CCS) and Complaints Management System (CMS) have been developed by the RMS and describe the processes that will be taken to manage and respond to community feedback including complaints across the wider Albion Park Rail Bypass project. The Community Involvement Sub-Plan has been developed to align with and meet the requirements of the CCS and CMS, and describes the methods for capturing community feedback including complaints on the CRSC project, and the recording of these complaints.

3. Investigating Community Dust Complaints Upon receiving a dust complaint, Cleary Bros will investigate the cause for the concern. This will involve communicating with the complainant regarding:

The time and duration of the complaint (one off or over a period of time); Where are the works causing the concerns; What works are causing the concerns; and Is the concern related to amenity or health concerns.

Cleary Bros will also assess site activities that may be contributing to the concern. This may include:

Prevailing weather conditions (wind speed & direction, recent rain) leading up to the complaint;

Identifying what construction activities were occurring in the period leading up to the complaint;

Contingency Plan – Air Quality CRSC

Title: Contingency Plan – Air Quality | Version 1 Revision 2


Identifying what dust suppression activities were engaged in the period leading up to the complaint;

Review of historical depositional dust monitoring data; Whether there have been any changes to operations that may have exacerbated

community concerns; and Visual observations of current construction activities to identify any areas of

potential concern.

4. Responding to Community Dust Complaints Where the investigation identifies that site activities may have been contributing to community concerns regarding air quality, this will be communicated to all workers on site through toolbox talks and prestart meetings, including dust mitigation measures required to be employed across the site. Other actions that may be employed depending on the nature of the complaint and the outcome of investigations include:

Increase use of dust suppression to prevent dust generation; Providing respite periods to certain construction activities or relocating work areas

during high use periods of the existing sporting facilities; Otherwise relocating current work areas further away from sensitive receptors

during adverse weather conditions; Bringing forward spray-grassing of certain areas to minimise time of exposure; Relocating existing depositional dust gauge(s) closer to the complainant or installing

additional gauges to allow an improved assessment of impact; Review project schedule to adjust activities not on the critical path for the project to

minimise impacts (noting that postponing activities on the critical path may cause greater community concern over the project life);

Liaison with RMS representatives regarding potential opportunities for improvement; Develop a Trigger Action Response Plan (TARP) to progressively modify site

activities in response to adverse weather conditions;

5. Review and Reporting The performance of the dust mitigation measures will be monitored through daily and weekly checks by the Site Supervisor and Environmental Manager. Dust deposition monitoring results are to be reviewed by the Environmental Manager on the day of receiving results, to assess the performance of dust control measures. Where the criteria are not achieved at any monitoring site, a non-conformance will be raised in accordance with Section 8.4 of the CEMPr. This will trigger a review into the activities that may have contributed to the exceedance, and the identification of preventative measures to ensure compliance with the criteria.